om ener vem 8 een ogee tne tain at te ore aden Se : es te hap aaren tm dence. sn aN We eta l= hie ee oe te oad ny ee ead es- eee wie teen a tane net earn danaes poteveme = ote *” . 2 : eee ares vee eon wipes —~ eee es oe one te be oe aptoiw gate arte rteretn' DUKE UNIVERSITY DIVINITY SCHOOL LIBRARY Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2022 with funding from Duke University Libraries https://archive.org/details/holybibletransla01 unse THE HOLY BIBLE TRANSLATED FROM THE LATIN VULGATE DILIGENTLY COMPARED WITH THE HEBREW, GREEK, AND OTHER EDITIONS IN DIVERS LANGUAGES. THE OLD TESTAMENT WAS FIRST PUBLISHED BY #HE ENGLISH COLLEGE AT DOUAY, A. D. 1609 AND THE NEW TESTAMENT WAS FIRST PUBLISHED BY THE ENGLISH COLLEGE AT RHEIMS, A. D. 1582 THIS EDITION CONTAINS ANNOTATIONS, REFERENCES, AN HISTORICAL AND CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX MANY MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS PUBLISHED WITH THE IMPRIMATUR AND APPROBATION OF HIS. EMINENCE JOHN CARDINAL FARLEY ARCHBISHOP OF NEW YORE SSS 4 B. HERDER BOOK Co., 17 AND 19 SouTH BROADWAY SI... LOUIS; gM. i ( | (fT \ i Mibil Obstat — f | () H a Ww _ ‘ REMIGIUS , s Censor. ITTATAAAT IMOD YITMSICLMG Fmprimatur : - a JOHN CARDINAL FARLEY 0 Archbishop of New York New York, DeceMBER 4, 191T ry HHT a ; ! Team taw Zmprimatur ‘4 E. F. PRENDERGAST Archbishop ‘ Philadelphia HHT PHILADELPHIA, SEPTEMBER 27, I9II 10804 TRAY 2aw 3mprimatur MARIANOPOLI, DIE 3. DECEMBRIS 1912 9 5) 4% PAULUS, arcu. MARIANOPOLITANUS. Approbation of the Ordinary, S$mprimatur anes + FRANCIS S. CHAT ae Bishop of H SEPT. STH. 1906. MADE IN BELGIUM. INTRODUCTION to the English translation of the Encyclical PROVIDENTISSIMUS DEUS, by FATHER LATTEY, S.J., M. A., Div. S New Testament Professor at Heythrop College, Chipping Norton, Oxon. “) 7 ~ + » Among the great and wise encyclicals which added such glory to the pontificate of Pope Leo XIII, the Providentissimus Deus stands second to none, whether by reason of its dogmatic or practical importance. While safeguarding biblical studies against all error upon the vital doctrines of inspiration and inerrancy, Pope Leo not only gave the necessary guidance to future effort, but with his earnest exhortation to progress imparted an impulse to the study of Holy Writ, whereof the force appears rather to increase with the lapse of time. This, indeed, is likewise true of other encyclicals of his, such as those upon social questions and upon the study of St. Thomas Aquinas. It is not the purpose of the present introduction to offer a summary of the encyclical, for tt is greatly to be hoped that all who use this edition of the Holy Bible will read for themselves the translation herein offered. It has been revised for the purpose of this volume from a translation issued by the Universe which went through several editions. Nor again is it possible within this short compass to explain the encyclical in all its bearings. But it may be of use to bring out the general trend and fundamental aims of the document, so that the true Catholic spirit may here be learnt from the teaching of Blessed Peter, who speaks by Leo ; afterwards the desire thus aroused for the Word of God may be satisfied in accordance with the precepts herein laid down, and a fuller and deeper knowledge acquired of the divine writings. It will be easiest to follow the sections indicatedin the translationitself. The firstisintroduc- tory ; the second provides an ample theme, ample as the profit itself to be drawn by priest and people from the knowledge and love of Holy Writ. It is from the example of Christ Himself and His apostles that all, but especially Church students, are bidden learn the zeal and reverence with which they should approach the Scriptures. Whether in order to deal with the ignorant cr the learned, nowhere else will they find fuller or more fruitful treatment of what concerns Almighty God, Our Lord and the Church. ‘Ignorance of the Scriptures’, Pope Leo repeats from St. Jerome, ‘is ignorance of Christ’. Therein will be found in abundance precepts and examples of virtue and holiness, so that ‘whosoever reproduces in his discourses the spirit and strength of the divine word, he speaks not by word alone, but with power and with the Holy Ghost and _with much assurance’. Indeed, ‘those who apply themselves to the office of preaching should never withdraw from the study of the sacred page’ ; although fully to understand it they must implore with humble prayer, and preserve by holiness of life, the light and grace of the Holy Spirit. Later in the encyclical, under what is here the fifth heading, ‘Interpretation’, Pope Leo dwells likewise upon the great importance of Sacred Scripture in the study of dogmatic theology. This subject, the profit of Holy Writ, has an especial significance for this country, inas- _much as the Bible is still in large measure venerated and beloved, a fact for which we cannot but rejoice, however much we deplore certain false notions which mingle with that veneration | and love. The Church, surely, should be shown to be what she is, the only sure champion of Holy Writ. The message of the priest, whether in regard of faith or morals, will prove all the -more acceptable both to those within the:fold and those without, if he follows the precepts of Pope Leo. And the same in its measure is true of the laity, and especially of that portion of it which displays such apostolic zeal in its open-air explanation and defence of the Faith. It is the easier solution, if a difficulty be ee the Bible, to ask the questioner how he knows vu et vi INTRODUCTION TO THE ENCYCLICAL PROVIDENTISSIMUS DEUS. what is the Bible, or something similar ; but such an evasion, if often practised, may leay. impression that Catholics dislike and fear Holy Scripture. A more difficult, buta more Cath and apostolic course, sure to result in greater practical efficiency, will be to aim at an eve ~ increasing knowledge and love of the written Word of God. The third section, entitled ‘the Care of the Church for the Scriptures’, is in the main a historical vindication of this care. The fourth, ‘the Study of Scripture’, calls attention to the new needs of the day, and gives directions for the meeting of these needs. This encyclical is a landmark in biblical history, inasmuch as it definitely recognizes as the most formidable enemy of the Church in this regard, and indeed of Holy Writ itself, no longer the old Protestantism, but the new Rationalism. In the main the old Protestantism recognized the authority of the Bible, even while embracing some principles that were sure in the long run to subvert that authority ; but now, speaking quite generally, the work of subversion has been accomplished, and the champions of the Faith must meet those who ‘absolutely deny that there is such a thing as divine revelation or inspiration’. Pope Leo's first instruction is that all the more care should be exercised in the selection of those who are to teach Holy Scripture in the seminaries ; ‘nothing certainly can be of greater importance than the prudent choice of professors’. He then briefly considers the actual course which the students are to follow, laying stress, among other things, upon a proper grounding in fundamental principles, and upon a due respect for the official Latin Vulgate. The principles of Catholic exegesis are then set forth more at length, in what is here brought under the fifth heading, ‘the Interpretation of Scripture’, and especial emphasis is laid upon the teaching authority of the Church, and upon the respect due to her great Fathers and other interpreters ; although it must not be thought ‘that the road is blocked, even to farther advance in investigation and exposition’. There follow some strong words upon the use that should made of Holy Scripture in the study of theology itself, whereof it will be enough to quote the first sentence : ‘But this is especially desirable and necessary, that the use of this same divine Scripture should penetrate into the whole study of theology and almost be its soul ; such in truth has been the view of the matter taken in every age by the Fathers and all the most brilliant theologians, and they have carried it into effect’. It would be out of keeping with the principles here laid down, were theologians to cast a preliminary glance, as it were, at Holy Scripture, and then without further thought of it abandon themselves to their own speculations ; on the contrary, it is their duty to search out the relevant passages, examine their meaning carefully and bear them in mind throughout. So large a collection of books, all of them coming to us from God Him- self as principal author, cannot but teach an immense amount of supernatural truth; upon which, indeed, the present biblical revival has taught and helped us to draw more freely. The sixth section, ‘The Defence of Scripture’, is necessarily concerned with the work of the experts ; ‘it will certainly be very advantageous if there be several in sacred orders especially equipped to combat for the faith in this department also’. It was in order to secure more effectively a supply of well-trained and orthodox professors of Holy Scripture that Pope Pius X founded in 1909 the Biblical Institute. Pope Leo proceeds to speak of ‘the helps whereon to rely in defence’, whereof the first ‘lies in the study of the ancient eastern languages, and like- wise in what is called the science of criticism’. He speaks more at large of the dangers of ‘the higher criticism’, insisting for example that ‘external’ evidence is usually of greater weight than ‘internal’, and thereupon comes to speak of the physical sciences. ‘No real disaccord can exist between the theologian and the scientist, provided that each keep himself within his own limits, and beware of affirming anything rashly, and the unknown as known’. The theologian and the exegete must walk warily, not showing himself to ready to admit, either that some new scientific theory has been fully proved, or that it certainly contradicts the Catholic faith. He must also remember that the sacred writers used a popular style, describing what struck the eye, and did not aim at scientific precision. In the book of Josue, for example, it is said that ‘the sun stood still in the midst of heaven’ (Jos. X. 13), which is just the language that we should use today to describe the same event ; but we should not be committing ourselves to any theory about the solar system, or about the precise nature of the miracle itself. The author of the book of Josue, then, in the same way is describing appearances, he is narrating what he saw, but is not com- mitting himself to any theory about the relative motions of sun and earth. ‘These same principles’, the encyclical continues, ‘it will be profitable to apply in turn to allied departments of study, especially to history’. The same caution, that is, must be shown in dealing with supposed discrepancies between these qther sciences and the Bible. But this sentence does not mean that where the sacred writers aré clearly making definite statements of | | INTRODUCTION TO THE ENCYCLICAL PROVIDENTISSIMUS DEUS. VII fact, they may be understood merely to oe repeating popular views of the matter for what they are worth, true or untrue, as though that corresponded to ‘describing appearances’. There is all the difference in the world between giving a true report in popular language, and reporting as true what is actually false. This perverse interpretation of the encyclical has been utterly repudiated by the Holy See. The seventh section, ‘the Inspiration of Scripture’, is the dogmatic section of the encyclical, and is extremely important for that reason. ‘It would be utterly impious either to limit inspira- tion to some portions only of Sacred Scripture, or to admit that the sacred author himself had erred’. Insisting that inspiration means divine authorship, Pope Leo teaches that it therefore excludes error ‘as necessarily as it is of necessity that God, the supreme truth, be the author of absolutely no error’. He then goes on to define more closely the nature of this inspiration. ‘By His supernatural power He so excited and moved them (the sacred writers) to write, He so assisted them whilst they were writing, as to make them rightly conceive in their mind, and wish to write faithfully, and express fitly with infallible truth all those things and only those things which He Himself should command ; otherwise he would not Himself be the author of the whole of Sacred Scripture’. The Biblical Commission, itself instituted by Pope Leo in 1902, has since done much by its decrees to develop and enforce the Catholic doctrine of inspiration. These decrees appear to favour the doctrine of ‘non-verbal’ inspiration, according to which it is enough for true inspira- tion that Almighty God should inspire the sacred writer with ideas, without also providing in the inspiration itself the words wherewith to express those ideas. This however is a matter which it is not easy to explain shortly, and as it is not touched upon in the encyclical, it is un- necessary here to do more than refer to it. But it is right to point out how earnest an effort Pope Leo makes in this encyclical at once to safeguard the truth of Holy Writ and to further the progress of biblical studies. Both objects, surely, should have the approval and sympathy of all true Christians. In the eighth section, ‘the Attitude of Catholics’, the co-operation of Catholics who are ex- perts in other than strictly biblical sciences is invited in order to a more effective defence of Sacred Scripture, and Catholics generally are encouraged to support their experts with ma- terial aid. This latter may obviously take many forms, such as helping to provide funds for lectures or publications or research. A great work of research is the revision of the Latin Vul- gate entrusted by the Holy See to the Benedictine Order; the Benedictine commission ap- pointed for the purpose, whereof Cardinal Gasquet is president, is worthy of Catholic support. Progress is being made in many other directions also ; but the possibility of progress depends largely upon the sympathetic appreciation of the Catholic body. * Pope Leo sums up some of the counsels which he has given, and in the final section makes his prayer that biblical studies may ‘flourish with unimpaired prosperity under the direction of the Church’, and ‘receive such increase as shall be truly to the support and glory of Catholic truth, a truth born of God for the eternal salvation of the peoples’. To this we may add here Pope Benedict XV’s prayer in the encyclical Spiritus Paraclitus (1920),wherein he desires that all should adhere most strictly to the principles of the Providentissimus Deus ; this prayer is ‘for all the children of the Church, that penetrated and strengthened by the sweetness of Holy Writ, they may attain to the surpassing knowledge of Jesus Christ’. Let us, then, understand of the whole of Sacred Scripture the encouraging words applied by St. John Chrysostom to the epistles of St. Paul : ‘Seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you’. Pope Leo XIIl's Encyclical on the Study of Holy Scripture (Providentissimus Deus) I. Introductory II. The Profit of ewes , ‘ III. The Care of the Church for the Scfipicce : IV. The Study of Scripture SM AF) V. The Interpretation of Scien VI. The Defence of Scripture VII. The Inspiration of Scripture VIII. The Attitude of Catholics IX. Conclusion EINCYGLICAL LETTER of our Holy Father by Divine Providence Pope Leo XIII on the Study of Holy Scripture. To Our VENERABLE BRETHREN, ALL PaTRIARCHS, PRIMATES, ARCHBISHOPS, AND BISHOPS OF THE CaTHOLICc WORLD, In GrRacE AND COMMUNION WITH THE APOSTOLIc SEE, POPE LEO XIII: VENERABLE BRETHREN, HEALTH AND AposTOLic BENEDICTION. I. Introduction. God most provident, who by an admirable device of love, raised at the beginning the human race to a share in the divine nature, and afterwards, rescuing it from the common stain and destruction, re-established it in its original dignity ; He brought also to that human race this especial support, that there should be opened to it by supernatural means the concealed treasures of His divinity, wisdom and mercy. Although it should be understood that in the divine revelation there are truths which are not inaccessible to human reason, but which have been revealed to men, in order that all may recognize them easily, with a firm certitude, and without mixture of error ; nevertheless revelation cannot be declared absolutely necessary for this reason, but because God in His infinite mercy has destined man to a supernatural end1). This supernatural revelation, according to the faith of the Universal Church, is contained both in unwritten traditions and in written books, which latter are called holy and canonical, because, written under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, they have God for author, and have been delivered as such to the Church herself 2). This the Church has always held and professed publicly on the subject of the books of the Old and the New Testament. Those very important ancient documents are familiar, which indicate that God, having spoken first by the prophets, next by Him- self, afterwards by the apostles, also instituted Scripture, which is styled canonical 3) ; and that this Scripture consists of divine oracles and words 4), that it constitutes, as it were, a letter sent by our Heavenly Father to the human race journeying far from their country, and which has been transmitted by the sacred authors 5). Since, then, the excellence and the dignity of the Scriptures is such that having for author God Himself, they contain His most exalted mysteries, designs, and works ; it follows that the portion also of sacred theology which concerns the defence and inter- pretation of these same divine books is of the highest excellence and uttlity. As therefore We have taken care, by means of frequent letters and numerous exhortations which, with God’s aid, have not been without fruit, to secure the progress of other kinds of study, inasmuch as they appeared to be of the utmost consequence for the increase of the divine glory and the salvation of mankind, so also for a long 1) Conc. Vat. sess. iii, cap. ii, de Revel. 2) Ibid. 3) S. Aug. de Civ. Dei, xi. 3. 4) S. Clem. Rom. I. ad Cor. 45; S. Policarp, ad Phil. 7;S. Iren. c. Heres. ii. 28, 2. 5) S. Chrys. in Gen, hom. ii. 2;S. Aug, in Ps. Xxx, serm. ii. 1 ;S. Greg. M, ad Theod. ep. iv.3}, a ae x ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. time We have had the idea of stimulating and commending the noble study of the Sacred Writings, and also of directing it in a fashion more comformable to the neces- sities of the times. The solicitude of our Apostolic charge, indeed, moves Us, and almost drives Us, not only to wish that this glorious source of Catholic revelation should lie open more safely and largely for the advantage of the Lord’s flock, but also not to tolerate that it should be outraged in any manner, either by those who with an impious audacity openly attack Holy Scripture, or by those who devise deceitful and imprudent innovations. We are not ignorant, Venerable Brethren, that there are not a few Catholics, men rich in talent and doctrine, who eagerly betake themselves to the defence of the Divine Books or to secure the fuller knowledge and understanding of them. But whilst We deservedly praise their labour, and the results they obtain, We cannot refrain from exhorting strongly others also, whose ability, doctrine, and piety give excellent promise in this matter, to discharge the sacred task and merit the same eulogy. We wish and desire that a greater number should undertake in a becoming manner the cause of the Divine Writings, and attach themselves thereto with constancy ; and above all, that those whom the grace of God has called to Holy Orders should daily apply themselves more strictly and zealously (as is most just) to read, meditate, and explain them. II. The Profit of Scripture. In addition to the excellence of such study, and the respect due to the Word of God, the especial motive for which it appears right so greatly to commend it lies in the many kinds of advantages which we know will follow from it, and for which we have the most certain guarantee of the Holy Spirit : All Scripture inspired by God is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto every good work 8). It was with this design that God gave man the Scriptures, as the examples of Our Lord Jesus Christ and His Apostles show. He Himself, who ‘won authority by miracles, merited faith by authority, and gained the multitude by faith’ 7), was accustomed to appeal to the Sacred Writings in the discharge of His divine mission. For upon occasion He shows from them that He is sent by God, andis God Himself ; He seeks arguments from them to instruct His disciples and to confirm His doctrine; He vindicates their testimony against the calumnies of detractors ; He opposes them to the Sadducees and the Phari- sees in refutation, and turns them against Satan himself and his impudent temptation ; He employed them again at the very close of His life, and when risen explained them to His disciples, until He ascended to the glory of the Father. The Apostles, trained by His voice and precepts, although He Himself granted that signs and wonders should be done by their hands 8), yet drew great force from the divine books for inculcating afar among the nations Christian wisdom, for breaking the stubbornness of the Jews, and crushing incipient heresies. This is evident from their discourses, especially those of the Blessed Peter, which they composed in great degree from the words of the Old Testament, as furnishing the strongest argument of the New Law. This is likewise evident from the gospels of Matthew and John, and from the epistles called Catholic ; but is clearest from the testimony of him who ‘boasts that he had learnt the law of Moses and the Prophets at the feet of Gamaliel, in order that, fortified with spiritual arms, he might afterwards say with confidence, The arms of our warfare are not carnal ; they are the power of God’ 8). From the examples of Christ Our Lord and the apostles, therefore, let all under- stand, and especially the recruits of the spiritual army, how highly the divine writings should be esteemed, and with what zeal and reverence they should approach, so to speak, to this same arsenal. For those who have to treat either amongst the learned or the ignorant the doctrine of Catholic truth will find nowhere else more abundant matter or fuller treatment about God, the supreme and most perfect good, and about 6) Il Tim. iii. 16, 17. 7) S. Aug. de util. cred. xiv. 32. 8) Act. xiv. 3. 9) S. Hier. de Studio Script, ad Paulin., Ep. liii. 3, ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. XI the works which show forth His glory and His love. About the Saviour of the human race, nothing is more fruitful and more significant than what is found throughout the entire Bible ; and Jerome was right when he affirmed that ‘ignorance of the Scriptures is ignorance of Christ’ 10), There one sees as it were His image, vivid and animated, and this spectacle in an admirable manner relieves misfortune, exhorts to virtue, and invites to divine love. As far as regards the Church, her institution, character, functions and gifts are so often mentioned therein, there are available in her behalf arguments so many and so strong, that the same St. Jerome most truly said. ‘He who is fortified with the testimonies of Holy Writ is a bulwark of the Church’11). If precepts touching the training and discipline of life and morals be sought, apostolic men will find therein abundant and valuable resources, precepts full of holiness, exhortations seasoned with sweetness and energy, signal examples of every form of virtue, to which is added the momentous promise of eternal rewards and the threat of punishment, made in the name and words of God Himself. This is the special and most remarkable virtue of the Scriptures, arising from the divine breath of the Holy Ghost, this is what confers authority on the sacred orator, furnishes him with an apostolic liberty of speech, and bestows on him a nervous and victorious eloquence. Whosoever reproduces in his discourses the spirit and strength of the divine word, he speaks not by word alone, but with power and with the-Holy Ghost and with much assurance 12). Wherefore they must be said to act in a preposterous and reckless manner, who preach of religion and enounce divine precepts without bringing forward anything but the words of human knowledge and wisdom, supporting themselves by their own rather than divine arguments. In fact, their discourse, how- ever brilliant it be with flashes of genius, is necessarily feeble and cold, inasmuch as it lacks the fire of the word of God 13), and it must be far from having that power which belongs to speech divine : for the Word of God is living and powerful and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the dividing of soul and spirit 14). Nevertheless, in this also one must agree with the more wise, that in the sacred letters there is an eloquence wonderfully varied, rich, and worthy of the highest matters. St. Augustine understood this well and explicitly proved it 15), and the experience of the most illustri- ous among sacred orators bears him out ; they have testified with gratitude to God that they more especially owe their reputation to constant familiarity with the Bible and pious meditation upon it. Thoroughly acquainted with all this by knowledge and use, the Holy Fathers never ceased to praise the divine writings and the benefits to be drawn from them. In many passages of their works they call them either the most rich treasure of heavenly doc- trines 16), or the eternal fountains of salvation 17), or they propose them as fertile meadows and delicious gardens, wherein the flock of the Lord is admirably refreshed and delighted 18). St. Jerome’s words to the clerk Nepotian are much to our purpose : ‘Often read the divine Scriptures, nay, never put down from thy hands the sacred page ; learn what you should teach... the discourse of the priest should be seasoned with the reading of the Scriptures’ 19). Such is likewise the view of St. Gregory the Great, than whom no one has described more wisely the duties of the pastors of the Church. ‘It is necessary’, he says, ‘that those who apply themselves to the office of preaching should never withdraw from the study of the sacred page’ 20). Here, nevertheless, it is our pleasure to recall Augustine’s admonition that ‘he is 10) In Isai. Prol. 11) In Isai. liv. 12. 12) I Thess. i. 5. 13) Jerem. xxiii. 29. 14) Hebr. iv. 12. 15) De Doct. Chr. iv. 6, 7. 16) S. Chrys. in Gen. hom. xxi. 2; hom. |x. 3; St. Aug. de Discipl. Chr. ii. 17) S. Athan. Ep. fest. xxxix. 18) S. Aug. serm. xxvi. 24; St. Ambr. in Ps. cxviii, serm. xix. 2. 19) S. Hier. de vit. cleric. ad Nepot. 20) S. Greg. M. Regul, Past. ii, 11 (al. 22) ; Moral. xviii. 26 (al. 14). XI ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. a futile preacher of the word of God in public, who is not a hearer thereof within’ 21) ; and Gregory's own precept to sacred orators, that ‘in sacred discourses, before the pronounce them to others, they should examine themselves, lest while taking notice of the actions of others they should lose sight of themselves’ 22), This already, after the example and teaching of Christ, who began to do and to teach, the voice of the A had widely proclaimed, addressing not only Timothy but the whole order of clerics with this command : Take heed unto thyself and unto doctrine, continue therein ; for in doing this thou shalt save both thyself and them that hear thee 23). Assuredly both for one’s own salvation and perfection and that of others there are invaluable helps in the sacred writings, helps abundantly praised in the Psalms; but they are for those who to the divine utterances not only a docile and attentive mind, but also a will schooled to uprightness and piety. These books are not to be considered in the same case as ordinary books ; but inasmuch as they have been dictated by the Holy Spirit Himself, and contain very important truths, in many points hidden and difficult, in order to understand and explain them we always ‘need the presence’ 24) of this same Spirit— that is to say, of His light and His grace, which, as the authority of the inspired Psalmist often urges, is to be implored with humble prayer, and preserved by holiness of life. III. The Care of the Church for the Scriptures. Herein the forethought of the Church gloriously excels. She has at all times taken care, through admirable institutions and laws, that ‘the heavenly treasure of sacred books, which the Holy Spirit has granted to men with a sovereign liberality, should not lie neglected’ 25). For she has decreed, not only that a great portion thereof should be read and meditated with pious mind by all her ministers in the daily Office of sacred psalmody, but also that they should be explained and interpreted by suitable men in cathedrals, in monasteries, and in convents of other regulars, where in studies can conveniently flourish ; and she has strictly ordered that at least on Sundays and days of solemn festival the faithful should be nourished by the saving words of the gospel 26), To the wisdom and vigilance of the Church is also due the devotion to Sacred Scripture shown in every age, an attention earnest and rich in utmost profit. In which regard, and in order also to strengthen our arguments and exhortations, it is a pleasure to recall how from the beginnings of the Christian religion, whosoever have been re- markable for sanctity of life and for knowledge of divine things, have always assiduously cultivated the sacred writings. We see the nearest disciples of the Apostles, among them Clement of Rome, Ignatius of Antioch, Polycarp, then the Apologists, especially Justin and Irenzus, in their letters and their books, whether written for defence or commendation of Catholic dogmas, drawing all their faith and force and gracious piety mainly from the divine writings. And in the schools of catechism and theology which sprang up in many episcopal sees, the most celebrated of which were those of Antioch and Alexandria, the teaching given therein consisted of hardly anything else but the reading, explanation, and defence of the written Word of God. Thence went forth the greater number of the fathers and the writers, whose painstaking studies and remarkable works were so abundant for about the three succeeding centuries, that this period has rightly been called the golden age of biblical exegesis. Amongst those of the East, the first place belongs to Origen, a man admiraple for the keenness of his intellect and his uninterrupted labours, from whose numerous writings and from his immense work of the Hexapla almost all his successors have drawn. Several must be added, who have extended the limits of this science; thus, amongst the most eminent, Alexandria produced Clement and Cyril, Palestine Eusebius and the second Cyril, Cappadocia Basil the Great and the two Gregories, of Nazianzus 21) S. Aug. serm. clxxix. 1. 22) S. Greg. M. Regul. Past. iii. 24 (al. 48). 23) I Tim. iv. 16. 24) S. Hier. in Mic. i. 10. 25) Cone. Trid. sess. v, Decret de Reform. 1. 26) Ibid. i. 2. ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. XIII and Nyssa, and Antioch John Chrysostom, whose skill in this study rivalled his supreme eloquence. Nor were the westerns behind in this glory. Amongst many who greatly distinguished themselves the names of Tertullian and Cyprian are illustrious, of Hilary and Ambrose, of Leo the Great and of Gregory the Great ; but most illustrious are those of Augustine and Jerome. The former was wonderfully acute in grasping the meaning of the Word of God, and most copious in bringing that meaning to the support of Catholic truth ; the latter on account of his extraordinary knowledge of the Bible and his great labours in aid of its use is honoured publicly by the Church with the title of the Greatest Doctor (Doctor maximus). From that epoch to the eleventh century, although the pursuit of these studies did not flourish with the same ardour and fruit as before, nevertheless they did flourish, thanks particularly to the labours of men in sacred orders. For these took care, either to love what the ancients had left of especial profit in this department, and to circulate it after having suitably arranged it and enriched it with their own additions (as was done chiefly by Isidore of Seville, Bede, and Alcuin); or else to illustrate the sacred volumes with comments (as did Walafrid Strabo and Anselm of Laon); or with new solicitude to provide for their integrity (as did Peter Damian and Lanfranc). But in the twelfth century the most of them undertook with much success the allegorical explanation of Scripture; in this sphere St. Bernard easily surpassed the rest, his sermons also being almost entirely taken from the divine writings. But new and more fruitful progress was made,thanks to the method of the Scho- lastics. Although these applied themselves to discover the veritable text of the Latin version, as the biblical correctoria which they composed plainly testify, yet they expended still more zeal and care upon interpretation and explanation. Forinaclear and orderly way, better than ever before, they discriminated the different senses of the sacred words, established the value of each in matters theological, marked off the different parts of the books and the arguments of the several parts, examined the purposes of the writers, and explained the mutual relation and connexion of sentences. No one can fail to see how much light has been thrown in this manner upon obscure passages. Besides, their books, whether theological or commentaries on the Scriptures themselves, exhibit abundantly a wealth of doctrine drawn from the Scriptures. In this depart- ment also St. Thomas Aquinas bore away the palm among them. But after Clement V, our predecessor, had attached to the academy in Rome and to all the most celebrated universities chairs of oriental literature, our scholars began to work more accurately both at the original languages of the Bible and at the Latin translation. When thereupon the learning of the Greeks had been brought back to us, and much more when the new art of printing had been happily invented, the devotion to Holy Writ was very widely increased. It is wonderful in how short a space of time editions of the Bible, especially of the Vulgate, were multiplied by the press, and as — it were filled the Catholic world ; to such a degree at that same period, contrary to the calumnies of the enemies of the Church, were the divine books loved and honoured. Nor must We omit to remark how great a number of learned men arose to the profit of biblical studies, especially from -the religious orders, from the Council of Vienne to the Council of Trent. These, by using the new helps and gathering a harvest from their wide erudition and their talents, not only increased the riches accumulated by their predecessors, but prepared the way in some sense for the glory of the succeeding age, which began with the Council of Trent, when the noblest epoch of the Fathers appeared in some sort to have returned. For no one is ignorant, and it is pleasant to us to bring it to mind, that our predecessors from Pius 1V to Clement VIII were respon- sible for the preparation of those remarkable editions of the ancient versions, the Alexan- drian and the Vulgate, which were subsequently published by the order and authority of Sixtus V and the same Clement, and are today in common use. In this same period, as is known, besides other ancient versions of the Bible, the polyglot editions of Antwerp and of Paris were brought out with great care, editions very helpful for investigating the true meaning of the text. There was no book of either Testament which did not then obtain more than one good interpreter, nor was there any more serious question touching those subjects which did not exercise most fruitfully the talents of many ; and of these latter not a few, themselves the most addicted to the study of holy fathers, made for themselves a remarkable name. Nor finally since that epoch has the ability XIV ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. of our scholars been wanting ; for from time to time distinguished men have deserved well of these same studies, and have defended the sacred writings against the interpre- tations of rationalism, based on a perverse use of philology and the related sciences, by arguments drawn from the same departments of knowledge. Whosoever will carefully consider all this as it should be considered, will certainly admit that the Church has never at all been lacking in her care to let flow to her children the saving springs of divine Scripture ; and that she has always maintained that guar- dianship thereof, whereunto she has been appointed for its protection and glory, and has ever adorned it with every help of scholarship, so that she has neither needed, nor needs, to be stimulated by those who are outside her fold. IV. The Study of Scripture. The plan We have traced for ourselves, Venerable Brethren, now demands from Us that We should communicate to you what seems the best way of regulating these studies aright. But at the outset it is certainly important at this point to recognize what kind of men oppose and attack us, and in what arts or arms they put their trust. Formerly we had to do above all with those who relied on private judgment, and repudiating the divine traditions and authority of the Church, affirmed that Scripture was the only source of revelation and the sovereign judge of faith. At present our adversaries are the rationalists, sons and heirs, so to speak, of those others, and like them trusting to their opinion, who have utterly rejected even those very relics of Christian faith which their fathers still accepted. They absolutely deny that there is such a thing as divine revelation or inspiration or Sacred Scripture, and proclaim that these are nothing but human devices and inventions—that we have, not true narratives of real events, but either inept fables or lying histories : not prophecies and divine oracles, but either predictions forged after the occurrences or presentiments conceived with natural powers : not miracles truly so called and manifestations of divine power, but certain marvellous events by no means transcending the forces of nature, or else mere illusions and myths. The gospels, and the writings of the apostles, they say, must be attributed to quite different authors. Such portentous errors as these, by means of which they think that the sacrosanct truth of the divine books is uprooted, they thrust forward as the authoritative decisions of a new kind of free learning ; which decisions, however, they themselves consider so uncertain that they often change and supplement them even in regard of the selfsame points. And though they think and speak so impiously about God, Christ, the gospel, and the remainder of the Scriptures, there are not wanting among them those who wish to be considered both Christian and gospel theologians, and who, under this most honourable of titles, display the audacity of an insolent mind. To these not a few from other sciences add themselves as sharers and helpers in their counsels, whom the same intolerance of things revealed leads in like manner to attack the Bible. We cannot too deeply lament the daily increasing extent and bitter- ness of this attack. It is directed against learned and serious men, although these do not find it so very difficult to defend themselves ; but it is particularly against the crowd of the ignorant that these implacable enemies exert themselves with every scheme and device. By means of books, pamphlets, and newspapers they pour in the deadly poison : they insinuate it in sermons and discourses : already they have penetrated everywhere, and they possess many schools for the young, which they have removed from the care of the Church, where they miserably corrupt these credulous and tender minds to the contempt of Scripture, even by mockery and scurrilous jokes. Thes2 things, Venerable Brethren, are such as to move and enkindle the common zeal of pastors, so that to this new knowledge, falsely so called 27), there may be opposed that ancient and true knowledge which the Church received from Christ through the apostles, and that in so great a struggle fit champions of Sacred Scripture may arise. Let this, then, be the first care, that in the sacred seminaries or academies the divine writings should be so taught in every respect as the importance of the subject itself and the requirements of the times demand. For this reason nothing certainly can 27) I Tim. vi. 20. ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE XV be of greater importance than the prudent choice of professors ; for to this office must be appointed, not men taken from the crowd, but such as a great love for the Bible and a long familiarity withit and a suitable equipment of doctrine recommends as equal to their task. Nor must less care be expended, and that in good time, in arranging who are later to suc- ceed them. It will be a help, therefore, where it can conveniently be done, to devote en- tirely to the divine books some of the most promising students, after they have passed through their theological course with credit, giving them for some time the opportunity of a rather fuller study. Let the teachers thus selected and trained enter on the task committed to them with confidence ; and that they may discharge it as well as possible and obtain corresponding results, it is our pleasure to impart to them rather more fully certain instructions. Let them therefore so train the minds of their disciples on the very threshold of their studies, as carefully to form and develop in them a judgment suitable both for defending the divine books and for drawing from them their true meaning. Such is the object of the treatise of ‘Biblical Introduction’, as it is called, wherein the pupil finds suitable means of proving the integrity and authority of the Bible, of seeking and discovering the legitimate meaning thereof, of attacking and utterly uprooting sophis- tical theories. How important it is to discuss these points at the outset with order and in a scientific way, with theology for companion and help, it is hardly necessary to say, since the whole remaining treatment of Scripture thereafter either rests upon these foundations or becomes clear in the light thereof. After this the teacher’s labour shall be applied with great care to the more fruitful part of this science, which concerns interpretation, whence his auditors are to learn how afterwards they may turn the riches of the Divine Word to the advantage of religion and piety. Assuredly we understand that neither the extent of the subject nor the time available permit the entire Scriptures to be expounded in the schools ; neverthe- less, since there is need of a sure method whereby to conduct interpretation usefully, let a wise master avoid the mistake both of those who offer a cursory view of all the books, and of those who delay unreasonably upon a fixed part of one. If in the majority of the schools one cannot secure so much as in the greater academies—that is to say, that one or two books be expounded in a consecutive and fuller manner—nevertheless great effort should be made to secure that the passages chosen for interpretation should be treated with suitable completeness. These specimens, as it were, will draw on and instruct the pupils, so that they will read the rest themselves and love it throughout their lives. Moreover the teacher, faithful to the procedure of past generations, shall take for this purpose as his text the Vulgate version, which the Council of Trent decreed was to be regarded as authentic in public lectures, discussions, sermons and explanations 28), and which is also recommended by the daily practice of the Church. Nevertheless account must also be taken of the other versions, which Christian antiquity praised and adopted ; and especially of the earliest manuscripts. For although, so far as the main points are concerned, the sense of the Hebrew and Greek shines forth clearly from the words of the Vulgate, nevertheless, if anything be set forth there ambiguously or not quite accurately, ‘examination of the original language’, as Augustine counsels, will be useful 29). Now it is self-evident how much skill must be brought to these tasks, since in fine it is ‘the duty of the commentator to expound, not what he himself wishes, but the mind of the author whom he is explaining’ 50). After the question of the reading, where there is need, has been investigated with all care, it is then time to examine and explain the sense. The first counsel to be observed herein, is to follow the rules of interpretation commonly accepted with all the greater care, the more wayward are the insistent attacks of adversaries. We must therefore sedulously weigh the meaning of the words themselves, the general purpose of the context, the bearing of similar passages and the like, while at the same time with apposite scholarship using illustrations from other sources. Nevertheless, care should be taken lest more time and labour be devoted to questions of that kind than to the 28) Sess. iv. Decr. de editione et usu sacrorum librorum, 29) De Doctr. Chr. iii. 4. t 30) S. Hier. ad Pammach, XVI ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. knowledge of the divine books themselves, and lest the collection of manifold knowledge prove more of a hindrance than of a help to the minds of the young men. ; After this, the step will be safe to the use of the divine Scripture in matters theolog- ical. On this subject it is necessary to remark that in addition to the other causes of difficulty which are wont to be felt in the understanding of any ancient authors whatso- ever, there are some others which are peculiar to the sacred books. Inasmuch as have the Holy Ghost for author, their words give expression to many things whic altogether surpass the powers and penetration of human reason—that is to say, the divine mysteries and many other things which belong to them. The sense is sometimes profounder and more hidden than the mere letter and the rules of interpretation would seem to indicate ; and furthermore, the literal sense itself certainly admits other senses which serve to illustrate dogmas or to recommend rules for the conduct of life. Where- fore it is not to be denied that the sacred books are enveloped in a certain religious obscurity, so that no one can find his way into them unless with some guide for the road 51); God having thus disposed matters—such is the common opinion of the Holy Fathers—in order that men should study them with greater love and zeal, and fix more deeply into their minds and souls the truths thus laboriously acquired, and more especially in order that they might understand that God has given the Scriptures to the Church, whom they are to use as surest guide and mistress in the reading and handling of His oracles. V. The Interpretation of Scripture. That truth should be sought there where God has placed His treasures, and that the Scriptures are explained without any danger by those with whom is the apostolic succession, was already taught by St. Irenzus 32). It is his doctrine and that of the other Fathers which the Vatican Council adopted when it renewed the decree of the Council of Trent on the interpretation of the written Divine Word, declaring this to be the mind of that council, that in matters of faith and morals, belonging to the building up of Christian doctrine, that is to be regarded as the true sense of Sacred Scripture, which Holy Mother Church has held and holds, to whom it belongs to judge of the true sense and inter- pretation of the Sacred Scriptures ; and that therefore for none was it lawful to interpret Sacred Scripture contrary to this sense, or again contrary to the unanimous consent of the Fathers 33), By this law, full of wisdom, the Church by no means retards or constrains the researches of biblical science ; but rather maintains them pure from error, and helps very much their true progress. For to every private teacher a large field is open, wherein with safe steps he may by his zeal in the work of exposition carry on a glorious contest, and that with profit to the Church. In those passages of divine Scripture which still await a certain and settled explanation, it will thus be possible, in the sweet counsels of Divine Providence, that by these preparatory studies, as it were, the judgment of the Church be brought to maturity; while in regard of passages already settled, the private teacher can be of no less use, either by explaining them more clearly to our faithful people or more cleverly to the learned, or by defending them with more signal success from adversaries. Accordingly, where the sense of biblical texts has been authoritatively declared, either by the sacred authors themselves under the inspiration of the Holy Ghost, as in many passages of the New Testament, or by the Church assisted by the same Holy Ghost, whether by the means of a solemn judgment, or by her ordinary and universal authority 34) ; it should be the especial and religious care of the Catholic interpreter to explain them himself in the same way, and to prove, by means of the helps which his science supplies, that it is the only interpretation which can rightly be approved according to the laws of sound exegesis, In other points the analogy of the faith must be followed, and Catholic doctrine, such as has been received from the author- ity of the Church, must be employed as the supreme criterion. For since it is the same 31) S. Hier. ad Paulin. De Studio Script. Ep. liii. 4. 32) C. Haeres. iv. 26, 5. 3 33) Sess. iii. cap. ii., de Revel : cf. Conc. Trid. sess. iv., Decr. de edit. et usu Sacr. Libror. 34) Conc, Vat, sess, iii. cap. iii ; De Fide, : ? ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. XVII God who is the author both of the sacred books and of the doctrine deposited with the Church, it is plainly impossible that a meaning should by legitimate interpretation be extracted from the former, which in any way conflicts with the latter. Whence it is evident that an interpretation is to be rejected as foolish and false, which either puts the sacred authors in some sort of conflict with each other, or which is opposed to the doctrine of the Church. The teacher of this science should therefore have this further distinction to his cred- it, that he is a thorough master of all theology, and that he is conversant with the commentaries of the holy Fathers and Doctors and of the best interpreters. Upon this certainly St. Jerome 45) insists, and St. Augustine strongly so, who justly complains in these terms : ‘If every science, however unimportant and easy, demands a teacher and master if it is to be learnt, what can be more full of arrogant pride than to refuse to learn the books of the divine mysteries from their interpreters!’ 56). Such was like- wise the view of the other Fathers, and they confirmed it by their own example ; they ‘sought understanding of the divine Scriptures, not from their own impressions, but from the writings and authority of their predecessors, who (it was certain) had them- selves received the rule for understanding the Scriptures from the Apostolic succes- sion’ 37), Moreover the authority of the Holy Fathers is very great, whom ‘Holy Church had after the apostles to plant and water and build and shepherd and rear her in her growth’ 38), so often as they all explain in one and the same manner some biblibal text as belonging to doctrine of faith or morals; for it stands out clearly from their very agreement that this is the tradition according to the Catholic faith handed down from the Apostles. The view of these same Fathers is to be highty esteemed then also, when in regard of these matters they as it were discharge the office of private teachers ; for not only does their learning in revealed doctrine and their knowledge of many things useful for the understanding of the apostolic books powerfully recommend them, but moreover, God Himself has helped with more ample succours of His light men remark- able for sanctity of life and zeal for the truth. Let the interpreter therefore know it to be his duty to follow their footsteps with reverence, and avail himself of their labours with an intelligent discrimination. Nevertheless he must not upon that account think that the road is blocked, even to farther advance in investigation and exposition, where there is a just cause, if only he religiously observes that rule wisely proposed by Augustine, namely, not to depart in the least from the literal and (as it were) plain sense, unless where reason forbids him to hold it or necessity compels him to abandon it 33). This rule should be held to with the more firmness, the greater is the danger of going astray amid so great a craving for novelties and license of opinions. Let him likewise beware of neglecting what has been applied by these same Fathers to an allegorical or similar meaning, especially when such a meaning flows from the literal sense and is supported by the authority of many. For the Church has received such a method of interpretation from the apostles, and has approved of it by her own example, as is clear from the liturgy. It is not that the Fathers aimed at demonstrating the dogmas of faith directly thereby, but that they knew from experience that this method was very fruitful in fostering virtue and piety. The authority of the other Catholic interpreters is indeed less; still, since Biblical studies have made a certain continual advance in the Church, the honour due should be rendered to their commentaries likewise, from which much can opportunely be sought for repelling attacks and clearing up more difficult points. But what is utterly shameful is that the interpreter, not knowing or despising the excellent works which our own have left in abundance, should prefer the books of the heterodox and that from them, with imminent risk to sound doctrine, and not rarely to the detriment of the faith, he should seek the explanation of passages upon which Catholics have for long and very profitably devoted their talents and their labours. For although the Catholic 35) Ibid., 6. 7. 36) Ad Honorat. De Utilit. Cred. xvii. 35. 37) Rufin., Hist. Eccl. ii. 9. 38) St. Aug. c. Julian. ii. +0. 37. 39) De Gen. ad litt. 1. viii, c. 7, 13. XVIII ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. interpreter can at times be helped by the studies of the heterodox, if utilized with prudence, nevertheless let him remember, as the ancients also frequently testify 40), that the uncorrupted sense of the sacred writings is in no wise to be found outside the Church, and that it cannot be taught by those who, devoid of the true faith, do not reach the kernel of Holy Writ, but only nibble at the rind 41). But this is especially desirable and necessary, that the use of this same divine Scripture should penetrate into the whole study of theology and almost be its soul ; such in truth has been the view of the matter taken in every age by the Fathers and all the most brilliant theologians, and they have carried it into effect. It was chiefly from the divine writings that they sought to set forth and to establish the truths which are the object of faith or which follow therefrom ; and from them, as also from divine tradition, they sought to refute the novel inventions of heretics, and to discover the reason, the explanation and the mutual relations of Catholic dogmas. Nor will anyone find this surprising who will reflect that so conspicuous a place is due to the divine books among the sources of divine revelation, that without the study and daily use of them, theology cannot be handled properly and in accordance with its dignity. For although it is right that in the academies and schools the young men should chiefly be trained to acquire an understanding and knowledge of dogmas by reasoning from the articles of faith with a view to deducing further consequences from them, according to the principles of an approved and solid philosophy ; nevertheless the serious and learned theologian must by no means neglect the very proof itself of dogmas, drawn from the au- thority of the Bible. ‘For theology does not accept its first principles from other sciences, but immediately from God by revelation. And therefore it does not accept from other sciences as from its superiors, but employs them as its inferiors and its ser- vants’. This method of teaching sacred doctrine has for master and adviser the prince of theologians, Aquinas 42); who also, well understanding this to be the nature of Christian theology, taught how the theologian can defend his own principles, should any haply attack them. ‘This must be by reasoning, should the adversary grant any of the truths which are possessed through divine revelation ; even as it is by means of decisive passages from Sacred Scripture that we dispute against heretics, and use one article of faith against those who deny another. If, however, the adversary ‘believe nothing of what is divinely revealed, there no longer remains the way of proving to him articles of faith by reasons, but only of disproving his reasons, if he brings any against the faith’ 4). Care is therefore to be taken that cur young men come to biblical studies suitably instructed and fortified, lest they frustrate legitimate hopes or (which is worse) in- cautiously run the risk of error, caught by the fallacies of the rationalists and the appearance of an elaborate erudition. But they will be excellently equipped if, follow- ing the path which We Ourselves have indicated and prescribed, they have cultivated religiously and thoroughly mastered the study of philosophy and theology, likewise under the guidance of St. Thomas. Thus they will advance along the right way, both in biblical studies and in that part of theology which is called positive ; and they will make most happy progress in both. VI. The Defence of Scripture. It is indeed much to have proved, explained and illustrated Catholic doctrine by means of legitimate and skilful interpretation of the Sacred Scriptures; but there re- mains another task, of grave consequence no less than of strenuous labour, namely, to assert as strongly as possible their full authority. This it will not be possible to ac- complish fully and completely in any other way than by the help of the living authority proper to the Church, which of herselj, that is, by reason of her marvellous dissemination, herseminent holiness, and her inexhaustible richness in all things good, by reason of her 40) Cfr. Clem. Alex., Strom. vii. 16; Orig. de Princ. iv. 8; in Levit. hom 4. 8; Tertull., de prescr., 15. seqq. ; S. Hilar. Pict. in Matth , 13. 1. 41) S. Greg. M. Moral. xx. 9 (al. 11). 42) Summa Theol. p. 1. q. i, a. 5 ad 2. 43) Ibid. a. 8. ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. XIX Catholic unity and invincible stability, is a great and perpetual motive of credibility and an irrefragable proof of her own divine mission 44). But since the divine and infallible authority of the Church rests also on the author- ity of Sacred Scripture, at least human belief in this latter must therefore at the outset be claimed and vindicated, so that by means of these books, as constituting the perfectly reliable witness of antiquity,the divinity and mission of Christ Our Lord, the institution of the hierarchical Church, and the primacy conferred on Peter and his successors, may be safeguarded and made evident. For this purpose it will certainly be very advantageous if there be several in sacred orders especially equipped to combat for the faith in this department also, and to repel the assaults of enemies, bearing before all the armour of God, as the Apostle advises 45), yet not unaccustomed to the new weapons and warfare of theenemy. This Chrysostom in beautiful words reckons among the duties of priests : ‘Great zeal must be employed that the word of Christ dwell in us abundantly 46) ; for we must be ready not for one kind of combat only, but the war is manifold and our enemies of many kinds; nor do they all use the same arms, nor yet is it after one manner alone that they exert themselves to fight with us. Wherefore he who is to fight with all must needs be acquainted with the devices and arts of all; the same man must be archer and slinger, colonel and corporal, general and private, horse and foot, skilled alike at sea and siege. For unless he know all the arts of warfare, the Devil knows how to send in his bandits by a single opening, if there be but one neglected, and in this way to destroy the sheep’ 47). The manifold fallacies and arts used herein by the enemy for attack we have outlined above; let us now insist upon the helps whereon to rely in defence. The first help lies in the study of the ancient eastern languages, and likewise in what is called the science of criticism. Since the knowledge of both these subjects is today much appreciated and praised, the clergy, if possessing the same (and that the more or less thoroughly as men and places require) will be the better able to sustain their dignity and office. For they themselves should become all things to all men 48), always prepared to satisfy everyone that demands an account of the hope which is in them 49). It is therefore necessary for professors of Sacred Scripture, and it is fitting for theologians, to know the languages in which the canonical books were originally written by the sacred authors, and it will be an excellent thing if ecclesiastical students cultivate them, more particularly those who aspire to academic degrees in theology. And care should also be taken that in all academies —-as indeed has already been laudably done in many of them —chairs be established of the other ancient languages also, especially the Semitic languages, and of studies connected with them. These courses will in the first place be of use to those who are intended to be professors of Sacred Scripture. But these same men, and for that very reason, must be especially learned and practised in the true science of criticism. For unfortunately, and to the damage of religion, a system has been brought in which parades under the name of the higher criticism, according to which the origin, integrity, and authority of every kind of book is found to be decided merely by what they call internal arguments. On the contrary, it is evident that in historical questions, such as are the origin and preservation of books, historical testimonies have more value than others, and should be most carefully sought out and examined ; on the other hand, that those internal arguments are not usually of such weight that they can be invoked except to confirm to some extent the others. If any other course be pursued, great evils will certainly result. For the enemies of religion will have more confidence in attacking and tearing to pieces the authenticity of the sacred books. That very species of higher criticism which they extol will finally come to this, that each one in his interpretation will follow his own inclination and prejudice. Hence the desired light will not be shed on the Scriptures, nor will any profit accrue to doctrine, but that sure mark of error will become manifest, which 44) Conc. Vat. Sess. iii, c. iii, De Fide. 45) Eph. vi. 13, seqq. 46) Cfr. Col. iii. 16. 47) De Sacerd. iv. 4. 48) I Cor. ix. 22. 49) I Petr. iii. 15. XX ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. consists in diversity and contradiction of opinions ; whereof the leaders themselves of this new study are already proof. Hence also, inasmuch as most of them are infected with the tenets of a vain philosophy and of rationalism, they will not fear to expunge from the sacred books prophecies, miracles, and all else that surpasses the natural order. In the next place those must be fought who, abusing their knowledge of the phys- ical sciences, investigate every minute point in the sacred books in order to object against the authors an ignorance of such matters, and to decry the writings themselves. As these insinuations deal with matters evident to the senses, they are thereby the more dangerous when they are spread among the crowd, and especially among the young men engaged in the study of letters ; for when these have once lost their respect in any one point for divine revelation, they will easily give up all their faith on all points. It is indeed only too evident that even as the study of nature, if only it be suitably expounded, is of the utmost help towards perceiving the glory of the Creator stamped upon things created, so also when instilled into tender minds after a wrong fashion it is no less able to uproot the principles of a sound philosophy and to corrupt manners. Wherefore to the teacher of Sacred Scripture a knowledge of natural science will be of valuable service, enabling him the more easily to discover:and refute objections of this kind likewise, when directed against the divine books. No real disaccord can exist between the theologian and the scientist, provided that each keep himself within his own limits, and following the warning of St. Augustine, beware of ‘affirming anything rashly, and the unknown as known’ 59). If nevertheless they do disagree, the same doctor proposes summarily a rule for the conduct of the theologian : ‘whatever’, he says, ‘they are able to demonstrate about nature by true proofs, let us show that it is not contrary to our Scriptures. But whatever they bring forward from any books of theirs contrary to these our Scriptures—that is to say, to the Catholic faith—let us also show, if we are at all able, or at all events let us believe without any doubt, that it is most false’ 51), In order to understand the justness of this rule it should be remembered, in the first place, that the sacred writers, or more truly ‘the Spirit of God who spoke through them, did not wish to teach men these truths (that is to say, the inward constitution of visible objects), which would not help any to salvation’ 52); and that for this reason, rather than apply themselves directly to the investigation of nature, they sometimes describe and treat the objects themselves either in language to some extent figurative, or as the common manner of speech in use at the period required, and indeed still requires nowadays in everyday life in regard of many things, even among the most learned of men. And since in popular speech those things are mentioned first and chiefly which fall under the senses, in like manner the sacred writer (as the Angelic Doctor warns us) ‘described those things which appear to outward sense’ ; 53) that is, those things which God Himself, in addressing men, signified after the human fashion so as to be understood by them. But because Sacred Scripture is to be vigorously defended, it does not follow that all views alike are to be upheld, which individual Fathers of the later interpreters have put forward in interpreting it; for in accordance with the opinions in vogue at the time, in explaining passages where there is question of physical science, they have not perhaps always been so correct in their judgment, as not to put down some things which now meet with less approval. In this matter we must carefully pick out in their explanations what they teach as really belonging to the faith or as closely bound up with it, and what they teach with unanimous consent ; for ‘in those matters which are not of the necessity of faith the saints, like ourselves, may hold different opinions’, as St. Thomas maintains 54). And in another passage he has these very wise words: ‘It appears to me safer that opinions which philosophers have commonly held, and which are not contrary to our faith, should neither be put forward as dogmas of faith, although they be sometimes introduced under the name of these philosophers, nor yet be denicd as contrary to the faith, lest an occasion be offered to the wise of this world to despise 50) Jn Gen. op. imperf. ix. 30. 51) De Gen. ad litt. i. 21. 41. 52) S. Aug. ib. ii. 9, 20. 53) Summa Theol. p. i. q. 1xx, a. 1 ad 3. 54) In Sent. ii, dist. ii. q. i. a. 3. ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. XXI the teaching of faith’ 55). Indeed, although the interpreter should show that there is nothing contrary to the Scriptures if rightly explained in what the explorers of nature have proved by certain arguments to be now certain, still, it must not escape him that it has sometimes happened, that some opinions taught by them as certain have after- wards been called in question and rejected. But if writers about physical science go beyond the limits of their own subject and invade with perverse opinions the province of philosophers, the theological interpreter must send them to the philosophers for refutation. These same principles it will be profitable to apply in turn to allied departments of study, especially to history. For it is to be deplored that there are many who examine and make known the monuments of antiquity, the manners and institutions of peopies, and evidence of a similar kind, with great labour it is true, but too often with the pur- pose of discovering the stains of error in the sacred books, whereby to weaken in every way and shake their authority. And this some do with a mind utterly hostile, and with a judgment not sufficiently impartial. They have as much confidence in profane literature and in the monuments of ancient history as if it were impossible that even a suspicion of error should attach to them ; but upon the mere supposition of an appear- ance of error, and that not properly discussed, they refuse even an equal amount of belief to the books of Sacred Scripture. Vii. The Inspiration of Scripture. It may indeed happen that some things have been put down incorrectly by scribes when copying the manuscripts ; a supposition to be carefully weighed, and not readily admitted, except in regard of places where it has been properly proved. It may also happen that the true meaning of some passage may remain doubtful ; for the elucidating of which the best rules of interpretation will be of much help. But it would be utterly impious either to limit inspiration to some portions only of Sacred Scripture, or to admit that the sacred author himself had erred. Neither is the method to be tolerated of those who extricate themselves from these difficulties by allowing without hesitation that divine inspiration extends to matters of faith and morals, and nothing more; and this because it is their false opinion that when the truth of propositions is in question, it is not so much what God has said that must be discovered, as the reason why He said it that must carefully be weighed. For all the books, and the whole of them, which the Church receives as sacred and canonical, with all their parts, have been written under the dictation of the Holy Ghost; and so far is it from being possible that any error should underlie the divine inspiration, that such inspiration of itself not only excludes all error, but excludes and rejects it as necessarily as it is of necessity that God, the supreme truth, be the author of absolutely no error. This is the ancient and constant faith of the Church, defined also by solemn decree in the Councils of Florence and Trent, and finally confirmed and more expressly set forth in the Vatican Council, by which it was absolutely decreed : The entire books of the Old and New Testament, with all their parts, as they are enumerated in the decree of the same Council (of Trent), and as they are contained in the ancient Vulgate Latin edition, are to be received as sacred and canonical. Moreover the Church holds them as sacred and canonical, not because they were composed by merely human effort, and afterwards ap- proved by her own authority : nor for this reason alone, that they contain revelation without error . but because, written under the inspiration of the Holy Ghost, they have God for author 58). Wherefore it is of no great consequence that the Holy Ghost took men for his instruments in writing; as though anything false could slip out, not indeed from the principal author, but from the inspired writers. For by His supernatural power He so excited and moved them to write, He so assisted them whilst they were writing, as to make them rightly conceive in their mind, and wish to write faithfully, and express fitly with infallible truth all those things and only those things which He Himself should command ; otherwise He would not Himself be the author of the whole of Sacred Scrip- ture. This the Holy Fathers always regarded as an established principle. ‘Therefore’, 55) Opusc. x. 56) Sess. iii, c. ii, de Revel. I HOLY BIBLE : XXII ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. 7 says Augustine, ‘when they wrote what He showed and said to them, it is by no means to be said that He did not write it ; since His members carried out what they learnt from the dictation of the Head’ 57). And St. Gregory the Great affirms : ‘It is quite superfluous to enquire who wrote these things, since in any case the Holy Ghost is faithfully believed to be the author of the book. He therefore wrote these thi who dictated what was to be written ; He wrote, who in this writer's work also was the inspirer’ 58), It follows that they who think that anything false can be contained in authentic passages of the sacred books, assuredly either pervert the Catholic notion of divine inspiration, or make God Himself the author of error. So fully indeed were all the fathers and doctors persuaded that the divine writings, such as they were produced by the sacred writers, are immune from absolutely all error, that for that very reason they studied no less ingeniously than conscientiously to harmonize and reconcile with one another those many passages which seemed to present some contradiction or divergence —and those passages are mostly the same which they now oppose to us in the name of the new science. They unanimously declared that those books, both as wholes and in their several parts, were all equally the effect of the divine impulse; and that God Himself, who had spoken through the sacred authors, could have put down absolutely nothing that was contrary to the truth. What Augustine wrote to Jerome should find universal application : ‘I confess to thy charity that I have learned to accord to those books of Scripture alone which are nowadays called canonical such reverence and honour, as to believe most firmly that none of their authors committed any error in writing them. And if I find anything in those writings which seems contrary to the truth, I shall merely feel sure that either the manuscript is incorrect, or that the transla- tor has not grasped what was said, or that 1 myself have not understood it’ 59), VIII. The Attitude of Catholics. But to strive fully and perfectly on behalf of the sancuty of the Bible with all the helps offered by the more important sciences is something far greater than it would be reasonable to expect from the skill of interpreters and theologians taken alone. For this same purpose it is to be desired that those Catholic men also combine in counsel and effort, who have won some authority for their name from other studies. If the Church in times gone by has never lacked the adornment of their genius, so also, by the favour of God, it certainly does not lack it even now ; and may such adornment increase all the more, unto the help of the faith. For we think nothing more right, than that the truth should obtain more numerous and stronger defenders than it finds adversaries ; nor is there anything which can better persuade the multitude to obedience to the truth, than if those quite openly profess it who are distinguished in some honoured facul- ty. Nay, the malice of slanderers may easily cease, or certainly they will not thereafter dare as impudently to decry faith as hostile to science, when they see the greatest honour and reverence paid to faith by men distinguished for the fame they have won in science. Since then those can be of so much service to religion upon whom, along with the grace of professing the Catholic religion, a kindly Providence has bestowed rich endowments of mind; in the present keen pursuit of studies, therefore, which in any way touch the Scriptures, let them choose each for himself a suitable line of study, in which they may in time come to excel, and not without glory repel therein the missiles directed by an impious science against the-Scriptures. And here it is a pleasure to praise as it deserves the pian of some Catholics, who form associations. in order to supply more learned men with every possible help in pursuing and advancing such studies, and are wont to bestow abundant contributions. That is cértainly an excellent way of expending their money, and most suitable to the requirements of the time. The less the public help which Catholics can hope for their studies, the more prompt and generous should be the liberality extended by private 57) De Consensu Evangel. 1. i. c. 35. 58) Praef. in Job, n. 2. 59) Ep. \xxxii. 1 et crebrius alibi. ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. XXIII individuals, desirous to employ the riches wherewith they have been endowed by God in safeguarding the treasure of His revealed doctrine. But in order that such labours may be truly profitable to biblical studies, let the learned abide by those principles which We have defined above. Let them hold faith- fully that God, the Creator and Ruler of all things, is at the same time the author of the Scriptures ; and that therefore nothing can be discovered in nature, nothing in the monuments of history which can really be in conflict with the Scriptures. Hence if there seem to be something of this sort, the difficulty must carefully be removed, both by having recourse to the prudent judgment of theologians and interpreters as to what is the truer and the more likely meaning of the passage of Scripture under dispute, and again by weighing more carefully the arguments brought up on the other side. Nor must one therefore give up, if even then there remain some appearance of truth in favour of the contrary view ; for since the truth cannot possibly conflict with the truth, it must be held for certain that an error has found its way, either into the interpretation of the sacred words, or into the argument of the opposing party. But if it be not clear enough that either of these things has happened, one must meanwhile delay to form an opinion. For very many objections taken from all the sciences have been urged long and vehemently against Scripture, which now have become utterly obsolete, as having nothing in them ; and in the same way not a few views have been put forward upon occasion in explanation of certain passages of Scripture (passages not bearing directly upon the rule of faith and morals) in regard of which a more searching in- vestigation has later led to a more correct judgment. Time indeed destroys the in- ventions of opinion ; but ‘the truth abides and for ever becomes stronger’ 60). Where- fore, even as no one can flatter himself that he understands aright the whole of Scripture, wherein Augustine himself confessed that the things he knew not were more than those he knewn 6) ; so likewise, should a passage occur too difficult for him to explain, each one will make his own the caution and seli-control of the same Doctor : ‘It is better (he says) even to be perplexed by figures not understood yet profitable, than by inter- preting them unprofitably, to thrust one’s neck into the nooses of error, after having released it from the yoke of slavery’ 6). If those who devote themselves to these subsidiary studies follow our counsels and commands with care and reverence, if both in writing and teaching they direct the fruits of their studies to refuting the enemies of the truth, and to preventing any hurt to faith in the young, then certainly they will be able to rejoice that they are serving the sacred writings with worthy labour, and that they are bringing such aid to the Catholic religion as the Church justly promises herself from the piety and learning of her children. IX. Conclusion. These, Venerable Brethren, are the warnings and precepts which, impelled by God, We have thought it right to impart as the occasion demanded in regard of the study of Sacred Scripture. Let it now be your care that they be kept and observed as religiously as they should, so that by a grace owed to God, the utterances of His wisdom commu- nicated to the human race may shine forth with more abundant witness, and the profit hoped for abound, especially in the training of the youths consecrated to God, who are so great a care to us and so great a hope of the Church. That is to say, give eager care that by your authority and exhortation, these studies stand in due honour and flourish in the seminaries and academies which are subject to your jurisdiction. May they flourish with unimpaired prosperity under the direction of the Church, in accordance with the very wholesome rules and examples of the Holy Fathers and the approved usage of our forefathers ; and may they in course of time receive such increase as shall be truly to the support and glory of Catholic truth, a truth born of God for the eternal salvation of the peoples. Finally We admonish with paternal charity all Church students and ministers always to approach the sacred writings with the utmost feeling of reverence and piety ; 60) III Esdr. 4. 38. 61) Ad Januar., Ep. lv. 21. 62) De Doct. Chr., iii. 9, 18. XXIV ENCYCLICAL ON THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRI for by no means can the meaning thereof become helpfully plain as it stusildy\ | the arrogance of earthly knowledge be removed, and a holy desire be excited of hee aoe which is from above. \When the mind has once been initiated into this study and has thence been enlightened and strengthened, it will have a wonderful power of hed ive yor] and avoiding the deceits even of merely human knowledge ; but of gatherin fruits and of employing them for ends eternal. This more than ail else will enkindle the soul to strive with more eager spirit for the prizes of virtue and divine love : Blessed are they who search his testimonies, who seek him with their whole heart ®). And now, relying on the hope of divine aid and confident of your pastoral zeal, as a pledge of heavenly favours and testimony of our own singular goodwill, We very lovingly in the Lord bestow upon all of you, and upon the whole clergy and people con- fided to each of you, the Apostolic Benediction. Given at Rome at St. Peter's, the eighteenth day of November, 1893, in the six- teenth year of Our pontificate. ‘ LEO XIII, POPE. 63) Ps. exviii. 2. PREFACE BY THE Rev. H. ScHuMACHER. S. T. D. The ‘‘Holy Scriptures” of Christianity, which are to the greater part the ven- erable inheritance from Old Israel, constitute the most precious document of the followers of Jesus of Nazareth and, even from a purely natural standpoint,the most remarkable piece of literature in the world. They represent, according to Christian belief, an infallibly true communication of God to humanity, “‘a letter written by our Heavenly Father and transmitted by the sacred writers to the human race on its pilgrimage so far from its heavenly fatherland” (St. Chrysostom). It is the “constitution” of the Church of Christ. The human race is destined, not to vanish like plants and animals after a short existence, but to work for a supernatural end and an eternal life. But since human- ity by its own intellect and power cannot reach this end nor find the means to obtain it, a manifestation of God’s will was necessary, and this we possess in His revelation. Therefore the Vatican Council (Session III) has solemnly declared that revelation is necessary ‘‘because God in His infinite goodness has ordained man to a supernatural end, namely, to share in divine blessings which exceed entirely the human understanding. For ‘eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it enter- ed into the heart of man, what things God has prepared for them that love Him.’ ” As the word of God, the Bible is considered by Catholics as inspired by the Holy Ghost. ‘For all the books which the Church receives as sacred and canonical are written wholly and entirely, with all their parts, at the dictation (1. e., inspiration) of the Holy Ghost. And so far is it from being possible that any error can co-exist with inspiration, that inspiration is not only essentially imcompatible with error, but excludes and rejects it as absolutely and necessarily as it is inpossible that God Himself, the supreme truth, can utter that which is not true’ (Leo XIII). The Holy Bible, as accepted by Catholics, contains seventy-two Books. Forty- five of them are inherited from the chosen people of Israel and are called the “Old Testament.’ Twenty-seven originated in the time after Christ and are called the “New Testament.” Protestant Bibles differ from Catholic Bibles considerably as to the number of Books. The reason for the difference in the number of Old Testament Books is this. The Greek-speaking Jews in the Dispersion, especially in Egypt, recognized Books as sacred which the Jews in Palestine in the course of time suspected and, in post- Christian times, rejected as not being of divine character. Protestants follow the tradition of the Palestinian Jews (the so-cailed Jewish Canon)and discard a number of Books which the Hellenistic Jews in the Dispersion (in their so-called Septua- gint Canon) accepted as sacred. Catholics follow the tradition of the Hellenistic Jews on the decisive ground that Christ and the Apostles and the entire early Christian Church by their quotations recognized the Sacred Books of the Jews in the Dispersion, that is, the Books of the Greek Septuagint. The Books of the Septuagint over and above the Jewish Canon are : Tobias, Judith, Wisdom, Ecclesiasticus, Machabees I-II, Baruch, and some brief sections of Daniel and Esther. Following the example of Luther, Protestants also reject a number oi New Testament Books. Most of the Books of the Old Testament were originally written in Hebrew, whereas the Books of the New Testament were originally composed in Greek, with the exception of the Gospel of St. Matthew which was written in Aramaic. The greatest Biblical scholar of the early Christian Church, St. Jerome, produced (by direct translation or revision) a Latin version of the entire Bible according to the original Text. It took centuries before this became the universally recognized text of the Latin Church. The Council of Trent called it the ‘‘current text’ or the “‘Vulgate,’’and ordered a careful edition of it. This edition appeared first under Pope Sixtus V (1590), and finally under Pope Clement VIII (1592), and is therefore called the Sixto-Clementine Vulgate. It is the authentic text of the Catholic Church, and all reprints must agree with it. But since it does not in every detail represent the version of St. Jerome, Pope Pius X has entrusted the Order of St. Benedict with the restoration of the original translation of St. Jerome. The English version contained in this edition of the Bible is a translation of the authentic Sixto-Clementine Vulgate. It is called the ‘‘Douay Version”’ because it originated in Douay, France. In the year 1568, an Englishman, William Allen, founded an English College in the University of Douay, France, which, like the University itself, had as its purpose the defence of Catholic faith against thereform- ers. In this College the Old Testament appeared in 1609-10 A.D. Therefore, the English translation of the whole Bible received the name ‘‘Douay Version.” The College was temporarily transferred to Rheims where the New Testament was printed, which is therefore also called the ‘“‘Rheims Testament.” “Love the Bible and wisdom will love you ; love it and it will preserve you ; honor it and it will embrace you” (St. Jerome). THE NAMES AND ORDER OF ALL THE BOOKS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT Genesis oer se SOU, CRU AM SE 9 (Canticle of ‘Canticles 9.9": ~. 676 EOGInS —L- “SUR Otigaeac: Mamet ne Ogi Wisdomtere wie -actete ote ramet = OCT WevitiCuS. 6 dus © > 4 y -« » LOO) Ecclesiasticus ihre, | fois (epee O07, Numbers mite shies) scene ce OnelLsalas «5 cohMMMO aS duane eu Mate 77 ANA IEMLEEONOMY:< & «6 « 4s «,.) RS4slsfenemmasi on iy komen cul aia Mom O/] OSHC iecmbenid.: ; inorigo? Ste a eritiosishh| Dent. 5. 2h; Watt. 5. 33° CHap. 20. Ver. 4. A graven thing, nor the likeness of any thing, &c. All such images, or likenesses, are forbidden by this commandment, as are made to be adored and served ; according to that which immediately follows, thou shalt not adore them, nor serve them. That is, all such as are designed for idols or image-gods, or are worshipped with divine honour. But otherwise images, pictures, or representations, even in the house of God, and in the very sanctuary so far from being forbidden, are expressly authorized by the word of God. See Ex. 25. 15, &c; chap. 38. 7; Num. 21. 8, 9; 1 Chron. or Paralip. 28. 18, 19; 2Chron. or Paralip. 3. ro. 86 name of the Lord his God in vain. 8 » Remember that thou keep holy the sabbath day. 9g Six days shalt thou labour, and shalt do all thy works. 10 But on the seventh day is the sab- bath of the Lord thy God : thou shalt do no work on it, thou nor thy son, nor thy daughter, nor thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy beast, nor the stranger that is within thy gates. 11 ” For in six days the Lord made hea- ven and earth, and the sea, and all things that are in them, and rested on the sev- enth day : therefore the Lord blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it. 12 * Honour thy father and thy mother, that thou mayest be longlived upon the! land which the Lord thy God will give tees). 13 ¥ Thou shalt not kill. 14 Thou shalt not commit adultery. 15 Thou shalt not steal. 16 Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour. 17 - Thou shalt not covet thy neigh- bour’s house: neither shalt thou desire his wife, nor his servant, nor his hand- maid, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor any thing that is his. 18 And all the people saw the voices and the flames, and the sound of the trumpet, and the mount smoking: and being terrified and struck with fear, they stood afar off, 19 Saying to Moses : Speak thou to us, and we will hear : let not the Lord speak to us, lest we die. 20 And Moses said to the people : Fear not : for God is come to prove you, and that the dread of him might be in you, and you should not sin. 21 And the people stood afar off. 2 But Moses went to the dark cloud wherein God was. 22 And the Lord said to Moses: Thus shalt thou say to the children of Israel : You have seen that I have spoken to you from heaven. 23 You shall not make gods of silver, nor shall you make to yourselves gods of gold. 24 © You shall make an altar of earth unto me, and you shall offer upon it your v Infra 31. 13; Deut. 5. 14; Ezech. 20. 12. w Gen. 2. 2. — x Deut. 5. 16; Matt. 15. 4; Eph. 6. 2. — y Matt. 5. 21. — z Rom. 7. 7, ome 13. 9. —a Deut. 18. 16 ; Heb. 12. 18. Cap. 21. Ver. 6. To the gods: Elohim. EXODUS. holocausts and peace offerings, your sheep and oxen, in every where memory of my name shall be : I will come to thee, and will bless thee. 25 © And if thou make an altar of stone unto me, thou shalt not build it of hewn stones : for if thou lift up a tool upon it, it shall be defiled. 26 Thou shalt not go upbysteps untom altar, lest thy nakedness he i rat | CHAPTER 21. Laws relating to Justice. Poet are the judgments which thou shalt set before them. 2 4If thou buy a Hebrew servant, six years shall he serve thee: in the seventh he shall go out free for nothing. 3 With what raiment he came in, with the like let him go out: if having a wife, his wife also shall go out with him. 4 But if his master gave him a wife, and she hath borne sons and daughters ; the woman and her children shall be her master’s: but he himself shall go out with his raiment. 5 And if the servant shall say : I love my master and my wife and children, I will not go out free: 6 His master shall bring him to the 4 and he shall be set to the door and the posts, and he shall bore his ear through with an awl: and he shall be his servant for ever. 7 If any man sell his daughter to be a servant, she shall not go out as bond- women are wont to go out. 8 If she displease the eyes of her mas- ter to whom she was delivered, he shall let her go: but he shall bave no power to sell her to a foreign nation, if he de- spise her. 9 But if he have betrothed her to his son, he shall deal with her after the man- ner of daughters. 1o And if he take another wife for him, he shall provide her a marriage, and rai- ment, neither shall he refuse the price of her chastity. 11 If he do not these three things, she shall go out free without money. 12 ¢ He that striketh a man with a will to kill him, shall be put to death. b Infra 27. 8, and 38. 7. —c Deut. 27.5; Jos. 8. 31. d Deut. 15. 12; Jer. 34. 14. e Lev. 24. 17. That is, to the judges, or magistrates, authorized by God | CHAP. 22. ‘13 But he that did not lie in wait for 'him, but God delivered him into his hands: /I will appoint thee a place to _ which he must flee. 14 If a man kill his neighbour on set purpose and by lying in wait for him: thou shalt take him away from my al- tar, that he may die. 15 He that striketh his father or mo- ther, shall be put to death. 16 He that shall steal a man, and sell him, being convicted of the guilt, shall be put to death. 17 &§ He that curseth his father, or mo- ther, shall die the death. 18 If men quarrel, and the one strike his neighbour with a stone or with his fist, and he die not, but keepeth his bed : 19 If he rise again and walk abroad upon his staff, he that struck him shall be quit, yet so that he make restitution for his work, and for his expenses upon the physicians. 20 He that striketh his bondman or bondwoman with a rod, and they die under his hands, shall be guilty of the crime. 21 But if the party remain alive a day or two, he shall not be subject to the punishment, because it is his money. 22 If men quarrel, and one strike a wo- man with child, and she miscarry indeed, but live herself: he shall be answerable for so much damage as the woman’s hus- band shall require, and as arbiters shall award. 23 But if her death ensue thereupon, he shall render life for life. 24 Eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot, 25 Burning for burning, wound for wound, stripe for stripe. 26 Ifany man strike the eye of his man- servant or maidservant, and leave them but one eye, he shall let them go free for the eye which he put out. 27 Also if he strike out a tooth of his manservant or maidservant, he shall in like manner make them free. 28 If an ox gore a man or a woman, and they die, he shall be stoned: and his flesh shall not be eaten, but the owner of the ox shall be quit. 29 But if the ox was wont to push with his horn yesterday and the day before, and they warned his master, and he did not shut him up, and he shall kill a man EXODUS. 87 or a woman : then the ox shall be stoned, and his owner also shall be put to death. 30 And if they set a price upon him, he shall give for his life whatsoever is laid upon him. 31 If he have gored a son, or a daughter, he shall fall under the like sentence. | 32 If he assault a bondman or a bond- iwoman, he shall give thirty sicles of silver to their master, and the ox shall be stoned. 33 If a man open a pit, and dig one, |and cover it not, and an ox or an ass fall into it, 34 The owner of the pit shall pay the price of the beasts: and that which is dead shall be his own. 35 If one man’s ox gore another man’s ox, and he dic: they shall sell the live ox, and shall divide the price, and the carcass of that which died they shall |part between them : 36 But if he knew that his ox was wont to push yesterday and the day before, and his master did not keep him in: he shall pay ox for ox, and shall take the whole carcass. CHAPTER 22. The punishment of theft, and other trespasses. The law of lending without usury, of taking pledges, of reverences to superiors, and of paying tithes. | [e any man steal an ox or a sheep, and kill or sell it: he shall restore five oxen for one ox, ‘ and four sheep for one sheep. 2 If a thief be found breaking open a house or undermining it, and be wounded so as to die: he that slew him shall not be guilty of blood. 3 But if he did this when the sun is risen, he hath committed murder, and he shall die. If he have not wherewith to make restitution for the theft, he shall be sold. 4 If that which he stole be found with him, alive, either ox, or ass, or sheep: he shall restore double. 5 If any man hurt a field or a vineyard, and put in his beast to feed upon that which is other men’s: he shall restore the best of whatsoever he hath in his own field, or in his vineyard, according to the estimation of the damage. 6 If a fire breaking out light upon thorns, and catch stacks of corn, or corn f Deut. 19. 2. — g Lev. 20. 9; Prov. 20. 20; Matt. 15. 4; Mark 7. 10. h Lev. 24. 20; Deut. 19. 21 ; Matt. 5. 38. 12 Kings 12. 6. go ND he said to Moses: Come up to the Lord, thou, and Aaron, Nadab, and Abiu, and seventy of the ancients of Israel, and you shall adore afar off. 2 And Moses alone shall come up to the Lord, but they shall not come nigh : neither shall the people come up with him. 3 So Moses came and told the people} all the words of the Lord, and all the} judgments : and all the people answered | with one voice : We will do all the words of the Lord, which he hath spoken. 4 And Moses wrote all the words of the Lord: and rising in the morning he| built an altar at the foot of the mount, | and twelve titles according to the twelve | tribes of Israel. 5 And he sent young men of the chil- dren of Israel, and they offered holo- causts, and sacrificed pacific victims of calves to the Lord. 6 Then Moses took half of the blood, and put it into bowls: and the rest he poured upon the altar. 7 And taking the book of the covenant, he read it in the hearing of the people: | and they said: All things that the Lord hath spoken we will do, we will be obe- dient. 8 And he took the blood and sprinkled it upon the people, and he said: / This is the blood of the covenant which the Lord hath made with you concerning all these words. 9 Then Moses and Aaron, Nadab and} Abiu, and seventy of the ancients of Israel went up: 1o And they saw the God of Israel: and under his feet as it were a work of| sapphire stone, and as the heaven, when clear. 11 Neither did he lay his hand upon those of the children of Israel, that re- tired afar off, and they saw God, and they did eat and drink. 12 And the Lord said to Moses : Come up to me into the mount, and be there : | and I will give thee tables of stone, and the law, and the commandments which I have written: that thou mayst teach them. f Heb. g. 20. Cuap. 24. Ver. 4. Titles. That is, pillars. Ver. 5. Holocausts : whole burnt offerings, in which the whole sacrifice was consumed with fire upon the altar. Cuap. 25. Ver. 2. Firstfruits : offerings of some of the best and choicest of their goods. Ver. 5. Setim wood. The wood of a tree EXODUS. CHAP. 25. 13 Moses rose up, and_ his .minister Josue: and Moses going up into the mount of God, 14 Said to the ancients: Wait ye here till we return to you. You have Aaron and Hur with you : if any question shall arise, you shall refer it to them. 15 And when Moses was gone up, a cloud covered the mount. 16 And the glory of the Lord dwelt upon Sinai, covering it with a cloud six days : and the seventh day he called him out of the midst of the cloud. 17 And the sight of the glory of the Lord was like a_ burnin oe upon the top of the mount, in eyes of the children of Israel. 18 And Moses, entering into the midst of the cloud, went up into the moun- tain : ¢ and he was there forty days, and |forty nights. CHAPTER 25. Offerings prescribed for making the tabernacle, the ark, the candlestick, etc. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 2 Speak to the children of aS hk that they bring firstfruits to me: of every man that offereth of his own accord, you shall take them. 3 And these are the things you must take : gold, and silver, and brass, 4 Violet and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine linen, and goats’ hair, 5 And rams’ skins dyed red, and violet skins, and setim wood : 6 Oil to make lights: spices for oint- ment, and for sweetsmelling incense : 7 Onyx stones, and precious stones to adorn the ephod and the rational. 8 And they shall make me a sanctuary, and I will dwell in the midst of them : 9 ‘ According to all the likeness of the tabernacle which I will shew thee, and of all the vessels for the service thereof : and thus you shall make it: 1o Frame an ark of setim wood, the length whereof shall be of two cubits and a half: the breadth, a cubit and a> half; the height, likewise, a cubit and a half. 1r And thou shalt overlay it with the g Deut. 9. 9. — h& Infra 35. 5. — # Heb. 9. 2. that grows in the wilderness, which is said to be incorruptible. ; ; Ver. 7. The ephod and the rational. The ephod was the high priest’s upper vestment ; and the rational his breastplate, in which were twelve gems, &c. CHAP. 25. purest gold within and without: and over it thou shalt make a golden crown round about : 12 And four golden rings, which thou shalt put at the four corners of the ark : let two rings be on the one side, and two on the other. 13 Thou shalt make bars also of setim wood, and shalt overlay them with gold. 14 And thou shalt put them in through the rings that are in the sides of the ark, that it may be carried on them. 15 And they shall be always in the rings, neither shall they at any time be drawn out of them. 16 And thou shalt put in the ark the testimony which I will give thee. 17 Thou shalt make also a propitiatory of the purest gold: the length thereof shall be two cubits and a half, and the breadth a cubit and a half. 18 Thou shalt make also two cherubims of beaten gold, on the twosides of theoracle. I9 Let one cherub be on the one side, and the other on the other. 20 Let them cover both sides of the propitiatory, spreading their wings and covering the oracle, and let them look one towards the other, their faces being turned towards the propitiatory where- with the ark is to be covered. 21 In which thou shalt put the testi- mony that I will give thee. 22 Thence will I give orders, and will speak to thee over the propitiatory, and from the midst of the two cherubims, which shall be upon the ark of the tes- timony, all things which I will command the children of Israel by thee. 23 Thou shalt make a table also of setim wood, of two cubits in length, and a cubit in breadth, and a cubit and a half in height. 24 And thou shalt overlay it with the purest gold: and thou shalt make to it a golden ledge round about. 25 And to the ledge itself a polished crown, four inches high: and over the same another little golden crown. EXODUS. gI 26 Thou shalt prepare also four golden rings, and shalt put them in the four corners of the same table over each foot. 27 Under the crown shall the golden rings be, that the bars may be put through them, and the table may be carried. 28 The bars also themselves thou shalt make of setim wood, and shalt overlay them with gold to bear up the table. 29 Thou shalt prepare also dishes, and bowls, censers, and cups, wherein the libations are to be offered of the purest gold. 30 And thou shalt set upon the table loaves of proposition in my sight always. 31 Thou shalt make also a candlestick of beaten work of the finest gold, the shaft thereof, and the branches, the cups, and the bowls, and the lilies going forth from it. 32 Six branches shall come out of the sides, three out of the one side, and three out of the other. 33 Three cups as it were nuts to every branch, and a bowl withal, and a lily; and three cups, likewise of the fashion of nuts in the other branch, and a bowl withal, and a lily. Such shall be the work of the six branches, that are to come out from the shaft : 34 And in the candlestick itself shall be four cups in the manner of a nut, and at every one, bowls and lilies. 35 Bowls under two branches in three places, which together make six coming forth out of one shaft. 36 And both the bowls and the branches shall be of the same beaten work of the purest gold. 37 Thou shalt make also seven lamps, and shalt set them upon the candlestick, to give light over against. 38 The snuffers also and where the snuffings shall be put out, shall be made of the purest gold. 39 The whole weight of the candlestick with all the furniture thereof shall be a talent of the purest gold. 40 7 Look and make z¢ according to the j Heb. 8. 5; Acts 7. 44. Ver. 17. A propitiatory: a covering for the atk: called a propitiatory, or mercy seat, because the Lord, who was supposed to sit there upon the wings of the cherubims, with the ark for his footstool, from thence shewed mercy. It is also called the oracle, ver. 18 and 20; because from thence God gave his orders and his answers. Ver. 23. A table: on which were to be placed the twelve loaves of proposition : or, as they are called in the Hebrew, the face bread, because they were always to stand before the face of the Lord in his temple: as a figure of the eucharistic sacrifice and sacrament, in the church of Christ. Ver. 29. Libations. That is, drink offerings. Ver. 31. A candlestick. This candlestick, with its seven lamps, which was always to give light in the house of God, was a figure of the light of the Holy Ghost, and his sevenfold grace, in the sanctuary of the church of Christ. 92 mount. CHAPTER 26. The form of the tabernacle with tts appurtenances. ND thou shalt make the tabernacle in this manner: Thou shalt make ten curtains of fine twisted linen, and violet and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, diversified with embroidery. 2 The length of one curtain shall be twenty-eight cubits, the breadth shall be four cubits. All the curtains shall be of one measure. 3 Five curtains shall be joined one to another, and the other five shall be cou- pled together in hike manner. 4 Thou shalt make loops of violet in the sides and tops of the curtains, that they may be joined one to another. 5 Every curtain shall have fifty loops on both sides, so set on, that one loop may be against another loop, and one may be fitted to the other. 6 Thou shalt make also fifty rings of gold wherewith the veils of the curtains are to be joined, that it may be made one tabernacle. 7 Thou shalt make also eleven curtains of goats’ hair, to cover the top of the tabernacle. 8 The length of one hair curtain shall be thirty cubits : and the breadth four : the measure of all the curtains shall be equal. 9 Five of which thou shalt couple by themselves, and the six others thou shalt couple one to another, so as to double the sixth curtain in the front of the roof. to Thou shalt make also fifty loops in the edge of one curtain, that it may be joined with the other : and fifty loops in the edge of the other curtain, that it may be coupled with its fellow. tr Thou shalt make also fifty buckles of brass, wherewith the loops may be joined, that of all there may be made one covering. 12 And that which shall remain of the curtains, that are prepared for the roof, to wit, one curtain that is over and above, with the half thereof thou shalt cover the back parts of the tabernacle. 13 And there shall hang down a cubit on the one side, and another on the other side, which is over and above in the length of the curtains, fencing both sides of the tabernacle. 14 Thou shalt make also another cover EXODUS. pattern, that was shewn thee in the|to the roof, of rams’ skins d CuHap. 26. red ; and over that again another cover of violet coloured skins. 15 Thou shalt make also the boards of the tabernacle standing upright of setim wood. 16 Let every one of them be ten cubits in length, and in breadth one cubit and a half. 17 In the sides of the boards shall be made two mortises, whereby one board may be joined to another board: and after this manner shall all the boards be prepared. 18 Of which twenty shall be in the south side southward. 19 For which thou shalt cast forty sockets of silver, that under every board may be put two sockets at the two cor- ners. 20 In the second side also the taberna- cle that looketh to the north, there shall be twenty boards, 21 Having forty sockets of silver, two sockets shall be put under each board. 22 But on the west side of the taberna- cle thou shalt make six boards. 23 And again other two which shall be erected in the corners at the back of the tabernacle. 24 And they shall be joined together from beneath unto the top, and one joint shall hold them all. e like joining shall be observed for the two boards also that are to be put in the corners. 25 And they shall be in all eight boards, and their silver sockets sixteen, reckon- ing two sockets for each board. 26 Thou shalt make also five bars of setim wood, to hold together the boards on one side of the tabernacle. 27 And five others on the other side, and as many at the west side: 28 And they shall be put along by the midst of the boards from one end to the other. 29 The boards also themselves thou shalt overlay with gold, and shall cast rings of gold to be set upon them, for places for the bars to hold together the board-~ work : which bars thou shalt cover with plates of gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the taberna- cle according to the pattern that was *k shewn thee in the mount. 31 Thou shalt make also a veil of violet and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen, wrought with em- k Supra 25. 40. CHaP. 27. broidered work, and goodly variety : 32 And thou shalt hang it up_ before four pillars of setim wood, which them- selves also shall be overlaid with gold, and shall have heads of gold, but sockets of silver. 33 And the veils shall be hanged on with rings, and within it thou shalt put the ark of the testimony, and the sanc- _tuary, and the holy of holies shall be di- _vided with it. ' 34 And thou shalt set the propitiatory upon the ark of the testimony in the holy of holies. 35 And the table without the veil : and Over against the table the candlestick in the south side of the tabernacle : for the table shall stand in the north side. 36 Thou shalt make also a hanging in the entrance of the tabernacle of violet and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen with embroidered work. 37 And thou shalt overlay with gold five pillars of setim wood, before which the hanging shall be drawn: their heads shall be of gold, and the sockets of brass. CHAPTER 27. The altar ; and the court of the tabernacle with tts hangings and pillars. Provision of oil for lamps. HOU shalt make also an altar of setim wood, which shall be five cubits long and as many broad, that is, foursquare, and three cubits high. / 2 And there shall be horns at the four corners of the same: and thou shalt cover it with brass. 3 And thou shalt make for the uses thereof pans to receive the ashes, and tongs and fleshhooks, and firepans: all its vessels thou shalt make of brass. And a grate of brass in manner of a net: at the four corners of which shall be four rings of brass, 5 Which thou shalt put under the hearth of the altar: and the grate shall be even to the midst of the altar. 6 Thou shalt make two bars for the altar of setim wood, which thou shalt cover with plates of brass: 7 And thou shalt draw them through rings, and they shall be on both sides of the altar to carry it. 1 Infra 38. 6. EXODUS. oS 8 Thou shalt not make it solid, but empty and hollow in the inside, as it was shewn thee in the mount. 9 Thou shalt make also the court of the tabernacle, in the south side whereof southward there shall be hangings of fine twisted linen of a hundred cubits long for one side. to And twenty pillars with as many sockets of brass, the heads of which with their engraving shall be of silver. 1r In like manner also on the north side there shall be hangings of a hundred cubits long, twenty pillars, and as many sockets of brass, and their heads with their engraving of silver. 12 But in the breadth of the court, that looketh to the west, there shall be hang- ings of fifty cubits, and ten pillars, and as many sockets. 13 In that breadth also of the court, which looketh to the east, there shall be fifty cubits. 14 In which there shall be for one side hangings of fifteen cubits, and three pil- lars and as many sockets. 15 And in the other side there shall be hangings of fifteen cubits, with three pillars and as many sockets. 16 And in the entrance of the court there shall be made a hanging of twenty cubits of violet and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen, with embroidered work : it shali have four pil- lars with as many sockets. 17 All the pillars of the court round about shall be garnished with plates of silver, silver heads and sockets of brass. 18 In length the court shall take up a hundred cubits, in breadth fifty, the height shall be of five cubits, and it shall be made of fine twisted linen, and shall have sockets of brass. 1g All the vessels of the tabernacle for all uses and ceremonies, and the pins both of it, and of the court, thou shalt make of brass. zo Command the children of Israel that they bring thee the purest oil of the olives, and beaten with a pestle: that a lamp may burn always, 21 In the tabernacle of the testimony, without the veil that hangs before the m Supra 20. 24. Cuap. 26. Ver. 33. Thesanctuary, &c. That part of the tabernacle, which was without the veil, into which the priests daily entered, is here called the sanctuary, or holy place ; that part which was within the veil, into which no one but the high priest ever went, and he but once a year, is called the holy of holies, (literally, the sanctuary of the sanctuaries,) as being the most holy of all holy places. 94 testimony. And Aaron and his sons shall order it, that it may give light be- fore the Lord until the morning. It shall be a perpetual observance through- out their successions among the chil- dren of Israel. CHAPTER 28. The holy vestments for Aaron and his sons. 4 hae unto thee also Aaron thy bro- ther with his sons, from among the children of Israel, that they may minister to me in the priest’s office : Aaron, Nadab, and Abiu, Eleazar, and Ithamar. 2 And thou shalt make a holy vesture for Aaron thy brother for glory and for beauty. 3 And thou shalt speak to all the wise of heart, whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom, that they may make Aaron’s vestments, in which he being con- secrated may minister to me. 4 And these shall be the vestments that they shall make: A rational and an ephod, a tunick and a strait linen gar- ment, a mitre and a girdle. They shall make the holy vestments for thy brother Aaron and his sons, that they may do the office of priesthood unto me. 5 And they shall take gold, and violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine linen. 6 And they shall make the ephod of gold, and violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen, em- broidered with divers colours. 7 It shall have the two edges joined in the top on both sides, that they may be closed together. 8 The very workmanship also and all the variety of the work shall be of gold, and violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen. 9 And thou shalt take two onyx stones, and shalt grave on them the names of the children of Israel : 10 Six names on one stone, and the other six on the other, according to the order of their birth. 11 With the work of an engraver and the graving of a jeweller, thou shalt en- grave them with the names of the chil- dren of Israel, set in gold and com- passed about : 12 And thou shalt put them in both Cuap. 28. Ver. 15. The rational of judg- ment. This part of the priest’s attire, which he wore at his breast, was called the rational of judgment ; partly because it admonished both priest and people of their duty to God, by carrying EXODUS. Cuap. 28. sides of the ephod, a memorial for the children of Israel. And Aaron shall bear their names before the Lord upon both shoulders, for a remembrance. 13 Thou shalt make also hooks of gold. 14 And two little chains of the purest gold linked one to another, which thou shalt put into the hooks. 15 And thou shalt make the rational of judgment with embroidered work of divers colours, according to the work- manship of the ephod, of gold, violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen. 16 It shall be foursquare and doubled : it shall be the measure of a span both in length and in breadth. 17 And thou shalt set in it four rows of stones : in the first row shall be a sardius stone, and a topaz, and an emerald: 18 In the second a carbuncle, a sap- phire and a jasper. 19 In the third a ligurius, an agate, and an amethyst : 20 In the fourth a chrysolite, an onyx, and a beryl. They shall be set in gold by their rows. 21 And they shall have the names of the children of Israel: with twelve names shall they be engraved, each stone with the name of one according to the twelve tribes. 22 And thou shalt make on the rational chains linked one to another of the purest gold : 23 And two rings of gold, which thou shalt put in the two ends at the top of the rational. 24 And the golden chains thou shalt join to the rings, that are in the ends thereof : 25 And the ends of the chains them- selves thou shalt join together with two hooks on both sides of the ephod, which is towards the rational. 26 Thou shalt make also two rings of gold which thou shalt put in the top parts of the rational, in the borders that are over against the ephod, and look © towards the back parts thereof. 27 Moreover also other two rings of gold, which are to be set on each side of the ephod beneath, that looketh towards the nether joining, that the rational may be fitted with the ephod, the names of all their tribes in his presence ; and by the Urim and Thummim, that is, doctrine and truth, which were written upon it; and partly because it gave divine answers and oracles, as if it were rational and endowed with judgment. CHAP. 29. 28 And may be fastened by the rings thereof unto the rings of the ephod with a violet fillet, that the joining artificially wrought may continue, and the rational and the ephod may not be loosed one from the other. 29 And Aaron shall bear the names of the children of Israel in the rational of judgment upon his breast, when he shall enter into the sanctuary, a memorial be- fore the Lord for ever. 30 And thou shalt put in the rational of judgment doctrine and truth, which shall be on Aaron’s breast, when he shall go in before the Lord: and he shall bear the judgment of the children of Israel on his breast, in the sight of the Lord always. 31 And thou shalt make the tunick of the ephod all of violet, 32 In the midst whereof above shall be a hole for the head, and a border round about it woven, as is wont to be made in the outmost parts of garments, that it may not easily be broken. 33 And beneath at the feet of the same tunick round about, thou shalt make as it were pomegranates, of violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, vied little bells set between : 34 So that there shall be a edtitert bell and a pomegranate, and again another golden bell and a pomegranate. 35 * And Aaron shall be vested with it in the office of his ministry, that the sound may be heard, when he goeth in and cometh out of the sanctuary, in the sight of the Lord,and that he may not die. 36 Thou shalt make also a plate of the purest gold: wherein thou shalt grave with engraver’s work, Holy to the Lord. 37 And thou shalt tie it with a violet fillet, and it shall be upon the mitre, 38 Hanging over the forehead of the high priest. And Aaron shall bear the iniquities of those things, which the chil- dren of Israel have offered and sanctified, in all their gifts and offerings. And the plate shall be always on his forehead, that the Lord may be well pleased with them. 39 And thou shalt gird the tunick with fine linen, and thou shalt make a fine ee mitre, and a girdle of embroidered work. nm Eccli. 45. 11. Ver. 30. and Thummim: illuminations and perfections. These words, written on the rational, seem to signi- EXODUS. 95 40 Moreover for the sons of Aaron thou shalt prepare linen tunicks, and girdles and mitres for glory and beauty : 41 And with all these things thou shalt vest Aaron thy brother, and his sons with him. And thou shalt consecrate the hands of them all, and shalt sanctify them, that they may do the office of priesthood unto me. 42 Thou shalt make also linen breeches, to cover the flesh of their nakedness from the reins to the thighs: 43 And Aaron and his sons shall use them when they shall go in to the taber- nacle of the testimony, or when they approach to the altar to minister in the sanctuary, lest being guilty of iniquity they die. It shall be a law for ever to Aaron, and to his seed after him. CHAPTER 20. The manner of consecrating Aaron and other priests ; the institution of the daily sacrifice of two lambs, one in the morning, the other at evening. ND thou shalt also do this, that they may be consecrated to me in priest- hood. © Take a calf from the herd, and two rams without blemish, 2 And unleavened bread, and a cake without leaven, tempered with oil, wafers also unleavened anointed with oil: thou shalt make them all of wheaten flour. 3 And thou shalt put them in a basket and offer them: and the calf and the two rams. 4 And thou shalt bring Aaron and his sons to the door of the tabernacle of the testimony. And when thou hast washed the father and his sons with water, 5 Thou shalt clothe Aaron with his vest- ments, that is, with the linen garment and the tunick, and the ephod and the rational, which thou shalt gird with the girdle. 6 And thou shalt put the mitre upon his head, and the holy plate upon the mitre, 7 And thou shalt pour the oil of unc- tion upon his head : and by this rite shall he be consecrated. 8 Thou shalt bring his sons also and shalt put on them the linen tunicks, and gird them with a girdle: 9 To wit, Aaron and his children, and o Lev. g. 2. Doctrine and truth. Hebrew, - Urim| fy the light of doctrine and the integrity of life, with which the priests of God ought to approach to him. 96 thou shalt put mitres upon them: and they shall be priests to me by a perpet- ual ordinance. After thou shalt have consecrated their hands, 1o # Thou shalt present also the calf before the tabernacle of the testimony. And Aaron and his sons shall lay their hands upon his head, 11 And thou shalt kill him in the sight of the Lord, beside the door of the taber- nacle of the testimony. 12 And taking some of the blood of the calf, thou shalt put 7¢ upon the horns of the altar with thy finger, and the rest of the blood thou shalt pour at the bottom thereof. 13 ¢ Thou shalt take also all the fat that covereth the entrails, and the caul of the liver, and the two kidneys, and the fat that is upon them, and shalt offer a burnt offering upon the altar: 14 But the flesh of the calf and the hide and the dung, thou shalt burn abroad, without the camp, because it is for sin. 15 Thou shalt take also one ram upon the head whereof Aaron and his sons shall lay their hands. 16 And when thou hast killed him, thou shalt take of the blood thereof, and pour round about the altar : 17 And thou shalt cut the ram in pieces, and having washed his entrails and feet, thou shalt put them upon the flesh that is cut in pieces, and upon his head. 18 And thou shalt offer the whole ram for a burnt offering upon the altar : it is an oblation to the Lord, a most sweet savour of the victim of the Lord. 1g Thou shalt take also the other ram, upon whose head Aaron and his sons shall lay their hands. 20 And when thou hast sacrificed him, thou shalt take of his blood, and put upon the tip of the right ear of Aaron and of his sons, and upon the thumbs and great toes of their right hand and foot, and thou shalt pour the blood upon the altar round about. 2r And when thou hast taken of the blood, that is upon the altar, and of the oil of unction, thou shalt sprinkle Aaron and his vesture, his sons and their vest- ments. And after they and their vest- ments are consecrated, 22 Thou shalt take the fat of the ram, and the rump, and the fat that covereth the lungs, and the caul of the liver, and the two kidneys, and the fat that is upon P Lev. 1. 3. — q Lev. 3. 3. EXODUS. Cuap. 29. them, and the right shoulder, because it is the ram of consecration. 23 And one roll of bread, a cake tem- pered with oil, a wafer out of the basket of unleavened bread, which is set in the sight of the Lord. 24 And thou shalt put allupon the hands of Aaron and of his sons, and shalt sanc- tify them elevating before the Lord. 25 And thou shalt take all from their hands, and shalt burn them upon the al- tar for a holocaust, a most sweet savour in the sight of the Lord, because it is his oblation. 26 Thou shalt take also the breast of the ram, wherewith Aaron was conse- crated, and elevating it thou shalt sanc- tify it before the Lord, and it shall fall to thy share. 27 And thou shalt sanctify both the consecrated breast, and the shoulder that thou didst separate of the ram, 28 Wherewith Aaron was consecrated and his sons, and they shall fall to Aar- on’s share and his sons’ by a perpde tight from the children of Israel: be- cause they are the choicest and the be- ginnings of their victims which they offer to the Lord. 29 And the holy vesture, which Aaron shall use, his sons shall have after him, that they may be anointed, and their hands consecrated in it. 30 He of his sons that shall be page ae high priest in his stead, and t shall enter into the tabernacle of the testi- mony to minister in the sanctuary, shall wear it seven days. 31 And thou shalt take the ram of the consecration, and shalt boil the flesh thereof in the holy place: 32 And Aaron and his sons shall eat it. r The loaves also, that are in the basket, they shall eat in the entry of the taber- nacle of the testimony, 33 That it may be an atoning sacrifice, and the hands of the offerers may be sanctified. A stranger shall not eat of them, because they are holy. 34 And if there remain of the conse- crated flesh, or of the bread till the morning, thou shalt burn the remainder with fire: they shall not be eaten, be- cause they are sanctified. 35 All that I have commanded thee, thou shalt do unto Aaron and his sons. Seven days shalt thou consecrate their hands : 36 And thou shalt offer a calf for sin r Lev. 8. 31, and 24. 9; Matt. 12. 4. CHAP. 30. every day for expiation. And thou shalt cleanse the altar when thou hast offered the victim of expiation, and shalt anoint it to sanctify it. 37 Seven days shalt thou expiate the altar and sanctify it, and it shall be most holy. Every one that shall touch it shall be holy. 38 This is what thou shalt sacrifice upon the altar : Two lambs of a year old every day continually. 39 One lamb in the morning and an- other in the evening. 40 With one lamb a tenth part of flour tempered with beaten oil, of the fourth part of a hin, and wine for libation of the same measure. 41 And the other lamb thou shalt offer in the evening, according to the rite of the morning oblation, and according to what we have said, for a savour of sweet- ness : 42 It is a sacrifice to the Lord, by per- petual oblation unto your generations, at the door of the tabernacle of the tes- timony before the Lord, where I will appoint to speak unto thee. 43 And there will I command the chil- dren of Israel, and the altar shall be sanctified by my glory. 44 I will sanctify also the tabernacle of the testimony with the altar, and Aaron with his sons, to do the office of priest- hood unto me. 45 And I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel, and will be their God : 46 And they shall know that I am the Lord their God, who have brought them out of the land of Egypt, that I might abide among them, I the Lord their God. GHAPTER, 30. The altar of wncense: money to be gathered for the use of the tabernacle: the brazen laver : the holy oil of unction, and the composition of the per- fume. HOU shalt make also an altar to burn incense, of setim wood. 2 It shall be a cubit in length, and an- other in breadth, that is, foursquare, and two in height. Horns shall go out of the same. s Num. fr. 2. CHap. 30. Ver. 1. An altar to burn incense. This burning of incense was an emblem of prayer, ascending to God from an inflamed heart. See Ps. 140. 2; Apoc. 5. 8, and 8. 4. Ver.13. Half a sicle. A sicle or shekel of silver, (which was also called a stater,) according to the 4 EXODUS. 97 3 And thou shalt overlay it with the purest gold, as well as the grate thereof, as the walls round about and the horns. And thou shalt make to it a crown of gold round about, 4 And two golden rings under the crown on either side, that the bars may be put into them, and the altar be carried. 5 And thou shalt make the bars also of setim wood, and shalt overlay them with gold. 6 And thou shalt set the altar over against the veil, that hangeth before the ark of the testimony before the propitia- tory wherewith the testimony is covered, where I will speak to thee. 7 And Aaron shall burn sweet smelling incense upon it in the morning. When he shall dress the lamps, he shall burn it : 8 And when he shall place them in the evening, he shall burn an everlasting in- cense before the Lord throughout your generations. 9g You shall not offer upon it incense of another composition nor oblation, and victim, neither shall you offer libations. to And Aaron shall pray upon the horns thereof once a year, with the blood of that which was offered for sin, and shall make atonement upon it in your genera- tions. It shall be most holy to the Lord. 1z And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing : 12 s When thou shalt take the sum of the children of Israel according to their number, every one of them shall give a price for their souls to the Lord, and there shall be no scourge among them, when they shall be reckoned. 13 And this shall every one give that passeth at the naming, half a sicle ac- cording to the standard of the temple. t A sicle hath twenty obols. Half a sicle shall be offered to the Lord. 14 He that is counted in the number from twenty years and upwards, shall give the price. 15 The rich man shall not add to half a sicle, and the poor man shall diminish nothing. 16 And the money received which was contributed by the children of Israel, t Lev. 27. 25; Num. 3. 47; Ezech. 45. 12. standard or weight of the sanctuary, which was the most just and exact, was half an ounce of silver, that is, about half a crown of English money. The obol, or gerah, was about three half- pence. HOLY BIBLE 98 thou shalt deliver unto the uses of the tabernacle of the testimony, that it may be a memorial of them before the Lord, and he may be merciful to their souls. 17 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- 18 Thou shalt make also a brazen laver with its foot, to wash in : and thou shalt set it between the tabernacle of the testimony and the altar. And water being put into it, 1g Aaron and his sons shall wash their hands and feet in it: 20 When they are going into the taber- nacle of the testimony, and when they are to come to the altar, to offer on it incense to the Lord. 21 Lest perhaps they die. Itshall bean everlasting law to him, and to his seed by successions. 22 And the Lord spoke to Moses, 23 Saying : Take spices, of principal and chosen myrrh five hundred sicles, and of cinnamon half so much, that is, two hundred and fifty sicles, of calamus in like manner two hundred and fifty. 24 And of cassia five hundred sicles by the weight of the sanctuary, of oil of olives the measure hin : 25 And thou shalt make the holy oil of unction, an ointment compounded after the art of the perfumer, 26 And therewith thou shalt anoint the tabernacle of the testimony, and the ark of the testament, 27 And the table with the vessels there- of, the candlestick and furniture there- of, the altars of incense, 28 And of holocaust, and all the furni- ture that belongeth to the service of them. 29 And thou shalt sanctify all, and they shall be most holy: he that shall touch them shall be sanctified. 30 Thou shalt anoint Aaron and his sons, and shalt sanctify them, that they may do the office of priesthood unto me. 31 And thou shalt say to the children of Israel: This oil of unction shall be holy unto me throughout your generations. 32 The flesh of man shall not be anoint- ed therewith, and you shall make none other of the same composition, because it is sanctified, and shall be holy unto you. 33 What man soever shall compound such, and shall give thereof to a stran- ger, he shall be cut off from his people. 34 And the Lord said to Moses: Take unto thee spices, stacte, and onycha, EXODUS. Los Cua. 3r. galbanum of sweet savour, and the clear- est frankincense, all shall be of equal weight. 35 And thou shalt make incense com- pounded by the work of the P well tempered together, and pure, and most worthy of sanctification. 36 And when thou hast beaten all into very small powder, thou shalt set of it before the tabernacle of the testimony, in the place where I will ap to thee. Most holy shall this incense be unto you. 37 You shall not make such a composi- tion for your own uses, because it is holy to the Lord. 38 What man soever shall make the like, to enjoy the smell thereof, he shall perish out of his people. CHAPTER 31. Beseleel and Ooliab are appointed by the Lord to make the tabernacle, and the things belonging thereto. The observation of the sabbath day 41s again commanded. And the Lord delivereth to Moses two tables written with the finger of God. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: 2 Behold, I have called by name Beseleel the son of Uri the son of Hur of the tribe of Juda, 3 And I have filled him with the spirit of God, with wisdom and understanding, and knowledge in all manner of work. 4 To devise whatsoever may be artifi- cially made of gold, and silver, and brass, 5 Of marble, and precious stones, and variety of wood. 6 And I have given him for his com- panion Ooliab the son of Achisamech of the tribe of Dan. And I have put wis- dom in the heart of every skilful man, that they may make all things which I have commanded thee, 7 The tabernacle of the covenant, and the ark of the testimony, and the pro- pitiatory that is over it, and all the vessels of the tabernacle, 8 And the table and the vessels thereof, the most pure candlestick with the ves- sels thereof, and the altars of incense, 9 And of holocaust, and all their vessels, the laver with its foot, 1o The holy vestments in the ministry for Aaron the priest, and for his sons, that they may execute their office about the sacred things : 11 The oil of unction, and the incense of spices in the sanctuary, all things which I have commanded thee, shall they make. | CHAP. 32. 12 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 13 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: “ See that thou keep my sabbath: because it is a sign between me and you in your generations : that you may know that I am the Lord, who sanctify you. 14 Keep you my sabbath : for it is holy unto you: he that shall profane it, shall be put to death: he that shall do any work in it, his soul shall perish out of the midst of his people. 15 Six days shall you do work: in the) seventh day is the sabbath, the rest holy to the Lord. Every one that shall do any work on this day, shall die. 16 Let the children of Israel keep the sabbath, and celebrate it in their gener- ations. It is an everlasting covenant 17 Between meand thechildren of Israel, and a perpetual sign. v For in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and in the seventh he ceased from work. 18 And the Lord, when he had ended these words in mount Sinai, ~ gave to Moses two stone tables of testimony, written with the finger of God. CHAPTER 32. The people fall into idolatry. Moses prayeth for them. He breaketh the tables: destroyeth the tdol ; blameth Aaron, and causeth many of the tdolaters to be slain. eke the people seeing that Moses delayed to come down from the mount, gathering together against Aaron, said ; * Arise, make us gods, that may go before us: for as to this Moses, the man that brought us out of the land of Egypt, we know not what has befallen him. 2 And Aaron said to them: Take the golden earrings from the ears of your wives, and your sons and daughters, and bring them to me. 3 And the people did what he had com- manded, bringing the earrings to Aaron. y And when he had received them, h= fashioned them by founders’ work, and made of them a molten calf. And they said: These are thy gods, O Israel, that have brought thee out of the land of Egypt. 5 And when Aaron saw this, he built an altar before it, and made proclamation by a crier’s voice, saying : To morrow is the solemnity of the Lord. u Supra 20. 8; Ezech. 20. 12. v Gen. I. 31, and 2. 2. — w Deut. g. ro. x A.M. 2513. Acts 7. 40. — y Ps. 105. 19. EXODUS. | 99 6 And rising in the morning, they of- fered holocausts, and peace victims, zand the people sat down to eat, and drink, and they rose up to play. 7 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: a Go, get thee down: thy people, which thou hast brought out of the land of Egypt, hath sinned. 8 They have quickly strayed from the way which thou didst shew them: and they have made to themselves a molten calf, and have adored it, and sacrificing victims to it, have said : ® These are thy gods, O Israel, that have brought thee out of the land of Egypt. 9 And again the Lord said to Moses : c See that this people is stiffnecked : to Let me alone, that my wrath may be kindled against them, and that I may destroy them, and I will make of thee a great nation. 11 But Mases besought the Lord his God, saying : 4 Why, O Lord, is thy in- dignation enkindled against thy people, whom thou hast brought out of the land of Egypt, with great power, and with a mighty hand ? 12 Let not the Egyptians say, I beseech thee: He craftily brought them out, that he might kill them in the mountains, and destroy them from the earth: let thy anger cease, and be appeased upon the wickedness of thy people. 13 Remember Abraham, Isaac, and Is- rael, thy servants, to whom thou sworest by thy own self, saying : ¢ I will multiply your seed as the stars of heaven: and this whole land that I have spoken of, I will give to your seed, and you skall possess it for ever. 14 And the Lord was appeased from doing the evil which he had spoken against his people. 15 And Moses returned from the mount, carrying the two tables of the testimony in his hand, written on both sides, 16 And made by the work of God : the writing also of God was graven in the tables. 17 And Josue hearing the noise of the people shouting, said to Moses: The noise of battle is heard in the camp. 18 But he answered : It is not the cry of men encouraging to fight, nor the shout of men compelling to flee : but I hear the voice of singers. z1 Cor. 10. 7. — a Deut. 9. 22. —b 3 Kings 12. 28. c Infra 33. 3; Deut. 9. 13. — d Num. 14. 13; Ps. 105. 40. —e Gen. 12. 7, and 15. 7, and 48. 16. 100 19 And when he came nigh to the camp, he saw the calf, and the dances: and being very angry, he threw the tables out of his hand, and broke them at the foot of the mount: 20 And laying hold of the calf which they had made, he burnt it, /and beat it to powder, which he strowed into water, and gave thereof to the children of Israel to drink. 21 And he said to Aaron : What has this people done to thee, that thou shouldst bring upon them a most heinous sin ? 22 And he answered him: Let not my lord be offended : for thou knowest this people, ¢ that they are prone to evil. 23 They said to me: Make us gods, that may go before us: for as to this Moses, who brought us forth out of the land of Egypt, we know not what is befallen him. 24 And I said to them: Which of you hath any gold? and they took and brought it to me: and I cast it into the fire, and this calf came out. 25 And when Moses saw that the people were naked, (for Aaron had stripped them by occasion of the shame of the filth, and had set them naked among their enemies,) 26 Then standing in the gate of the camp, he said: If any man be on the Lord’s side let him join with me. And all the sons of Levi gathered themselves together unto him : 27 And he said to them : Thus saith the Lord God of Israel: Put every man his sword upon his thigh: go, and return from gate to gate through the midst of the camp, and let every man kill his brother, % and friend, and neighbour. 28 And the sons of Levi did according to the words of Moses, and there were slain that day about three and twenty thousand men. 29 And Moses said: You have conse- crated your hands this day to the Lord, every man in his son and in his brother, that a blessing may be given to you. 30 And when the next day was come, Moses spoke to the people: You have sinned a very great sin: I will go up to the Lord, if by any means I may be able to entreat him for your crime. f Deut. 9. 21. — g 1 John 5. 19. h Deut. 33. 9. — 7 Gen. 12. 7. — 7 Supra 32. 34. Cuap. 32. Ver.25. Naked. Having lost not only their gold, and their honour, but what was worst of all, being stripped also of the grace of God, and having lost him. — The shame of the filth. EXODUS. CuHaP. 33. 31 And returning to the Lord, he said : I beseech thee : this le hath sinned a heinous sin, and have made to themselves gods of gold; either forgive them this trespass, 32 Or if thou do not, strike me out of the book that thou hast written. 33 And the Lord answered him: He that hath sinned against me, him will I strike out of my book : 34 But go thou, and lead this people whither I have told thee: my angel shall go before thee. And I in the day of revenge will visit this sin also of theirs. 35 The Lord therefore struck the peo- ple for the guilt on occasion of the calf which Aaron had made. CHAPTER 33. The people mourn for their sin. Moses pitcheth the tabernacle without the camp. He converseth fa- miliarly with God. Destreth to see his glory. ys tape the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : Go, get thee up from this place, thou and thy people which thou hast brought out of the land of Egypt, into the land concerning which I swore to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, saying : ‘ To thy seed I will give it. 2 7 And I will send an angel before thee, that I may cast out the 4 Chanaanite, and the Amorrhite, and the Hethite, and the Pherezite, and the Hevite, and the Jebusite. 3 That thou mayst enter into the land that floweth with milk and honey. For I will not go up with thee, / use thou art a stiffmecked people : lest I de- stroy thee in the way. 4 And the people hearing these very bad tidings mourned: and no man put on his ornaments according to custom. 5 And the Lord said to Moses: Say to the children of Israel: Thou art a stiff- necked people ; once I shall come up in the midst of thee, and shall destroy thee. Now presently lay aside thy ornaments, that I may know what to do to thee. 6 So the children of Israel laid aside their ornaments by mount Horeb. 7 Moses also taking the tabernacle, pitched it without the camp afar off, and k Deut. 7. 22; Jos. 24. 11. — J Supra 32. 9; Deut. 9. 13. That is, of the idol, which they had taken for their god. It is the usual phrase of the scripture to call idols filth and abominations. CHAP. 34. called the name thereof, The tabernacle of the covenant. And all the people that had any question, went forth to the tabernacle of the covenant, without the camp. 8 And when Moses went forth to the tabernacle, all the people rose up, and every one stood in the door of his pavil- ion, and they beheld the back of Moses, till he went into the tabernacle. 9 And when he was gone into the taber- nacle of the covenant, the pillar of the cloud came down, and stood at the door, and he spoke with Moses. to And all saw that the pillar of the cloud stood at the door of the taber- nacle. And they stood, and worshipped at the doors of their tents. tr And the Lord spoke to Moses face to face, as a man is wont to speak to his friend. And when he returned into the camp, his servant Josue the son of Nun, a young man, departed not from the tabernacle. 12 And Moses said to the Lord: Thou commandest me to lead forth this peo- ple: and thou dost not let me know whom thou wilt send with me, especially whereas thou hast said : I know thee by name, and thou hast found favour in my sight. 13 If therefore I have found favour in thy sight, shew me thy face, that I may know thee, and may find grace before thy eyes: look upon thy people this nation. 14 And the Lord said : My face shall go before thee, and I will give thee rest. 15 And Moses said: If thou thyself dost not go before, bring us not out of this place. 16 For how shall we be able to know, I and thy people, that we have found grace in thy sight, unless thou walk with us, that we may be glorified by all peo- ple that dwell upon the earth ? 17 And the Lord said to Moses: This word also, which thou hast spoken, will I do: for thou hast found grace before me, and thee I have known by name. EXODUS. Iot 18 And he said : Shew me thy glory. Ig He answered : I will shew thee all good, and I will proclaim in the name of | the Lord before thee: ™ and I will have mercy on whom I will, and I will be mer- ciful to whom it shall please me. 20 And again he said: Thou canst not see my face: for man shall not see me and live. 21 And again he said : Behold there is a place with me, and thou shalt stand upon the rock. 22 And when my glory shall pass, I will set thee in a hole of the rock, and pro- tect thee with my right hand, till I pass : 23 And I will take away my hand, and thou shalt see my back parts : but my face thou canst not see. CHAPTER 34. The tables ave renewed: all society with the Cha- naamites is forbid : some precepts concerning the firstborn, the sabbath, and other feasts : after forty days’ fast, Moses returneth to the people with the commandments, and his face appearing horned with rays of light, he covereth it, whensoever he speaketh to the people. ND after this he said: * Hew thee two tables of stone like unto the former, and I will write upon them the words which were in the tables, which thou brokest. 2 Be ready in the morning, that thou mayst forthwith go up into mount Sinai, and thou shalt stand with me upon the top of the mount. 3 Let no man go up with thee: and let not any man be seen throughout all the mount: neither let the oxen nor the sheep feed over against it. 4 Then he cut out two tables of stone, such as had been before : and rising very early he went up into the mount Sinai, as the Lord had commanded him, carry- ing with him the tables. 5 And when the Lord was come down in a cloud, Moses stood with him, calling upon the name of the Lord. 6 And when he passed before him, he said : O the Lord, the Lord God, merci- m Rom. 9g. 15. — ” Deut. ro. 1. Cuap. 33. Ver. 11. Face to face. That is, in a most familiar manner. Though as we learn from this very chapter, Moses could not see the face of the Lord. Ver. 12. Iknowtheeby name. In the language of the scriptures, God is said to know such as he approves and loves: and to know by name, those whom he favours in a most singular manner, as he did his servant Moses. Ver. 23. See my back parts. The Lord by his angel, usually spoke to Moses in the pillar of the cloud ; so that he could not see the glory of him that spoke familiarly with him. In the vision here mentioned he was allowed to see something of him, in an assumed corporeal form :; not in the face, the rays of which were too bright for mortal eye to bear, but to view him as it were behind, when his face was turned from him. 102 ful and gracious, patient and of much compassion, and true, 7 © Who keepest mercy unto thousands : who takest away iniquity, and wicked- ness, and sin, # and no man of himself is innocent before thee. 4g Who renderest the iniquity of the fathers to the chil- dren, and to the grandchildren, unto the third and fourth generation. 8 And Moses making haste, bowed down prostrate unto the earth, and adoring, 9 Said: If I have found grace in thy sight : O Lord, I beseech thee, that thou wilt go with us, (for it is a stiffnecked people,) and take away our iniquities and sin, and possess us. to The Lord answered : 7 I will make a covenant in the sight of all. I will do signs such as were never seen upon the earth, nor in any nations: that this peo- ple, in the midst of whom thou art, may see the terrible work of the Lord which I will do. 11 Observe all things which this day I command thee: I myself will drive out before thy face the Amorrhite, and the Chanaanite, and the Hethite, and the Pherezite, and the Hevite, and the Jebu- site. 12 Beware thou never join in friend- ship with the inhabitants of that land, which may be thy ruin: 13 But destroy their altars, break their statues, and cut down their groves : 14 Adore not any strange god. TheLord his name is Jealous, he is a jealous God. 15 s Make no covenant with the men of those countries lest, when they have committed fornication with their gods, and have adored their idols, some one call thee to eat of the things sacrificed. 16 # Neither shalt thou take of their daughters a wife for thy son, lest after they themselves have committed forni- cation, they make thy sons also to com- mit fornication with their gods. 17 Thou shalt not make to thyself any molten gods. 18 Thou shalt keep the feast of the un- leavened bread. Seven days shalt thou eat unleavened bread, as 1 commanded o Deut. 5. 10; Jer. 32. 18. — p Ps. 142. 2. q Deut. 5. 9; Jer. 32. 18. 7 Deut. 5. 2; Jer. 32. 40. s Supra 23. 32; Deut. 7. 2. ¢ 3 Kings 11. 2; Deut. 7. 3. « Supra 13.2, 12, and 22. 29. —v Supra 23.15. EXODUS. thee in the time of the month of the new corn: for in the month of the spring- time thou camest out from Egypt. : 19 * All of the male kind, that the womb, shall be mine. Of all ts, both of oxen and of sheep, it shall be mine. , 20 The firstling of an ass thou shalt re- deem with a sheep: but if thou wilt not give a price for it, it shall be slain. The firstborn of thy sons thou shalt redeem : neither shalt thou appear before me empty. 21 Six days shalt thou work, the sev- enth day thou shalt cease to plough, and to reap. 22 » Thou shalt keep the feast of weeks with the firstfruits of the corn of thy wheat harvest, and the feast when the time of the year returneth that all things are laid in. 23 Three times in the year all thy males shall appear in the sight of the Almighty Lord the God of Israel. 24 For when I shall have taken away the nations from thy face, and shall have enlarged thy borders, no man shall lie in wait against thy land when thou shalt go up, and appear in the sight of the Lord thy God thrice in a year. 25 * Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice upon leaven: neither shall there remain in the morning any thing of the victim of the solemnity of the Phase. 26 The first of the fruits of thy ground thou shalt offer in the house of the Lord thy God. y Thou shalt not boil a kid in the milk of his dam. 27 And the Lord said to Moses : Write thee these words by which I have made a covenant both with thee and with Israel. 28 And he was there with the Lord : forty days and forty nights : he neither ate bread nor drank water, and he wrote upon the tables « the ten words of the covenant. 29 And when Moses came down from the mount Sinai, he held the two tables of the testimony, and he knew not that his face was horned from the conversa- tion of the Lord. w Supra 23. 17; Deut. 16. 16. x Supra 23. 18 and 19. y Supra 23. 19 ; Deut. 14. 21. z Supra 24. 18 ; Deut. 9.9 and 18. a Deut. 4. 13. CHAP. 34. Ver.29. Horned.—Thatis: shining, and sending forth rays of light like horns. Cuap. 34. CHaP. 35. 30 And Aaron and the children of Is- tael seeing the face of Moses horned, were airaid to come near. 31 And being called by him, they re- turned, both Aaron and the rulers of the congregation. And aiter that he spoke to them. 32 And all the children of Israel came } EXODUS. 103 thereof, and the cover, the rings, and the board work with the bars, the pillars, and the sockets : 12 The ark and the staves, the propitia- tory, and the veil that is drawn before it: I3 The table with the bars and the ves- sels, and the loaves of proposition : 14 The candlestick to bear up the lights, to him : and he gave them in command- the vessels thereof and the lamps, and ment all that he had heard of the Lord in mount Sinai. ithe oil for the nourishing of fires : 15 The altar of incense, and the bars, 33 And having done speaking, ® he put| and the oil of unction and the incense of a veil upon his face. 34 But when he went in to the Lord, and spoke with him, he took it away until he came forth, and then he spoke to the children of Israel all things that had been commanded him. 35 And they saw that the face of Moses when he came out was horned, but he covered his face again, if at any time he spoke to them. CHAPTER 35. The sabbath. Offerings for making the tabernacle. Beseleel and Ooliab are called to the work. ND all the multitude of the children|m of Israel being gathered together, he said to them: These are the things which the Lord hath commanded to be done. ¢ 2 Six days you shall do work : the sev- enth day shall be holy unto you, the sab- bath, and the rest of the Lord: he that shall do any work on it, shall be put to death. 3 You shall kindle no fire in any of your habitations on the sabbath day. 4 And Moses said to all the assembly of the children of Israel: This is the word the Lord hath commanded, saying : 5 Set aside with you firstfruits to the Lord. 4 Let every one that is willing and hath a ready heart, offer them to the Lord : gold, and silver, and brass, 6 Violet and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine linen, goats’ hair, spices: the hanging at the door of the tabernacle : 16 The altar of holocaust,.and its grate of brass, with the bars and vessels there- of : the laver and its foot: 17 The curtains of the court with the piliars and the sockets, the hanging in the doors of the entry, 18 The pins of the tabernacle and of the court with their little cords : Ig The vestments that are to be used in the ministry of the sanctuary, the vesture of Aaron the high priest, and of his sons, to do the office of priesthood to = zo And all the multitude of the chil- dren of Israel going out from the pre- sence of Moses, 21 Offered firstfruits to the Lord with a most ready and devout mind, to make the work of the tabernacle of the testi- mony. Whatsoever was necessary to the service, and to the holy vestments, 22 Both men and women gave bracelets and earrings, rings and tablets: every vessel of gold was set aside to be offered to the Lord. 23 If any man had violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, fine linen and goats’ hair, rams’ skins dyed red, and violet coloured skins, 24 Metal of silver and brass, they offered it to the Lord, and setim wood for divers uses. 25 The skilful women also gave such 7 Andrams’ skins dyed red, and violet| things as they had spun, violet, purple, coloured skins, setim wood, 8 And oil to maintain lights, and to make ointment, and most sweet incense. 9 Onyx stones, and precious stones, for the adorning of the ephod and the ra- tional. 10 Whosoever of you is wise, let him come, and make that which the Lord hath commanded : It To wit, the tabernacle and the roof 6 2 Cor. 3. 13. —c. A. M. 2513. and scarlet, and fine linen, 26 And goats’ hair, giving all of their own accord. 27 But the princes offered onyx stones, and precious stones, for the ephod and the rational, 28 And spices and oil for the lights, and for the preparing of ointment, and to make the incense of most sweet sa- vour. da Supra 25. 2 104 29 All both men and women with de- vout mind offered gifts, that the works might be done which the Lord had com- manded by the hand of Moses. All the children of Israel dedicated voluntary offerings to the Lord. 30 And Moses said to the children of Israel : ¢ Behold the Lord hath called by name Beseleel the son of Uri the son of Hur of the tribe of Juda. 31 And hath filled him with the spirit of God, with wisdom and understanding and knowledge and all learning. 32 To devise and to work in gold and silver and brass, 33 And in engraving stones, and in car- penters’ work. Whatsoever can be de- vised artificially, 34 He hath given in his heart: Ooliab also the son of Achisamech of the tribe of Dan: 35 Both of them hath he instructed with wisdom, to do carpenters’ work, and tapestry, and embroidery in blue and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine linen, and to weave all things, and to invent all new things. CHAPTER 36. The offerings are delivered to the workmen, the cur- tains, coverings, boards, bars, veil, pillars, and hanging are made. ESELEEL, therefore, and Ooliab, fand every wise man, to whom the Lord gave wisdom and understanding, to know how to work artificially, made ¢ the things that are necessary for the uses of the sanctuary, and which the Lord com- manded. 2 * And when Moses hadcalled them, and every skilful man, to whom the Lord had given wisdom, and such as of their own accord had offered themselves to the making of the work, 3 He delivered all the offerings of the children of Israel unto them. And while they were earnest about the work, the people daily in the morning offered their vows. 4 Whereupon the workmen being con- strained to come, 5 Said to Moses: The people offereth more than is n 4 6 Moses therefore commanded procla- mation to be made by the crier’s voice : Let neither man nor woman offer any more for the work of the sanctuary. And so they ceased from offering gifts, e Supra 31. 2.— f A. M. 2514. — g Supra 26. 1. EXODUS. Cuap. 36. 7 Because the things that were offered did suffice, and were too much. 8 And all the men that were wise of heart, to accomplish the work of the tab- ernacle, made ten curtains of twisted fine linen, and violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, with varied work, and the art of embroidering : 9 The length of one curtain was twenty- eight cubits, and the breadth four: all the curtains were of the same size. 1o And he joined five curtains, one to another, and the other five he coupled one to another. 11 He made also loops of violet in the edge of one curtain on both sides, and in the edge of the other curtain in like manner, 12 That the loops might meet one against another, and might be joined each with the other. 13 Whereupon also he cast of gold, that might catch Sin Sidon at the curtains, and they might be made one tabernacle. 14 He made also eleven curtains of goats’ hair, to cover the roof of the tab- ernacle : 15 One curtain was cubits long and four cubits broad : the curtains were of one measure. 16 Five of which he joined apart, and the other six apart. 17 And he made fifty loéps in the edge of one curtain, and fi in the of another curtain, that they might be joined one to another. 18 And fifty buckles of brass wherewith the roof might be knit er, that of all the curtains there might be made one covering. 19 He made also a cover for the taber- nacle of rams’ skins dyed red: and an- other cover over that of violet skins. 20 He made also the boards of the tab- ernacle of setim wood standing. 21 The length of one board was ten cubits: and the breadth was one cubit and a half. 22 There were two mortises throughout every board, that one might be joined to the other. And in this manner he made for all the boards of the tabernacle. 23 Of which twenty were at the south side southward, 24 With forty sockets of silver, two sockets were put under one board on the two sides of the corners, where the hi Par. 21. 29. CuHaP. 37. mortises of the sides end in the corners. 25 At that side also of the tabernacle, that looketh toward the north, he made twenty boards. 26 With forty sockets of silver, two sockets for every board. 27 But against the west, to wit, at that side of the tabernacle, which looketh to the sea, he made six boards, 28 And two others at each corner of the tabernacle behind : 29 Which were also joined from beneath upto the top, and went together into one joint. Thus he did on both sides at the corners : 30 So there were in all eight boards, and they had sixteen sockets of silver, to wit, two sockets under every board. 31 He made also bars of setim wood, five to hold together the boards of one side of the tabernacle, 32 And five others to join together the boards of the other side: and besides these, five other bars at the west side of the tabernacle towards the sea. 33 He made also another bar, that might come by the midst of the boards from corner to corner. 34 And the board works themselves he overlaid with gold, casting for them sockets of silver. And their rings he made of gold, through which the bars might be drawn: and he covered the bars themselves with plates of gold. 35 He made also a veil of violet, and purple, scarlet, and fine twisted linen, varied and distinguished with embroid- ery: 36 And four pillars of setim wood, which with their heads he overlaid with gold, casting for them sockets of silver. 37 He made also a hanging in the entry of the tabernacle of violet, purple, scar- let, and fine twisted linen, with the work of an embroiderer. 38 And five pillars with their heads, which he covered with gold, and their sockets he cast of brass. CHAPTER 37. Beseleel maketh the ark : the propitiatory, and cher- ubims, the table, the candlestick, the lamps, and the altar of incense, and compoundeth the incense. ND Beseleel made ‘also the ark of setim wood: it was two cubits and a half in length, and a cubit and a half in breadth, and the height was of one cubit and a half: and he overlaid it with EXODUS. 105 the purest gold within and without. 2 And he made to it a crown of gold round about, 3 Casting four rings of gold at the four corners thereof: two rings in one side, and two in the other. 4 And he made bars of setim wood, which he overlaid with gold, 5 And he put them into the rings that were at the sides of the ark to carry it. 6 He made also the propitiatory, that is, the oracle, of the purest gold, two cubits and a half in length, and a cubit and a half in breadth. 7 Two cherubims also of beaten gold, which he set on the two sides of the pro- pitiatory : 8 One cherub in the top of one side, and the other cherub in the top of the other side: two cherubims at the two ends of the propitiatory, 9 Spreading their wings, and covering the propitiatory, and looking one to- wards the other, and towards it. to He made also the table of setim wood, in length two cubits, and in breadth one cubit, and in height it was a cubit and a half. tr And he overlaid it with the finest gold, and he made to it a golden ledge round about. 12 And to the ledge itself he made a polished crown of gold, of four fingers’ breadth, and upon the same another golden crown. 13 And he cast four rings of gold, which he put in the four corners at each foot of the table, 14 Over against the crown : and he put the bars into them, that the table might be carried. 15 And the bars also themselves he made of setim wood, and overlaid them with gold, 16 And the vessels for the divers uses of the table, dishes, bowls, and cups, and censers of pure gold, wherein the liba- tions are to be offered. 17 He made also the candlestick of beaten work of the finest gold. From the shaft whereof zits branches, its cups, and bowls, and lilies came out : 18 Six on the two sides : three branches on one side, and three on the other. 19 Three cups in manner of a nut on each branch, and bowls withal and lilies ; and three cups of the fashion of a nut in another branch, and bowls withal and 1 A. M. 2514. Ante C. 1490. 106 lilies. The work of the six branches that went out from the shaft of the can- dlestick was equal. zo And in the shaft itself were four cups after the manner of a nut, and bowls withal at every one, and lilies : 21 And bowls under two branches in three places, which together make six branches going out from one shaft. 22 So both the bowls, and the branches were of the same, all beaten work of the purest gold. 23 He made also the seven lamps with their snuffers, and the vessels where the snuffings were to be put out, of the pur- est gold. 24 The candlestick with all the vessels thereof weighed a talent of gold. 25 He made also the altar of incense of setim wood, being a cubit on every side foursquare, and in height two cubits: from the corners of which went out horns. 26 And he overlaid it with the purest gold, with zs grate and the sides, and the horns. 27 And he made to it a crown of gold round about, and two golden rings under the crown at each side, that the bars might be put into them, and the altar be carried. 28 And the bars themselves he made also of setim wood, and overlaid them with plates of gold. 29 He compounded also the oil for the ointment of sanctification, and incense of the purest spices, according to the work of a perfumer. CHAPTER 38. He maketh the altar of holocaust. The brazen laver. The court with its pillars and hangings. The sum of what the people offered. E made jalso the altar * of holo- caust of ‘setim wood, five cubits square, and three in height : 2: The horns whereof went out from the corners, and he overlaid it with plates of brass. _3 And for the uses thereof, he prepared diyers vessels of brass, cauldrons, tongs, fleshhooks, pothooks, and firepans. -4 And he made the grate thereof of brass, in manner of a net, and under it in the midst of the altar a hearth, 5 Casting four rings at the four ends of the net at the top, to put in bars to carry it. 7 A.M. 2514.— k 2 Par. 1. 5. EXODUS. CH: AP. . 38. 6 And he made the bars of setim wood, and overlaid them with plates of brass : 7 And he drew them through the rings that stood out in the sides of ‘the altar. ! And the altar itself was not solid, but hollow, of boards, and empty within. 8 He made also the laver of brass, with the foot thereof, of the mirrors of the women that watched at the door of the tabernacle. nN 9 He made also the court, in the south side whereof were hangings of fine twisted linen, of a hundred cubits, 10 Twenty pillars of brass with their sockets, the heads of the pillars, and the whole graving of the work, of silver. 11 In like manner at the north side the hangings, the pillars, and the sockets and heads of the pillars were of the same measure, and work and metal. 12 But on that side that looketh to the west, there were hangings of fifty cubits, ten pillars of brass with their sockets, and the heads of the pillars, and all the graving of the work, of silver. 13 Moreover towards the east he pre- pared hangings of fifty cubits : 14 Fifteen cubits of which were on one side with three pillars; and their sockets : 15 And on the other side (for between the two he made the entry of the tab- ernacle) there were hangir ually of fifteen cubits, and throevpiiingey at as many sockets. : 16 All the hangings of the court were woven with twisted linen. 17 The sockets of the pillars were of brass, and their heads with all their gtavings of silver: and he overlaid the pillars of the court also with silver. 18 And he made in the entry thereof an embroidered hanging of violet, pur- ple, scarlet, and fine twisted linen, that was twenty cubits long, and five cubits high according to the measure of all the hangings of the court. 19 And the pillars in the entry were four with sockets of brass, and their heads and gravings of silver. 20 The pins also of the tabernacle and of the court round about he made of brass. 21 These are the instruments of the tabernacle of the testimony, which were counted according to the commandment of Moses, in the ceremonies of the Le- vites, by the hand of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest : 22 Which Beseleel the son of Uri the 1 Supra 27. 8. CHAP. 39. son of Hur of the tribe of Juda had made as the Lord commanded by Moses, 23 Having for his companion Ooliab the son of Achisamech of the tribe of Dan : who also was an excellent artificer in wood, and worker in tapestry and embroidery in violet, purple, scarlet, and fine linen. 24 All the gold that was spent in the work of the sanctuary, and that was offered in gifts was nine and twenty talents, and seven hundred and thirty sicles according to the standard of the} sanctuary. 25 And it was offered by them that went to be numbered, from twenty years old and upwards, men able to bear arms. 26 There were moreover a hundred tal- ents of silver, whereof were cast the sockets of the sanctuary, and of the entry where the veil hangeth. 27 A hundred sockets were made of a hundred talents, one talent being reck- oned for every socket. 28 And of the thousand seven hundred and seventy-five he made the heads of| the pillars, which also he overlaid with silver. 29 And there were offered of brass also seventy-two thousand talents, and} four hundred sicles besides. 30 Of which were cast the sockets in| the entry of the tabernacle of the testi- mony, and the altar of brass with the grate thereof, and all the vessels that belong to the use thereof. 31 And the sockets of the court as well round about as in the entry thereof, and the pins of the tabernacle and of the court round about. CHAPTER 30. All the ornaments of Aaron and his sons are made. Ani the whole work of the tabernacle is finished. ANP he made, ™ of violet and purple, scarlet and fine linen, the vest- ments for Aaron to wear when he min- istered in the holy places, as the Lord commanded Moses. 2 So he made an ephod of gold, violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen. 3 With embroidered work: and he cut thin plates of gold, and drew them small of six hundred and/) three thousand five hundred and fifty EXODUS. 107 into threads, that they might be twisted with the woof of the aforesaid colours, 4 And two borders coupled one to the other in the top on either side, 5 And a girdle of the same colours, as the Lord had commanded Moses. 6 He prepared also two onyx stones, fast set and closed in gold, and graven by the art of a lapidary, with the names of the children of Israel : 7 And he set them in the sides of the ephod for a memorial of the children of Israel, as the Lord had commanded Moses. 8 He made also a rational with embroid- ered work, according to the work of the ephod, of gold, violet, purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen, 9 Foursquare, double, of the measure of a span. io And he set four rows of precious stones in it. In the first row was a sardius, a topaz, an emerald. 11 In the second, a carbuncle,a sapphire, | and a jasper. 12 In the third, a ligurius, an agate, and an amethyst. 13 In the fourth, a chrysolite, an onyx, and a beryl, set and enclosed in gold; by their rows. 14 And the twelve stones were engraved with the names of the twelve tribes of Israel, each one with its several name. 15 They made also in the rational little chains linked one to another of the purest gold, 16 And two hooks, and as many rings of gold. And they set the rings on either side of the rational, © 17 On which rings the two golden chains should hang, which they put into the hooks that stood out in the corners of the ephod. 18 These both before and behind so an- swered one another, that the ephod and the rational were bound together, 1g Being fastened to the girdle and strongly coupled with rings,, which a violet fillet joined, lest they should flag loose, and be moved one from the other, as the Lord commanded Moses. 20 They made also the tunick of the ephod all of violet, 21 And a hole for the head in the upper part at the middle, and a woven border round about the hole: 22 And beneath at the feet pomegran- m A. M. 2514. Supra 28. 6. 108 ates of violet, purple, scarlet, and fine twisted linen : 23 And little bells of the purest gold, | which they put between the pomegran- ates at the bottom of the tunick round about : 24 To wit, a bell of gold, and a pome-| granate, wherewith the high priest went | adorned, when he discharged his minis- try, as the Lord had commanded Moses. 25 They made also fine linen tunicks with woven work for Aaron and his sons : 26 And mitres with their little crowns of fine linen : 27 And linen breeches of fine linen : 28 And a girdle of fine twisted linen, violet, purple, and scarlet twice dyed, of embroidery work, as the Lord had com- manded Moses. 29 They made also the plate of sacred veneration of the purest gold, and they | wrote on it with the engraving of a lapi- dary, The Holy of the Lord : 30 And they fastened it to the mitre with a violet fillet, as the Lord had com- manded Moses. 31 So all the work of the tabernacle and of the roof of the testimony was finished: and the children of Israel did all things which the Lord had commanded Moses. 32 And they offered the tabernacle and the roof and the whole furniture, the rings, the boards, the bars, the pillars, and their sockets, 33 The cover of rams’ skins dyed red, and the other cover of violet skins, 34 The veil, the ark, the bars, the pro- pitiatory, 35 The table, with the vessels thereof, and the loaves of proposition : 36 The candlestick, the lamps, and the furniture of them with the oil : 37 The altar of gold, and the ointment, and the incense of spices : 38 And the hanging in the entry of the tabernacle : 39 The altar of brass, the grate, the bars, and all the vessels thereof: the laver with the foot thereof: the hang- ings of the court, and the pillars with their sockets : 40 The hanging in the entry of the court, and the little cords, and the pins thereof. Nothing was wanting of the vessels, that were commanded to be made for the ministry of the tabernacle, and for the roof of the covenant. | n Supra 28. 35 ; Lev. 8. 2. EXODUS. |month, thou shalt set up the ta Crap. 40. 41 Thevestments also, which the priests, to wit, Aaron and his sons, used in the sanctuary, 42 The children of Israel offered as the Lord had commanded. 43 And when Moses saw all things finished, he blessed them. CHAPTER 40. The tabernacle 1s commanded to be set up and anointed. God filleth it with his majesty. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing : 2 The first month, the first day of the le of the testimony, 3 And shalt put the ark in it, and shalt let down the veil before it : 4 And thou shalt bring in the table, and set upon it the things that are command- ed according to the rite. The candle- stick shaJl stand with its lamps, 5 And the altar of gold whereon the incense is burnt, before the ark of the testimony. Thou shalt put the hanging in the entry of the tabernacle, 6 And before it the altar of holocaust : 7 The laver between the altar and the tabernacle, and thou shalt fill it with water. 8 And thou shalt encompass the court with hangings, and the entry thereof. g And thou shalt take the oil of unction and anoint the tabernacle with its vessels, that they may be sanctified : to The altar of holocaust and all its vessels : 11 The laver with its foot: thou shalt consecrate all with the oil of unction, that they may be most holy. 12 And thou shalt bring Aaron and his sons to the door of the tabernacle of the testimony, and having washed them with water. 13 " Thou shalt put on them the holy vestments, that they may minister to me, and that the unction of them may prosper to an everlasting priesthood. 14 And Moses did all that the Lord had commanded. 15 So in the first month of the second year, ° the first day of the month, the tabernacle was set up. 16 * And Moses reared it up, and placed the boards and the sockets and the bars, and set up the pillars, 17 And spread the roof over the taber- o A. M. 2514. — p Num. 7. 1. q Cuap. I. nacle, putting over it a cover, as the Lord had commanded. 18 And he put the testimony in the ark, thrusting bars underneath, and the oracle above. 1g And when he had brought the ark into the tabernacle, he drew the veil be- fore it to fulfil the commandment of the Lord. zo And he set the table in the taber- nacle of the testimony at the north side without the veil, 21 Setting there in order the loaves of proposition, as the Lord had commanded Moses. 22 He set the candlestick also in the tabernacle of the testimony over against the table on the south side, 23 Placing the lamps in order, accord- ing to the precept of the Lord. 24 He set also the altar of gold under the roof of the testimony over against the veil, 25 And burnt upon it the incense of spices, as the Lord had commanded Moses. 26 And he put also the hanging in the entry of the tabernacle of the testi- mony, 27 And the altar of holocaust of the entry of the testimony, offering the holo- LEVITICUS. 109 caust, and the sacrifices upon it, as the Lord had commanded. 28 And he set the laver between the tabernacle of the testimony and the altar, filling it with water. 29 And Moses and Aaron, and his sons washed their hands and feet, 30 When they went into the tabernacle of the covenant, and went to the altar, as the Lord had commanded Moses. 31 He set up also the court round about the tabernacle and the altar, drawing | the hanging in the entry thereof. After all things were perfected, 32 ¢ The cloud covered the tabernacle of the testimony, and the glory of the Lord filled it. 33 Neither could Moses go into the tabernacle of the covenant, the cloud covering all things and the majesty of the Lord shining, for the cloud had cov- ered all. 34 If at any time the cloud removed 'from the tabernacle, the children of Israel went forward by their troops : 35 If it hung over, they remained in the same place. 36 For the cloud of the Lord hung over the tabernacle by day, and a fire by night, in the sight of all the children of Israel throughout all their mansions. TEE BOOK OF LEVITICUS. This Book ts called Leviticus, because it treats of the Offices, Ministries, Rites and Ceremonies of the Priesis and Levties. with which it begins. CHAPTER 1. Of holocausts or burnt offerings. ND the Lord called Moses, and spoke to him from the tabernacle of the testimony, saying: 7 The Hebrews call it Vaicra, from the word 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them : The man among you that shall offer to the Lord a sacri- fice of the cattle, that is, offering victims of oxen and sheep, 3 ‘If his offering be a holocaust, and of q Num. g. 15; 3 Kings 8. ro. r A. M. 2514. Ante C. 1490. —s Ex. 29. 10. CuHap.1. Ver.3. A holocaust, that is, a whole burnt offering (olokauston), so called, because the whole victim was consumed with fire; and given in such manner to God as wholly to evaporate, as it were, for his honour and glory ; without having any part of it reserved for the use of man. The other sacrifices of the Old Testament were either offerings for sin, or peace offerings : and these latter again were either offered, in thanksgiving for bless- ings received ; or by way of prayer for new favours or graces. So that sacrifices were then offered to God for four different ends or intentions, answer- able to the different obligations which man has to God: 1. By way of adoration, homage, praise and glory due to his divine majesty. 2. By way of thanksgiving for all benefits received from him. 3- By way of confessing and craving pardon for sins. 4. By way of prayer and petition for grace and relief in all necessities. In the New Law we have but one sacrifice, viz., that of the body and 110 the herd, he shall offer a male without blemish, at the door of the testimony, to make the Lord favourable to him : 4 And he shall put his hand upon the head of the victim, and it shall be ac- ceptable, and help to its expiation. 5 And he shall immolate the calf before the Lord, and the priests the sons of Aaron shall offer the blood thereof, pour- ing it round about the altar, which is before the door of the tabernacle. 6 And when they have flayed the victim, they shall cut the joints into pieces, 7 And shall put fire on the altar, having before laid in order a pile of wood : 8 And they shall lay the parts that are cut out in order thereupon, to wit, the head, and all things that cleave to the liver, 9 The entrails and feet being washed with water: and the priest shall burn them upon the altar for a holocaust, and a sweet savour to the Lord. to And if the offering be of the flocks, a holocaust of sheep or of goats, he shall offer a male without blemish : 11 And he shall immolate it at the side of the altar that looketh to the north, before the Lord: but the sons of Aaron shall pour the blood thereof upon the altar round about : 12 And they shall divide the joints, the head, and all that cleave to the liver: and shall lay them upon the wood, under which the fire is to be put: 13 But the entrails and the feet they shall wash with water. And the priest shall offer it all and burn it all upon the altar for a holocaust, and most sweet savour to the Lord. 14 But if the oblation of a holocaust to the Lord be of birds, of turtles, or of young pigeons, 15 The priest shall offer it at the altar : and twisting back the neck, and breaking the place of the wound, he shall make the blood run down upon the brim of the altar. 16 But the crop of the throat, and the feathers he shall cast beside the altar at the east side, in the place where the ashes are wont to be poured out, tA. M. 25174. blood of Christ : but this one sacrifice of the New Testament perfectly answers all these four ends ; and both priest and people, as often as it is cele- brated, ought to join in offering it up for these four ends. CuapP. 2. Ver. 3. Holy of holies, that is, most LEVITICUS. CuHap. 2. 17 And he shall break the pi there- of, and shall not cut, nor divide it with a knife, and shall burn it upon the altar, putting fire under the wood. It is a holocaust and oblation of most sweet savour to the Lord. CHAPTER 2. Of offerings of flour, and firstfrutts. \WW/ BEN any one shall offer an oblation of sacrifice to the Lord, his offering shall be of fine flour, and he shall pour oil upon it, and put frankincense, t 2 And shall bring it to the sons of Aaron the priests : and one of them shall take a handful of the flour and oil, and all the frankincense, and shall put it a memorial upon the altar for a most sweet savour to the Lord. 3 “And the remnant of the sacrifice shall be Aaron’s, and his sons’, holy of holies of the offerings of the Lord. | 4 But when thou offerest a sacrifice baked in the oven of flour, to wit, loaves without leaven, tempered with oil, and unleavened wafers, anointed with oil: 5 If thy oblation be from the fryingpan, of flour tempered with oil, and without leaven, 6 Thou shalt divide it into little please: and shalt pour oil upon it. 7 And if the sacrifice be from the erid- iron, in like manner the flour shall be tempered with oil : 8 And when thou offerest it to the Lord, thou shalt deliver it to the hands of the priest. g And when he hath offered it, he shall take a memorial out of the sacrifice, and burn it upon the altar for a sweet savour to the Lord. 10 And whatsoever is left, shall be Aaron’s, and his sons’, holy of holies of the offerings of the Lord. 11 Every oblation that is offered to the Lord shall be made without leaven, neither shall any leaven or honey be burnt in the sacrifice to the Lord. 12 You shall offer only the firstfruits of them and gifts : but they shall not be put upon the altar, for a savour of sweetness. wu Eccli. 7. 34. holy, as being dedicated to God, and set aside by his ordinance for the use of his priests. Ver. 11. Without leaven, or honey. No leaven nor koney was to be used in the sacrifice offered to God: to signify that we are to exclude from the pure worship of the gospel, all double dealing and affection to carnal pleasures. CHAP. 4. 13 Whatsoever sacrifice thou offerest, » thou shalt season it with salt, neither shalt thou take away the salt of the covenant of thy God from thy sacrifice. In all thy oblations thou shalt offer salt. 14 But if thou offer a gift of the first- fruits of thy corn to the Lord, of the ears yet green, thou shalt dry it at the fire, and break it small like meal, and so shalt thou offer thy firstfruits to the Lord, 15 Pouring oil upon it and putting on frankincense, because it is the oblation of the Lord. 16 Whereof the priest shall burn for a memorial of the gift, part of the corn broken small and of the oil, and all the frankincense. CHAPTER 3. Of peace offerings. ND if his oblation be a sacrifice of peace offerings, and he will offer of the herd, whether male or female, he shall offer them without blemish before the Lord. # 2 And he shall lay his hand upon the head of his victim, which shall be slain in the entry of the tabernacle of the testi- mony, and the sons of Aaron the priests shall pour the blood round about upon the altar. 3 And they shall offer of the sacrifice of peace offerings, for an oblation to the Lord, « the fat that covereth the entrails, and all the fat that is within. 4 The two kidneys with the fat where- with the flanks are covered, and the caul of the liver with the two little kidneys. 5 And they shall burn them upon the altar, for a holocaust, putting fire under the wood : for an oblation of most sweet savour to the Lord. 6 But if his oblation and the sacrifice of peace offering be of the flock, whether he offer male or female, they shall be without blemish. 7 If he offer a lamb before the Lord, v Mark. 9. 48. —w A. M. 2514. Ver. 13. Sali. Inevery sacrifice salt was to be used, which is an emblem of wisdom and discretion, without which none of our performances are agree- able to God. Cuap. 3. Ver. 1. Peace offerings. Peace, in the scripture language, signifies happiness, welfare or prosperity ; in a word, all kind of blessings. — Such sacrifices, therefore, as were offered either on occasion of blessings received, or to obtain new favours, were called pacific or peace offerings. In these, some part of the victim was consumed with fire on the altar of God; other parts were eaten LEVITICUS. -III 8 He shall put his hand upon the head of his victim : and it shail be slain in the entry of the tabernacle of the testimony : and the sons of Aaron shall pour the blood thereof round about upon the altar. 9 And they shall offer of the victim of peace offerings a sacrifice to the Lord the fat and the whole rump, 10 With the kidneys, and the fat that covereth the belly and all the vitals and both the little kidneys, with the fat that is about the flanks, and the caul of the liver with the little kidneys. iz And the priest shall burn them upon the altar, for the food of the fire, and of the oblation of the Lord. 12 If his offering be a goat, and he offer it to the Lord, 13 He shall put his hand upon the head thereof : and shall immolate it in the en- try of the tabernacle of the testimony. And the sons of Aaron shall pour the blood thereof round about upon the altar. 14 And they shall take of it for the food of the Lord’s fire, the fat that covereth the belly, and that covereth all the vital parts : 15 The two little kidneys with the caul that is upon them which is by the flanks, and the fat of the liver with the little kidneys : 16 And the priest shall burn them upon the altar, for the food of the fire, and of a most sweet savour. All the fat shall be the Lord’s. 17 By a perpetual law for your genera- tions, and in all your habitations, neither blood nor fat shall you eat at all. CHAPTER 4. Of offerings for sins of ignorance. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, ing: ¥ 2 Say to the children of Israel : The soul that sinneth through ignorance, and doth any thing concerning any of the com- say- x Ex. 29. 13. —y A. M. 2514. by the priests and by the persons for whom the sacrifice was offered. Ver.17. Fat. It is meant of the fat, which by the prescription of the law was to be offered on God’s altar ; not of the fat of meat, such as we commonly eat. Cuap. 4. Ver. 2. Ignorance. To be ignorant of what we are bound to know is sinful ; and for such culpable ignorance, these sacrifices, prescrib- edin this and the following chapter, were appoin- ted. 112 LEVITICUS. CHAP. 4. mandments of the Lord, which he com-| 16 The priesc that is anointed shall manded not to be done : carry of the blood into the tabernacle of 3 If the priest that is anointed shall sin, | the testimony. making the people to offend, he shall! 17 And shall dip his finger in it and offer to the Lord for his sin a calf with-| sprinkle it seven times before the veil. out blemish. 18 And he shall put of the same blood 4 And he shall bring it to the door of}on the horns of the altar that is before the testimony before the Lord, and shall| the Lord, in the tabernacle of the testi- put his hand upon the head thereof, and| mony : and the rest of the blood he shall shall sacrifice it to the Lord. pour at the foot of the altar of holocaust, 5 He shall take also of the blood of the} which is at the door of the tabernacle of calf, and carry it into the tabernacle of| the testimony. the testimony. 1g And all the fat thereof he shall take 6 And having dipped his finger in the) off, and shall burn it upon the altar : blood, he shall sprinkle with it seven) 20 Doing so with this calf, as he did times before the Lord, before the veil of|also with that before: and the priest the sanctuary. praying for them, the Lord will be mer- 7 And he shall put some of the same}|ciful unto them. blood upon the horns of the altar of the} 21 But the calf itself he shall carry sweet incense most acceptable to the|forth without the camp, and shall burn Lord, which is in the tabernacle of the! it as he did the former calf : because it is testimony. And he shall pour all the| for the sin of the multitude. rest of the blood at the foot of the altar) 22 If a prince shall sin, and through of holocaust in the entry of the taber-| ignorance do any one of the things that nacle. the law of the Lord forbiddeth, 8 And he shall take off the fat of the} 23 And afterwards shall come to know calf for the sin offering, as well that|his sin, he shall offer a buck goat with- which covereth the entrails, as all the| out blemish, a sacrifice to the Lord. inwards : 24 And he shall put his hand upon 9 The two little kidneys, and the caul|}the head thereof : and when he hath that is upon them, which is by the flanks, | immolated it in the place where the holo- and the fat of the liver with the little} caust is wont to be slain before the Lord, kidneys, | because it is for sin, to As it is taken off from the calf of ie 25 The priest shall dip his finger in the sacrifice of peace offerings, and he shall) blood of the victim for sin, touching burn them upon the altar of holocaust. | therewith the horns of the altar of holo- 1r But the skin and all the flesh with|caust, and pouring out the rest at the the head and the feet and the bowels and | foot thereof. the dung, 26 But the fat he shall burn upon it, 12 And the rest of the body he shall|as is wont to be done with the victims carry forth without the camp into a clean|of peace offerings : and the priest shall place where the ashes are wont to be|pray for him, and for his sin, and it poured out, and he shall burn them upon|shall be forgiven him. a pile of wood, they shall be burnt in the| 27 And if any one of the people of the place where the ashes are poured out. land shall sin through ignorance, doing 13 And if all the multitude of Israel} any of those things that by the law of shall be ignorant, and through ignorance| the Lord are forbidden, and offending, shall do that which is against the com-} 28 And shall come to know his sin, he mandment of the Lord, shall offer a she goat without blemish. 14 And afterwards shall understand| 29 And he shall put his hand upon the their sin, they shall offer for their sin a| head of the victim that is for sin, and calf, and shall bring it to the door of the} shall immolate it in the place of the holo- tabernacle. caust. 15 And the.ancients of the people shall! 30 And the priest shall take of the put their hands upon the head thereof} blood with his finger, and shall touch the before the Lord. And the calf being im-| horns of the altar of holocaust, and shall molated in the sight of the Lord, pour out the rest at the foot thereof. Ver. 5. The blood. As the figure of the blood of Christ shed for the remission of our sins, and carried by him into the sanctuary of heaven. Cuap. 6. 31 But taking off all the fat, as is wont to be taken away of the victims of peace offerings, he shall burn it upon the altar, for a sweet savour to the Lord: and he shall pray for him, and it shall be for- given him. 32 But if he offer of the flock a victim for his sin, to wit, an ewe without blem- ish : 33 He shall put his hand upon the head thereof, and shall immolate it in the place where the victims of holocausts are wont to be slain. 34 And the priest shall take of the blood thereof with his finger, and shall touch the horns of the altar of holocaust, and the rest he shall pour out at the foot thereof. 35 All the fat also he shall take off, as the fat of the ram that is offered for peace offerings is wont to be taken away : and shall burn it upon the altar, for a burnt sacrifice of the Lord : and he shall pray for him and for his sin, and it shall be forgiven him. CHAPTER 5. Of other sacrifices for sins. ie any one sin, and hear the voice of one swearing, and is a witness either because he himself hath seen, or is privy to it: if he do not utter it, he shall bear his iniquity. * 2 Whosoever toucheth any unclean thing, either that which hath been killed by a beast, or died of itself, or any other creeping thing: and forgetteth his un- cleanness, he is guilty,and hath offended : 3 And if he touch any thing of the un- cleanness of man, according to any un- cleanness wherewith he is wont to be defiled, and having forgotten it, come afterwards to know it, he shall be guilty of an offence, 4 The person that sweareth, and utter- eth with his lips, that he would do either evil or good, and bindeth the same with an oath, and his word, and having for- gotten it afterwards understandeth his offence, 5 Let him do penance for his sin, 6 And offer of the flocks an ewe lamb, or a she goat, and the priest shall pray for him and for his sin : 7 But if he be not able to offer a beast, let him offer two turtles, « or two young pigeons to the Lord, one for sin, and the other for a holocaust, LEVITICUS. 113 8 And he shall give them to the priesz : who shall offer the first for sin, and twist back the head of it to the little pinions, so that it stick to the neck, and be not altogether broken off. g And of its blood he shall sprinkle the side of the altar, and whatsoever is left, he shall let it drop at the bottom there- of, because it is for sin. 1o And the other he shall burn for a holocaust, as is wont to be done: and the priest shall pray for him, and for his sin, and it shall be forgiven him. 11 And if his hand be not able to offer two turtles, or two young pigeons, he shall offer for his sin the tenth part of an ephi of flour. He shall not put oil upon it, nor put any frankincense there- on, because it is for sin : 12 And he shall deliver it to the priest : who shall take a handful thereof, and shall burn it upon the altar for a memo- rial of him that offered it : 13 Praying for him and making atone- ment: but the part that is left, he him- self shall have for a gift. 14 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 15 If any one shall sin through mistake, tramsgressing the ceremonies in those things that are sacrificed to the Lord, he shall offer for his offence a ram without blemish out of the flocks, that may be bought for two sicles, according to the weight of the sanctuary : 16 And he shall make good the damage itself which he hath done, and shall add the fifth part besides, delivering it to the priest, who shall pray for him, offering the ram, and it shall be forgiven him. 17 If any one sin through ignorance, and do one of those things which by the law of the Lord are forbidden, and being guilty of sin, understand his iniquity, 18 He shall offer of the flocks a ram without blemish to the priest, according to the measure and estimation of the sin: and the priest shall pray for him, because he did it ignorantly: and it shall be forgiven him, 19 Because by mistake he trespassed against the Lord. CHAPTER 6. Oblation for sins of injustice : ordinances concern- ing the holocausts and the perpetual fire: the sacrifices of the priests, and the sin offerings. pee Lord spoke to Moses, saying: ® 2 Whosoever shall sin, and dec- ZA. M. 2514. a Infra 12. 8; Luke 2. 24. —0 A. M. 2514. 114 spising the Lord, shall deny to his neigh- bour the thing delivered to his keeping, which was committed to his trust; or shall by force extort any thing, or com- mit oppression ; 3 Or shall find a thing lost, and deny- ing it, shall also swear falsely, or shall do any other of the many things, where- in men are wont to sin : 4 Being convicted of the offence, he shall restore 5 All that he would have gotten by fraud, in the principal, «and the fifth part besides to the owner, whom he wronged. 6 Moreover for his sin he shall offer a ram without blemish out of the flock, and shall give it to the priest, according to the estimation and measure of the offence : 7 And he shall pray for him before the Lord, and he shall have forgiveness for every thing in doing of which he hath sinned. 8 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 9 Command Aaron and his sons: This is the law of a holocaust: It shall be burnt upon the altar, all night until morning: the fire shall be of the same altar. 10 The priest shall be vested with the tunick and the linen breeches, and he shall take up the ashes of that which the devouring fire hath burnt, and putting them beside the altar, 11 Shall put off his former vestments, and being clothed with others, shall carry them forth without the camp, and shall cause them to be consumed to dust in a very clean place, 12 And the fire on the altar shall always burn, and the priest shall feed it, putting wood on it every day in the morning, and laying on the holocaust, shall burn thereupon the fat of the peace offerings. 13 This is the perpetual fire which shall never go out on the altar. 14 This is the law of the sacrifice and libations, which the children of Aaron shall offer before the Lord, and before the altar. 15 The priest shall take a handful of the flour that is tempered with oil, and all the frankincense that is put upon the flour : and he shall burn it on the altar c Num, 5. 7. Cuap. 6. Ver. 13. The perpetual fire. This fire came from heaven, (infra chap. 9. 24,) and was always kept burning on the altar, as a figure of LEVITICUS. ‘Cuap. 6. for a memorial of most sweet odour to the Lord : 16 And the part of the flour that is left, Aaron and his sons shall eat, without leaven : and he shall eat it in the holy place of the court of the tabernacle. 17 And therefore it shall not be leav- ened, because part thereof is offered for the burnt sacrifice of the Lord. It shall be most holy, as that which is offered for sin and for trespass. 18 The males only of the race of Aaron shall eat it. It shall be an ordinance everlasting in your generations concern- ing the sacrifices of the Lord: E one that toucheth them shall be sancti- fied. 19 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing : 20 This is the oblation of Aaron, and of his sons, which they must offer to the Lord, in the day of their anointing: They shall offer the tenth part of an ephi of flour for a perpetual sacrifice, half of it in the morning, and half of it in the evening : 21 It shall be tempered with oil, and shall be fried in a ngpan. 22 And the priest that rightfully suc- ceedeth his father, shall offer it hot, for a most sweet odour to the Lord, and it shall be wholly burnt on the altar. 23 For every sacrifice of the priest shall be consumed with fire, neither shall any man eat thereof. 24 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 25 Say to Aaron and his sons : This is the law of the victim for sin: in the place where the holocaust is offered, it shall be immolated before the Lord: It is holy of holies. 26 The priest that offereth it, shall eat it in a holy place, in the court of the tabernacle. 27 Whatsoever shall touch the flesh thereof, shall be sanctified. If a gar- ment be sprinkled with the blood there- of, it shall be washed in a holy place. 28 And the earthen vessel, wherein it was sodden, shall be broken, but if the vessel be of brass, it shall be scoured, and washed with water. 29 Every male of the eat of the flesh thereof, of holies. tiestly race shall use it is holy the heavenly fire of divine love, which ought to be always burning in the heart of a Christian. CHAP. 7: LEVITICUS. 115 30 For the victim that is slain for sin, 4|same day, neither shall any of it remain the blood of which is carried into the]until the morning. tabernacle of the testimony to make atonement in the sanctuary, shall not be eaten, but shall be burnt with fire. CHAPTER 7. Of sacrifices for trespasses and thanks offerings. No fat nor blood is to be eaten. HIS also is the law of the sacrifice for a trespass, it is most holy: ¢ 2 Therefore where the holocaust is im- molated, the victim also for a trespass shall be slain: the blood thereof shall be poured round about the altar. 3 They shall offer thereof the rump and the fat that covereth the entrails : 4 The two little kidneys, and the fat which is by the flanks, and the caul of the liver with the little kidneys. 5 And the priest shall burn them upon the altar: it is the burnt sacrifice of the Lord for a trespass. 6 Every male of the priestly race, shall eat this flesh in a holy place, because it is most holy. 7 As the sacrifice for sin is offered, so is also that for a trespass: the same shall be the law of both these sacrifices: it shall belong to the priest that offereth it. 8 The priest that offereth the victim of holocaust, shall have the skin thereof. 9 And every sacrifice of flour that is baked in the oven, and whatsoever is dressed on the gridiron, or in the frying- pan, shall be the priest’s that offereth it : 1o Whether they be tempered with oil, or dry, all the sons of Aaron shall have one as much as another. iz This is the law of the sacrifice of peace offerings that is offered to the Lord. 12 If the oblation be for thanksgiving, they shall offer loaves without leaven tempered with oil, and unleavened wafers anointed. with oil, and fine flour fried, and cakes tempered and mingled with oil : 13 Moreover loaves of leavened bread with the sacrifice of thanks, which is offered for peace offerings : 14 Of which one shall be offered to the Lord for firstfruits, and shall be the priest’s that shall pour out the blood of the victim. 15 And the flesh of it shall be eaten the d Supra 4. 5 ; Heb. 13. 11. 16 If any man by vow, or of his own accord offer a sacrifice, it shall in like manner be eaten the same day: and if any oi it remain until the morrow, it is lawful to eat it: 17 But whatsoever shall be found on ae third day shall be consumed with re. 18 If any man eat of the flesh of the victim of peace offerings on the third day, the oblation shall be of no effect, neither shall it profit the offerer: yea rather whatsoever soul shall defile itself with such meat, shall be guilty of trans- gression. 19 The flesh that hath touched any un- clean thing, shall not be eaten, but shall be burnt with fire : he that is clean shall eat of it. 20 If any one that is defiled shall eat of the flesh of the sacrifice of peace offer- ings, which is offered to the Lord, he shall be cut off from his people. 21 And he that hath touched the un- cleanness of man, or of beast, or of any thing that can defile, and shall eat of such kind of flesh, shall be cut off from his people. 22 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 23 Say to the children of Israel : The fat of a sheep, and of an ox, and of a goat you shall not eat. 24 The fat of a carcass that hath died of itself, and of a beast that was caught by another beast, you shall have for divers uses. 25 Ifany man eat the fat that should be offered for the burnt sacrifice of the Lord, he shall perish out of his people. 26 Moreover you shall not eat the blood of any creature whatsoever, whether of birds or beasts. 27 Every one that eateth blood, shall perish from among the people. 28 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 29 Speak to the children of Israel, say- ing: He that offereth a victim of peace offerings to the Lord, let him offer therewith a sacrifice also, that is, the libations thereof. 30 He shall hold in his hands the fat of the victim, and the breast : and when he hath offered and consecrated both to the Lord, he shall deliver them to the priest, eA. M. 2514. Cuap. 7. Ver. 1. Trespass. Trespasses, for which these offerings were to be made, were lesser offences than those for which the sin offerings were appointed. 116 31 Who shall burn the fat upon the altar, but the breast shall be Aaron’s and his sons’. 32 The right shoulder also of the vic- tims of peace offerings shall fall to the priest for firstfruits. 33 He among the sons of Aaron, that offereth the blood, and the fat, he shall have the right shoulder also for his por- tion. 34 For the breast that is elevated and the shoulder that is separated I have taken of the children of Israel, from off their victims of peace offerings, and have given them to Aaron the priest, and to his sons, by a law for ever, from all the people of Israel. 35 This is the anointing of Aaron and his sons, in the ceremonies of the Lord, in the day when Moses offered them, that they might do the office of priest- hood, 36 And the things that the Lord com- manded to be given them by the children of Israel, by a perpetual observance in their generations. 37 This is the law of holocaust, and of the sacrifice for sin, and for trespass, and for consecration, and the victims of peace offerings : 38 Which the Lord appointed to Moses in mount Sinai, when he commanded the children of Israel, that they should offer their oblations to the Lord in the desert of Sinai. CHAPTER 8. Moses consecrateth Aaron and hts sons. 5: abs the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing :/ 2 €Take Aaron with his sons, their vestments, and the oil of unction, a calf for sin, two rams, a basket with unleav- ened bread, 3 And thou shalt gather together all the congregation to the door of the tab- ernacle. 4 And Moses did as the Lord had com- manded. And all the multitude being gathered together before the door of the tabernacle, 5 He said: This is the word that the Lord hath commanded to be done. 6 And immediately he offered Aaron and his sons: and when he had washed them, 7 He vested the high priest with the strait linen garment, girding him with f A.M. 2514. Ante C. 1490.—g Ex. 29. 35, and 40. 13. LEVITICUS. Cuap. 8. the girdle, and putting on him the violet tunick, and over it he put the ephod, 8 And binding it with the girdle, he fitted it to the rational, on which was Doctrine and Truth. 9 He put also the mitre upon his head : and upon the mitre over the foréhead, — he put the plate of gold, consecrated © with sanctification, as the Lord had com- — manded him. 10 He took also the oil of unction, with which he anointed the tabernacle, with all the furniture thereof. 11 And when he had sanctified and sprinkled the altar seven times, he an- ointed it, and all the vessels thereof, and the laver with the foot thereof, he sanctified with the oil. 12 And he poured it upon Aaron’s head, and he, anointed and consecrated him : 13 And after he had offered his sons, he vested them with linen tunicks, and girded them with girdles, and put mitres on them as the Lord had commanded. 14 He offered also the calf for sin: and when Aaron and his sons had put their hands upon the head thereof, 15 He immolated it: and took the blood, and dipping his finger in it, he touched the horns of the altar round about. Which being expiated, and sanc- tified, he poured the rest of the blood at the bottom thereof. 16 But the fat that was upon the en- trails, and the caul of the liver, and the two little kidneys, with their fat, he burnt upon the altar : 17 And the calf with the skin, and the flesh and the dung, he burnt without the camp, as the Lord had commanded. 18 He offered also a ram for a holo- caust : and when Aaron and his sons had put their hands upon its head, 19 He immolated it, and poured the blood thereof round about upon the altar. 20 And cutting the ram into pieces, the head thereof, and the joints, and the fat he burnt in the fire, 21 Having first washed the entrails, and the feet, and the whole ram together he burnt upon the altar, because it was a holocaust of most sweet odour to the Lord, as he had commanded him. 22 He offered also the second ram, in the consecration of priests : and Aaron, and his sons put their hands upon the head thereof : h Eccli. 45. 18. CHAP. 9. 23 And when Moses had immolated it, he took of the blood thereof, and touched the tip of Aaron’s right ear, and the thumb of his right hand, and in like manner also the great toe of his right foot. 24 He offered also the sons of Aaron: and when with the blood of the ram that was immolated, he had touched the tip of the right ear of every one of them, and the thumbs of their right hands, and the great toes of their right feet, the rest he poured on the altar round about : 25 But the fat, and the rump, and all the fat that covereth the entrails, and the caul of the liver, and the two kid- neys with their fat, and with the right shoulder, he separated. 26 And taking out of the basket of un- leavened bread, which was before the Lord, a loaf without leaven, and a cake tempered with oil and a wafer, he put them upon the fat, and the right shoul- der, ‘ 27 Delivering all to Aaron, and to his sons : who having lifted them up before the Lord, 28 He took them again from their hands, and burnt them upon the altar of holo- caust, because it was the oblation of consecration, for a sweet odour of sacri- fice to the Lord. 29 And he took of the ram of consecra- tion, the breast for his portion, elevating it before the Lord, as the Lord had com- manded him. 30 And taking the ointment, and the blood that was upon the altar, he sprinkled Aaron, and his vestments, and his sons, and their vestments with it. 31 And when he had sanctified them in their vestments, he commanded them, saying : Boil the flesh before the door of the tabernacle, and there eat it. Eat ye also the loaves of consecration, that are laid in the basket, as the Lord com- manded me, saying : + Aaron and his sons shall eat them : 32 And whatsoever shall be left of the flesh and the loaves, shall be consumed with fire. 33 And you shall not go out of the door of the tabernacle for seven days, until the day wherein the time of your conse- cration shall be expired. For in seven days the consecration is finished : 34 As at this present it hath been done, LEVITICUS. 117 that the rite of the sacrifice might be accomplished. 35 Day and night shall you remain in the tabernacle observing the watches of the Lord, lest you die: for so it hath been commanded me. 36 And Aaron and his sons did all things which the Lord spoke by the hand of Moses. CHAPTER 9. Aaron offereth sacrifice for himself and the people. Fire cometh from the Lord upon the altar. AND when the eighth day was come, Moses called Aaron and his sons, and the ancients of Israel, and said to Aaron :7 2 Take of the herd a calf for sin, and a ram for a holocaust, both without blem- ish, and offer them before the Lord. 3 And to the children of Israel thou shalt say: Take ye a he goat for sin, and a calf, and a lamb, both of a yeat old, and without blemish for a holocaust, 4 Also a bullock and a ram for peace offerings : and immolate them before the Lord, offering for the sacrifice of every one of them flour tempered with oil; for to day the Lord will appear to you. 5 They brought therefore all things that Moses had commanded before the door of the tabernacle: where when all the multitude stood, 6 Moses said: This is the word, which the Lord hath commanded : do 2#, and his glory will appear to you. 7 And he said to Aaron: Approach to the altar, and offer sacrifice for thy sin : offer the holocaust, and pray for thyself and for the people : and when thou hast slain the people’s victim, pray for them, as the Lord hath commanded. 8 And forthwith Aaron, approaching to the altar, immolated the calf for his sin : 9 And his sons brought him the blood of it: and he dipped his finger therein, and touched the horns of the altar, and poured the rest at the foot thereof. to And the fat, and the little kidneys, and the caul of the liver, which are for sin, he burnt upon the altar, as the Lord had commanded Moses : 1z But the flesh and skins thereof he burnt with fire without the camp. 12 He immolated also the victim of holocaust : and his sons brought him the blood thereof, which he poured round about on the altar. 7 Ex. 29. 32, and 30. 22, and 4o.9. Infra 24. 9. 7 A. Mi 25146 'EX.%29. ©. 118 LEVITICUS. CHAP. 10. | 13 And the victim being cut into pieces, |what the Lord hath spoken; I will be ‘ they brought to him the head and all the|sanctified in them that ap to me, — members, all which he burnt with fire|and I will be glorified in sight of all — upon the altar, the people. And when Aaron heard this, — 14 Having first washed the entrails and | he held his the feet with water. 15 Then offering for the sin of the peo- ple, he slew the he goat: and expiating the altar, 16 He offered the holocaust : 17 Adding in the sacrifice the libations, which are offered withal, and burning them upon the altar, besides the cere- monies of the morning holocaust. 18 He immolated also the bullock and the ram, the peace offerings of the peo- ple : and his sons brought him the blood, which he poured upon the altar round about. 19 The fat also of the bullock, and the rump of the ram, and the two little kid- neys, with their fat, and the caul of the liver, zo They put upon the breasts. And after the fat was burnt upon the altar, 21 Aaron separated their breasts, and the right shoulders, elevating them be- fore the Lord, as Moses had commanded. 22 And stretching forth his hands to the people, he blessed them. And so the victims for sin, and the holocausts, and the peace offerings being finished, he came down. 23 And Moses and Aaron went into the tabernacle of the testimony, and after- wards came forth and blessed the people. * And the glory of the Lord appeared to all the multitude : 24 And behold a fire, coming forth from the Lord, devoured the holocaust, and the fat that was upon the altar: which when the multitude saw, they praised the Lord, falling on their faces. CHAPTER ro. Nadab and Abiu for offering strange fire, are burnt by fire. Priests are forbidden to drink wine, when they enter tnto the tabernacle. The law of eating the holy things. ND Nadab and Abiu, the sons of Aaron, taking ¢heiy censers, put fire therein, and incense on it, offering before the Lord strange fire: which was not commanded them. # 2 And fire coming out from the Lord destroyed them, and they died before the Lord. 3 And Moses said to Aaron: This is k 2 Mac. 2. 10. |nation come upon all the 4 And Moses called Misael and Elisa. phan, the sons of Oziel, the uncle of Aaron, and said to them: Go and take away your brethren from before the sanctuary, and carry them without the camp. 5 And they went forthwith and took them as they lay, vested with linen tu- nicks, and cast them forth, as had been commanded them. 6 And Moses said to Aaron, and to Eleazar and Ithamar, his sons: Uncoyer not your heads, and rend not your gar- ments, lest perhaps you die, and indig- congregation. Let your brethren, and all the house of Israel, bewail the burning which the Lord has kindled : 7 But you shall not go out of the door of the tabernacle, otherwise you shall perish, for the oil of the holy unction is on you. And they did all things accord- ing to the precept of Moses. 8 The Lord also said to Aaron : g You shall not drink wine nor any thing that may make drunk, thou nor thy sons, when you enter into the taber- nacle of the testimony, lest you die: because it is an everlasting precept through your generations : 10 And that you may have knowledge to discern between holy and unholy, be- tween unclean and clean : 1r And may teach the children of Israel all my ordinances which the Lord hath spoken to them by the hand of Moses. 12 And Moses spoke to Aaron, and to Eleazar and Ithamar, his sons that were left: Take the sacrifice that is remain- ing of the oblation of the Lord, and eat it without leaven beside the altar, be- cause it is holy of holies. 13 And you shall eat it in a holy place : which is given to thee and thy sons of the oblations of the Lord, as it hath been banupsasee me. 4 The breast also that is offered, and ibe shoulder that is separated, you shall eat in a most clean place, thou and thy sons, and thy daughters with thee. For they are set aside for thee and thy chil- dren, of the victims of peace offerings of the children of Israel : LA M. 2514. Num. 3. 4, and 26. 61 ; x Par. 24. 2. CHAP. II. 15 Because they have elevated before the Lord the shoulder and the breast, and the fat that is burnt on the altar, and they belong to thee and to thy sons by a perpetual law, as the Lord hath commanded. 16 ™ While these things were a doing, when Moses sought for the buck goat, that had been offered for sin, he found it burnt: and being angry with Eleazar and Ithamar, the sons of Aaron that were left, he said : 17 Why did you not eat in the holy place the sacrifice for sin, which is most holy, and given to you, that you may bear the iniquity of the people, and may pray for them in the sight of the Lord, 18 Especially whereas none of the blood thereof hath been carried within the holy places, and you ought to have eaten it in the sanctuary, as was commanded me? 1g Aaron answered: This day hath been offered the victim for sin, and the holocaust before the Lord: and to me what thou seest has happened: how could I eat it, or please the Lord in the ceremonies, having a sorrowful heart? 20 Which when Moses had heard he was Satisfied. CHAPTER it. The distinction of clean and unclean animals. ND the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying: ” 2 Say to the children of Israel : 9 These are the animals which you are to eat of all the living things of the earth. 3 Whatsoever hath the hoof divided, and cheweth the cud among the beasts, you shall eat. 4 But whatsoever cheweth indeed the | the bat. cud, and hath a hoof, but divideth it not, as the camel, and others, that you shall m 2 Mac. 2. 11. — m A. M. 2514 Ante C. 1490. LEVITICUS. 119 not eat, but shall reckon it among the unclean. 5 The cherogrillus which cheweth the cud, but divideth not the hoof, is unclean. 6 The hare also: for that too cheweth the cud, but divideth not the hoof. 7 ’ And the swine, which, though it di- videth the hoof, cheweth not the cud. 8 The flesh of these you shall not eat, nor shall you touch their carcasses, be- cause they are unclean to you. 9 These are the things that breed in the waters, and which it is lawful to eat. All that hath fins, and scales, as well in the sea, as in the rivers, and the pools, you shall eat. Io But whatsoever hath not fins and scales, of those things that move and live in the waters, shall be an abomina- tion to you, zz And detestable : their flesh you shall not eat, and their carcasses you shall avoid. 12 All that have not fins and scales, in the waters, shall be unclean. 13 Of birds these are they which you must not eat, and which are to be avoided by you: The eagle, and the griffon, and the osprey, 14 And the kite, and the vulture, ac- cording to their kind, 15 And all that is of the raven kind, according to their likeness. 16 The ostrich, and the owl, and the larus, and the hawk according to its kind. 17 The screech owl, and the cormorant, and the ibis, 18 And the swan, and the bittern, and the porphyrion, 1g The heron, and the charadrion ac- cording to its kind, the houp also, and 20 Of things that fly, whatsoever goeth o Deut. 14. 3. — p 2 Mac. 6. 18. CHAP. 11. Ver. 2. Animals which you are to eat, &c. The prohibition of so many kinds of beasts, birds, and fishes, in the law, was ordered, 1st, to exercise the people in obedience, and tem- perance ; 2ndly, to restrain them from the vices of which these animals were symbols : 3rdly, because the things here forbidden were for the most part unwholesome, and not proper to be eaten ; 4thly, that the people of God, by being obliged to ab- stain from things corporally unclean, might be trained up to seek a spiritual cleanness. - Ver. 3. Hoof divided, and cheweth the cud. The dividing of the hoof and chewing of the cud, signify discretion between good and evil, and meditating on the law of God; and where either of these is wanting a man is unclean. In like manner fishes were reputed unclean that had not fins and scales : that is, souls that did not raise themselves up by prayer and cover themselves with the scales of virtues. Ver. 5. The cherogrillus. Some suppose it to be the rabbit, others the hedgehog. St. Jerome intimates that it is another kind of animal com- mon in Palestine, which lives in the holes of rocks or in the earth. We choose here, as also in the names of several other creatures that follow, (which are little known in this part of the world,) to keep the Greek or Latin names. Ver. 13. The griffon. Not the monster which the painters represent, which hath no being upon earth ; but a bird of the eagle kind, larger than the common. 120 upon four feet, shall be abominable to} ou. 13 But whatsoever walketh upon four feet, but hath the legs behind longer, wherewith it hoppeth upon the earth, 22 That you shall eat, as the bruchus in its kind, the attacus, and ophiomachus, and the locust, every one according to their kind. 23 But of flying things whatsoever hath four feet only, shall be an abomination to you: 24 And whosoever shall touch the car- casses of them, shall be defiled, and shall be unclean until the evening : 25 And if it be necessary that he carry any of these things when they are dead, | he shall wash his clothes, and shall be unclean until the sun set. 26 Every beast that hath a hoof, but divideth it not, nor cheweth the cud, shall be unclean: and he that toucheth it, shall be defiled. 27 That which walketh upon hands of all animals which go on all four, shall be unclean: he that shall touch their car- casses shall be defiled until evening. 28 And he that shall carry such car-| casses, shall wash his clothes, and shall be unclean until evening: because all these things are unclean to you. 29 These also shall be reckoned among unclean things, of all that move upon the earth, the weasel, and the mouse, and the crocodile, every one according | to their kind : 30 The shrew, and the chameleon, and the stello, and the lizard, and the mole: 31 All these are unclean. He that) toucheth their carcasses shall be unclean | until the evening. 32 And upon what thing soever any of their carcasses shall fall, it shall be defiled, whether it be a vessel of wood, or a garment, or skins or haircloths ; or any thing in which work is done, they shall be dipped in water, and shall be unclean until the evening, and so after- wards shall be clean. 33 But an earthen vessel, into which any of these shall fall, shall be defiled, and therefore is to be broken. 34 Any meat which you eat, if water from such a vessel be poured upon it, shall be unclean ; and every liquor that is drunk out of any such vessel, shall be LEVITICUS. unclean, 35 And upon whatsoever thing any of qt Peter 1.16. —rA. M. 2514. —s Lukeg. 22. CHAP. 12. these dead beasts shall fall, it shall be unclean: whether it be oven, or pots with feet, they shall be destroyed, and shall be unclean. “~~ 36 But fountains and cisterns, and all gatherings together of waters shall be clean. He that toucheth their carcasses shall be defiled. 37 If it fall upon seed corn, it shall not defile it. 38 But if any man pour water upon the seed, and afterwards it be tou ee the carcasses, it shall be forthwith de . 39 If any beast die, of which it is lawful for you to eat, he that toucheth the car- |cass thereof, shall be unclean until the evening : 40 And he that eateth or carrieth any thing thereof, shall wash his clothes, and shall be unclean until the evening. 41 All that creepeth upon the earth shall be abominable, neither shall it be taken for meat. 42 Whatsoever goeth upon the breast on four feet, or hath many feet, or trail- /eth on the earth, you shall not eat, be- cause it is abominable. 43 Do not defile your souls, nor touch aught thereof, lest you be unclean, 44 For I am the Lord your God: ¢ be holy because Iam holy. Defile not your souls by any creeping thing, that moveth | upon the earth. 45 For I am the Lord, who brought you out of the land of Egypt, that I might be your God. 46 You shall be holy, because I am holy. | This is the law of beasts and fowls, and of every living creature that moveth in the waters, and creepeth on the earth : 47 That you may know the differences ‘of the clean, and unclean, and know what you ought to eat, and what to re- fuse. CHAPTER 12. The purification of women after childbirth. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: 7 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: sIf a woman having received seed shall bear a man child, she shall be unclean seven days, according to the days of the separation of her flowers. 3 ‘And on the eighth day the infant shall be circumcised : 4 But she shall remain three and thirty t John. 7. 22. Cuap, 13. LEVITICUS. I2I days in the blood of her purification.|a scab: and the man shall wash his She shall touch no holy thing, neither shall she enter into the sanctuary, until the days of her purification be fulfilled. 5 But if she shall bear a maid child, she shall be unclean two weeks, according to the custom of her monthly courses, and she shall remain in the blood of her purification sixty-six days. 6 And when the days of her purification are expired, for a son, or for a daughter, she shall bring to the door of the taber- nacle of the testimony, a lamb of a year old for a holocaust, and a young pigeon or a turtle for sin, and shall deliver them to the priest : 7 Who shall offer them before the Lord, and shall pray for her, and so she shall be cleansed from the issue of her blood. This is the law for her that beareth a man child or a maid child. 8 And if her hand find not sufficiency, and she is not able to offer a lamb, she shall take two turtles, “or two young pigeons, one for a holocaust, and another for sin ; and the priest shall pray for her, and so she shall be cleansed. CHAPTER 13. The law concerning leprosy in men, and in gar- ments. Aw the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying : ¥ 2 The man in whose skin or flesh shall arise a different colour or a blister, or as it were something shining, that is, the stroke of the leprosy, shall be brought to Aaron the priest, or any one of his sons. 3 And if he see the leprosy in his skin, and the hair turned white, and the place where the leprosy appears lower than the skin and the rest of the flesh: it is the stroke of the leprosy, and upon his judgment he shall be separated. 4 But if there be a shining whiteness in the skin, and not lower than the other flesh, and the hair be of the former col- our, the priest shall shut him up seven days. 5 And the seventh day he shall look on him : and if the leprosy be grown no far- ther, and hath not spread itself in the skin, he shall shut him up again other seven days. 6 And on the seventh day, he shall look on him: if the leprosy be somewhat obscure, and not spread in the skin, he shall declare him clean, because it is but uv Supra 5. 7 and 11 ; Luke 2. 24. clothes, and shall be clean. 7 But if the leprosy grow again, after he was seen by the priest and restored to cleanness, he shall be brought to him, 8 And shall be condemned of unclean- ness. g If the stroke of the leprosy be in a man, he shall be brought to the priest, to And he shall view him. And when there shall be a white colour in the skin, and it shall have changed the look of the hair, and the living flesh itself shall appear : 11 Itshall be judged an inveterate lep- rosy, and grown into the skin. The priest therefore shall declare him unclean, and shall not shut him up, because he is evi- dently unclean. 12 But if the leprosy spring out running about in the skin, and cover all the skin from the head to the feet, whatsoever falleth under the sight of the eyes, 13 The priest shall view him, and shall judge that the leprosy which he has is very clean: because it is all turned into whiteness, and therefore the man shall be clean. 14 But when the live flesh shall appear in him, 15 Then by the judgment of the priest he shall be defiled, and shall be reckoned among the unclean : for live flesh, if it be spotted with leprosy, is unclean. 16 And if again it be turned into white- ness, and cover all the man, 17 The priest shall view him, and shall judge him to be clean. 18 When also there has been an ulcer in the flesh and the skin, and it has been healed, 1g And in the place of the ulcer, there appeareth a white scar, or somewhat red, the man shall be brought to the priest : 20 And when he shall see the place of the leprosy lower than the other flesh, and the hair turned white, he shall de- clare him unclean, for the plague of leprosy is broken out in the ulcer. 21 But if the hair be of the former colour, and the scar somewhat obscure, and be not lower than the flesh that is near it, he shall shut him up seven days. 22 And if it spread, he shall judge him to have the leprosy : 23 But if it stay in its place, it is but v A.M. 2514. 122 the scar of an ulcer, and the man shall be clean. 24 The flesh also and skin that hath been burnt, and after it is healed hath a white or a red scar, 25 The priest shall view it, and if he see it turned white, and the place thereof is lower than the other skin: he shall LEVITICUS. Caap. 13. that a darkish whiteness shineth in the skin, let him know that it is not the oe rosy, but a white blemish, and that man is clean. 40 The man whose hair falleth off from his head, he is bald and clean : 41 And if the hair fall from his forehead, he is bald before and clean. declare him unclean, because the evil of; 42 But if in the bald head or in the bald leprosy is broken out in the scar. forehead there be risen a white or reddish 26 But if the colour of the hair be not|colour. changed, nor the blemish lower than the other flesh, and the appearance of the leprosy be somewhat obscure, he shall shut him up seven days, 27 And on the seventh day he shall view him : if the leprosy be grown farther in the skin, he shall declare him unclean. 28 But if the whiteness stay in its place, and be not very clear, it is the sore of a burning, and therefore he shall be cleansed, because it is on/y the scar of a burning. 29 If the leprosy break out in the head or the beard of a man or woman, the priest shall see them, 30 And if the place be lower than the other flesh, and the hair yellow, and thinner than usual: he shall declare them unclean, because it is the leprosy of the head and the beard ; 31 But if he perceive the place of the spot is equal with the flesh that is near it, and the hair black: he shall shut him up seven days, 32 And on the seventh day he shall look upon it. If the spot be not grown, and the hair keep its colour, and the place of the blemish be even with the other flesh : 33 The man shall be shaven all but the place of the spot, and he shall be shut up other seven days: 34 If on the seventh day the evil seem to have stayed in its place, and not lower than the other flesh, he shall cleanse him, and his clothes being washed he shall be clean. 35 But if after his cleansing the spot spread again in the skin, 36 He shall seek no more whether the hair be turned yellow, because he is evi- dently unclean. 37 Butif the spot be stayed, and the hair be black, let him know that the man is healed, and let him confidently pronounce him clean. 38 If a whiteness appear in the skin of a man or a woman, 39 The priest shallviewthem. If he find 43 And the priest perceive this, he shall condemn him undoubtedly of leprosy which is risen in the bald part. 44 Now whosoever shall be defiled with the leprosy, and is separated by the judgment of the priest, 45 Shall have his clothes hanging loose, his head bare, his mouth covered with a cloth, and he shall cry out that he is defiled and unclean, 46 All the time that he is a leper and unclean, he shall dwell alone without the camp. 47 A woollen or linen garment that shall have the leprosy 48 In the warp, and the woof, or a skin, or whatsoever is made of a skin, 49 If it be infected with a white or red spot, it shall be accounted the leprosy, and shall be shewn to the priest. 50 And he shall look upon it and shall shut it up seven days : 51 And on the seventh day when he looketh on it again, if he find that it is grown, it is a fixed leprosy: he shall judge the garment unclean, and every thing wherein it shall be found ; 52 And therefore it shall be burnt with fire. 53 But if he see that it is not grown, 54 He shall give orders, and they shall wash that part wherein the leprosy is, and he shall shut it up other seven days. 55 And when he shall see that the former colour is not returned, nor yet the lep- rosy spread, he shall judge it unclean, and shall burn it with fire, for the leprosy has taken hold of the outside of the gar- ment, or through the whole. 56 But if the place of the leprosy he somewhat dark, after the garment is washed, he shall tear it off, and divide it from that which is sound. 57 And if after this there appear in those places that before were without spot, a flying and wandering leprosy : it must be burnt with fire. 58 If it cease, he shall wash with water CaP. I4. the parts that are pure, the second time, and they shall be clean. 59 This is the law touching the leprosy of any woollen or linen garment, either in the warp or woof, or any thing of skins, how it ought to be cleansed, or pro- nounced unclean. CHAPTER 14. The rites of sacrifices in cleansing the leprosy. Leprosy in houses. Anes ty the Lord spoke to Moses, say- 2 This is the rite of a leper, when he is to be cleansed : he shall be brought to the priest : 3 * Who going out of the camp when he shall find that the leprosy is cleansed, 4 ¥ Shall command him that is to be purified, to offer for himself two living sparrows, which it is lawful to eat, and cedar wood, and scarlet and hyssop. 5 And he shall command one of the sparrows to be immolated in an earthen vessel over living waters : 6 But the other that is alive he shall dip, with the cedar wood, and the scarlet and the hyssop, in the blood of the spar- row that is immolated : 7 Wherewith he shall sprinkle him that is to be cleansed seven times, that he may be rightly purified : and he shall let go the living sparrow, that it may fly into h’. field. 8 And when the man hath washed his clothes, he shall shave all the hair of his body, and shall be washed with water : and being purified, he shall enter into the camp, yet so that he tarry without his own tent seven days : 9 And on the seventh day he shall shave the hair of his head, and his beard and w A.M. 2514. Cuap. 14. Ver. 5. Living waters. That is, waters taken from a spring, brook, or river. Ver.10. A sextary. Heb. log : a measure of li- quids, which was the twelfth part of a hin ; and held about as much as six eggs. Ver. 14. Taking of the blood, &c. These cere- monies used in the cleansing of a leper, were myste- rious and very significative. The sprinkling seven times with the blood of the little bird, the washing himself and his clothes, the shaving his hair and his beard, signify the means which are to be used in the reconciliation of a sinner, and the steps by which he is to return to God, viz., by the re- peated application of the blood of Christ: the wash- ing his conscience with the waters of compunction: and retrenching all vanities and superfluities, by employing all that is over and above what is ne- cessary in alms deeds. The sin offering, and the LEVITICUS. 123 his eyebrows, and the hair of all his body. And having washed again his clothes, and his body, 10 On the eighth day he shall take two lambs without blemish, and an ewe of a year old without blemish, and three tenths of flour tempered with oil for a sacrifice, and a sextary of oil apart. tz And when the priest that purifieth the man, hath presented him, and all these things before the Lord, at the door of the tabernacle of the testimony, 12 He shall take a lamb, and offer it for a trespass offering with the sextary of oil : and having offered all before the Lord, 13 He shall immolate the lamb, where the victim for sin is wont to be immo- lated, and the holocaust, that is, in the holy place : for as that which is for sin, so also the victim for a trespass offering pertaineth to the priest: it is holy of holies. 14 And the priest taking of the blood of the victim that was immolated for tres- pass, shall put it upon the tip of the right ear of him that is cleansed, and upon the thumb of his right hand and the great toe of his right foot : 15 And he shall pour of the sextary of oil into his own left hand, 16 And shall dip his right finger in it, and sprinkle it before the Lord seven times. 17 And the rest of the oil in his left hand, he shall pour upon the tip of the right ear of him that is cleansed, and upon the thumb of his right hand and the great toe of his right foot, and upon the blood that was shed for trespass, 18 And upon his head. 1g And he shall pray for him before the Lord, and shall offer the sacrifice for sin : x Matt. 8. 4. —y Mark 1. 44 ; Luke 5. 14. holocaust or burnt offering, which he was to offer at his cleansing, signify the sacrifice of a contrite and humble heart, and that of adoration in spirit and truth, with gratitude and thankfulness, for the forgiveness of sins, with which we are ever to appear before the Almighty. The touching the right ear, the thumb of the right hand, and the great toe of the right foot, first with the blood of the victim, and then with the remainder of the oil, which had been sprinkled seven times before the Lord, signify the application of the blood of Christ, and the unction of the sevenfold grace of the Holy Ghost ; to the sinner’s right ear, that he may duly hearken to and obey the law of God; and to his right hand and foot, that the warks of his hands, and all the steps or affections of his soul, signified by the feet, may be rightly directed to God. 124 then shall he immolate the holocaust, 20 And put it on the altar with the liba- tions thereof, and the man shall be rightly cleansed. 21 But if he be poor, and his hand can- not find the things aforesaid: he shall take a lamb for an offering for trespass, that the priest may pray for him, and a tenth part of flour tempered with oil for a sacrifice, and a sextary of oil, 22 : And two turtles or two young pigeons, of which one may be for sin, and the other for a holocaust : 23 And he shall offer them on the eighth day of his purification to the priest, at the door of the tabernacle of the testi- mony before the Lord. 24 And the priest receiving the lamb for trespass, and the sextary of oil, shall elevate them together. 25 And the lamb being immolated, he shall put of the blood thereof upon the tip of the right ear of him that is cleansed, and upon the thumb of his right hand, and the great toe of his right foot : 26 But he shall pour part of the oil into his own left hand, 27 And dipping the finger of his right hand in it, he shall sprinkle it seven times before the Lord : 28 And he shall touch the tip of the right ear of him that is cleansed, and the thumb of his right hand and the great toe of his right foot, in the place of the blood that was shed for trespass. 29 And the other part of the oil that is in his left hand, he shall pour upon the head of the purified person, that he may appease the Lord for him. 30 And he shall offer a turtle, or young pigeon, 31 One for trespass, and the other for a holocaust, with their libations. 32 This is the sacrifice of a leper, that is not able to have all things that apper- tain to his cleansing. 33 And the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying : 34 When you shall be come into the land of Chanaan, which I will give you for a possession, if there be the plague of leprosy in a house, 35 He whose house it is, shall go and tell the priest, saying : It seemeth to me, that there is the plague of leprosy in my house, 36 And he shall command, that they carry forth all things out of the house, LEVITICUS. CaP. 14. before he go into it, and see whether it have the leprosy, lest all things become unclean that are in the house. after- wards he shall go in to view the leprosy of the house. 37 And if he see in the walls thereof as it were little dints, disfigured PUR REe: ness or redness, and lower than the rest, 38 He shall go out of the door of the house, and forthwith shut it up seven days, 39 And returning on the seventh day, he shall look upon it. If he find that the leprosy is spread, 40 He shall command, that the stones wherein the leprosy is, be taken out, and cast without the city into an unclean place : 41 And that the house be scraped on the inside round about, and the dust of the scraping be scattered without the city into an unclean place : 42 And that other stones be laid in the place of them that were taken away, and the house be plastered with other mor- tar 43 But if, after the stones be taken out, and the dust scraped off, and it be plas- tered with other earth, 44 The priest going in perceive that the leprosy is returned, and the walls full of spots, it is a lasting leprosy, and the house is unclean : 45 And they shall destroy it forthwith, and shall cast the stones and timber thereof, and all the dust without the town into an unclean place. 46 He that entereth into the house when it is shut, shall be unclean until evening, 47 And he that sleepeth in it, and eat- eth any thing, shall wash his clothes. 48 But if the priest going in perceive that the leprosy is not spread in the house, after it was plastered again, he shall purify it, it being cured, 49 And for the purification thereof he shall take two sparrows, and cedar wood, and scarlet, and hyssop : 50 And having immolated one sparrow in an earthen vessel over living waters, 51 He shall take the cedar wood, and the hyssop, and the scarlet, and the liv- ing sparrow, and shall dip all in the blood of the sparrow that is immolated, and in the living water, and he shall sprinkle the house seven times : s Supra 5. 7, 11, and 12. 8; Luke 2. 24. CuHap. 15. 52 And shall purify it as well with the blood of the sparrow, as with the living water, and with the living sparrow, and with the cedar wood, and the hyssop, and the scarlet. 53 And when he hath let go the spar- row to fly freely away into the field, he shall pray for the house, and it shall be rightly cleansed. 54 This is the law of every kind of leprosy and stroke. 55 Of the leprosy of garments and houses, 56 Of a scar and of blisters breaking out, of a shining spot, and when the colours are diversely changed : 57 That it may be known when a thing is clean or unclean. CHAPTER 15. Other legal uncleannesses. AND the Lord spoke to Moses and Aar- on, Saying : 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and say to them : The man that hath an issue of seed, shall be unclean. 3 And then shall he be judged subject to this evil, when a filthy humour, at every moment, cleaveth to his flesh, and gath- ereth there. 4 Every bed on which he sleepeth, shall be unclean, and every place on which he sitteth. 5 If any man touch his bed, he shall wash his clothes : and being washed with water, he shall be unclean until the even- ing. 6 If a man sit where that man hath sitten, he also shall wash his clothes: and being washed with water, shall be unclean until the evening. 7 He that toucheth his flesh, shall wash his clothes: and being himself washed with water shall be unclean until the evening. 8 If such a man cast his spittle upon him that is clean, he shall wash his clothes: and being washed with water, he shall be unclean until the evening. 9 The saddle on which he hath sitten shall be unclean. ro And whatsoever has been under him that hath the issue of seed, shall be un- clean until the evening. He that car- nieth any of these things, shall wash his clothes : and being washed with water, he shall be unclean until the evening. CHap. 15. Ver. 2. LEVITICUS. Issue of seed shall be unclean. 125 11 Every person whom such a one shall touch, not having washed his hands be- fore, shall wash his clothes: and being washed with water, shall be unclean un- til the evening. 12 If he touch a vessel of earth, it shall be broken: but if a vessel of wood, it shall be washed with water. 13 If he who suffereth this disease be healed, he shall number seven days after his cleansing, and having washed his clothes, and all his body in living water, he shall be clean. 14 And on the eighth day he shall take two turtles, or two young pigeons, and he shall come before the Lord, to the door of the tabernacle of the testimony, and shall give them to the priest : 15 Who shall offer one for sin, and the other for a holocaust: and he shall pray for him before the Lord, that he may be cleansed of the issue of his seed. 16 The man from whom the seed of copulation goeth out, shall wash all his body with water: and he shall be un- clean until the evening. 17 The garment or skin that he wear- eth, he shall wash with water, and it shall be unclean until the evening. 18 The woman, with whom he copulat- eth, shall be washed with water, and shall be unclean until the evening. I9 The woman, who at the return of the month, hath her issue of blood, shall be separated seven days. 20 Every one that toucheth her, shail be unclean until the evening. 21 And every thing that she sleepeth on, or that she sitteth on in the days of her separation, shall be defiled. 22 He that toucheth her bed shall wash his clothes: and being himself washed with water, shall be unclean until the evening. 23 Whosoever shall touch any vessel on which she sitteth, shall wash his clothes : and himself being washed with water, shall be defiled until the evening. 24 If a man copulateth with her in the time of her flowers, he shall be unclean seven days : and every bed on which he shall sleep shall be defiled. 25 The woman that hath an issue of blood many days out of her ordinary time, or that ceaseth not to flow after the monthly courses, as long as she is subject to this disease, shall be unclean, These legal uncleannesses were instituted in order to give the people a horror of carnal impurities. 126 her flowers. 26 Every bed on which she sleepeth, LEVITICUS. in the same manner as if she were in|ments: all which he shall he is washed. ; 5 And he shall receive from the whole — and every vessel on which she sitteth,|multitude of the children of Israel two shall be defiled. 27 Whosoever toucheth them shall wash his clothes: and himself being washed with water, shall be unclean until the evening. 28 If the blood stop and cease to run, she shall count seven days of her puri- fication : 29 And on the eighth day she shall offer for herself to the priest, two turtles, or two young pigeons, at the door of the tabernacle of the testimony : 30 And he shall offer one for sin, and the other for a holocaust, and he shall pray for her before the Lord, and for the issue of her uncleanness. 31 You shall teach therefore the chil- dren of Israel to take heed of unclean- ness, that they may not die in their filth, when they shall have defiled my taber- nacle that is among them. 32 This is the law of him that hath the issue of seed, and that is defiled by copulation. 33 And of the woman that is separated in her monthly times, or that hath a continual issue of blood, and of the man that sleepeth with her. CHAPTER 16. When and how the high priest must enter tnto the sanctuary. The feast of expiation. AS the Lord spoke to Moses, ¢ after the death of the two sons of Aaron, when they were slain upon their offering strange fire : 4 2 And he commanded him, saying: Speak to Aaron thy brother, ¢ that he enter not at all into the sanctuary, which is within the veil before the pro- pitiatory, with which the ark is covered, lest he die, (for I will appear in a cloud over the oracle,) 3 Unless he first do these things: He shall offer a calf for sin, and a ram fora holocaust. 4 He shall be vested with a linen tunick, he shall cover his nakedness with linen breeches : he shall be girded with a linen girdle, and he shall put a linen mitre upon his head : for these are holy vest- aA. M. 2514. — 0 Supra ro. 1. Cuap. 16. Ver.2. Enter not. Noone but the high priest, and he but once a year, could enter into the sanctuary ; to signify that no one could buck goats for sin, and one ram for a holocaust. 6 And when he hath offered the calf and prayed for himself, and for his own house, 7 He shall make the two buck goats to stand before the Lord in the door of the tabernacle of the testimony : 8 And casting lots upon them both, one to be offered to the Lord, and the other to be the emissary goat : 9 That whose lot fell to be offered to the Lord, he shall offer for sin : 10 But that whose lot was to be the emissary goat, he shall present alive be- fore the Lord, that he may pour out prayers upon him, and let him go into the wilderness. 11 After these things are duly cele- brated, he shall offer the calf, and pray- ing for himself and for his own house, he shall immolate it : 12 And taking the censer, which he hath filled with the burning coals of the altar, and taking up with his hand the compounded perfume for incense, he shall go in within the veil into the holy place : 13 That when the perfumes are put upon the fire, the cloud and vapour thereof may cover the oracle, which is over the testimony, and he may not die. 14 He shall take also of the blood of the calf, and sprinkle with his finger seven times towards the propitiatory to the east. 15 And when he hath killed the buck goat for the sin of the people, he shall carry in the blood thereof within the veil, as he was commanded to do with the blood of the calf, that he may sprin- kle it over against the’ oracle, 16 And may expiate the sanctuary from the uncleanness of the children of Israel, and from their transgressions, and all their | sins. According to this rite shall he do to the tabernacle of the testimony, which is fixed among them in the midst of the filth of their habitation. 17 4Let no man be in the tabernacle when the high priest goeth into the c Ex. 30. 10; Heb. 9. 7. — d Luke fr. to. enter into the sanctuary of heaven, till Christ our high priest opened it by his passion. Heb. ro. 8. _ 4 Me _ CHAP. 17. sanctuary, to pray for himself and his house, and for the whole congregation of Israel, until he come out. 18 And when he is come out to the altar that is before the Lord, let him pray for himself, and taking the blood of the calf, and of the buck goat, let him pour it upon the horns thereof round about : J tg And sprinkling with his finger seven times, let him expiate, and sanctify it from the uncleanness of the children of israel. 20 After he hath cleansed the sanctuary and the tabernacle, and the altar, then let him offer the living goat : 21 And putting both hands upon his head, let him confess all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their of- fences and sins: and praying that they may light on his head, he shall turn him out by a man ready for it, into the desert. 22 And when the goat hath carried all their iniquities into an uninhabited land, and shall be let go into the desert, 23 Aaron shall return into the taber- nacle of the testimony, and putting off the vestments, which he had on him be- fore when he entered into the sanctuary, and leaving them there, LEVITICUS. 127 your souls, and shall do no work, whether it be one of your own country, or a stranger that sojourneth among you. 30 Upon this day shall be the expiation for you, and the cleansing from all you sins: you shall be cleansed before the | Lord. 31 For it is a sabbath of rest, and you shall afflict your souls by a perpetual religion. 32 And the priest that is anointed, and whose hands are consecrated to do the office of the priesthood in his father’s stead, shall make atonement; and he shall be vested with the linen robe and ithe holy vestments, 33 And he shall expiate the sanctuary |and the tabernacle of the testimony and the altar, the priest also and all the people. 34 And this shall be an ordinance for ever, that you pray for the children of Israel, and for all their sins once in a year. He did therefore as the Lord had commanded Moses. CHAPTER 17. No sacrifices to be offered but at the door of the taber- nacle : a prohibition of blood. } the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : ¢ ND 24 He shall wash his flesh in the oly |A 2 Speak to Aaron and his sons, and place, and shall put on his own garments./|to all the children of Israel, saying to And after that he has come out and hath|them : This is the word, which the Lord offered his own holocaust, and that of the people, he shall pray both for him- self, and for the people: 25 And the fat that is offered for sins, he shall burn upon the altar. 26 But he that hath let go the emissary goat, shall wash his clothes, and his body with water, and so shall enter into the camp. 27 But the calf and the buck goat, that were sacrificed for sin, and whose blood was carried into the sanctuary, to accom- plish the atonement, they shall carry forth without the camp, ¢ and shall burn with fire, their skins and their flesh, and their dung : 28 And whosoever burneth them shall wash his clothes, and flesh with water, and so shall enter into the camp. 29 And this shall be to you an everlast- ing ordinance : f The seventh month, the tenth day of the month, you shall afflict e Heb. 13. 11. —f Infra 23. 27, 28. Cwap. 17. Ver. 3. If he Rill, &c. That is, in order to sacrifice. The law of God forbids sacrific- es to be offered in any other place but at the taber- be guilty of blood: as if he had shed hath commanded, saying : 3 Any man whosoever of the house of Israel if he kill an ox, or a sheep, or a goat in the camp, or without the camp, 4 And offer it not at the door of the tabernacle an oblation to the Lord, shall blood, so shall he perish from the midst oz his people. 5 Therefore the children of Israel shall bring to the priest their victims, which they kill in the field, that they may be sanctified to the Lord before the door of the tabernacle of the testimony, and they may sacrifice them for peace offer- ings to the Lord. 6 And the priest shall pour the blood upon the altar of the Lord, at the door of the tabernacle of the testimony, and shall burn the fat for a sweet odour to the Lord. ; 7 And they shall no more sacrifice their g A.M. 2514. nacle or temple of the Lord ; to signify that no sac- rifice would be acceptable to God, out of his true temple, the one, holy, catholic, apostolic church, 128 victims to devils, with whom they have committed fornication. It shall be an ordinance for ever to them and to their posterity. 8 And thou shalt say to them : The man | of the house of Israel, and of the strangers who sojourn among you, that offereth a holocaust or a victim, 9 And bringeth it not to the door of the tabernacle of the testimony, that it may be offered to the Lord, shall perish from among his people. 10 If any man whosoever of the house of Israel, and of the strangers that so- journ among them, eat blood, I willset my face against his soul, and will cut him off from among his people : 11 Because the life of the flesh is in the blood : and I have given it to you, that you may make atonement with it upon) the altar for your souls, and the blood may be for an expiation of the soul. 12 Therefore I have said to the children of Israel: No soul of you, nor of the strangers that sojourn among you, shall eat blood. 13 Any man whosoever of the children of Israel, and of the strangers that so- journ among you, if by hunting or fowl- ing, he take a wild beast or a bird, which is lawful to eat, let him pour out its blood, and cover it with earth. 14 * For the life of all flesh is in the blood : therefore I said to the children of Israel : You shall not eat the blood of any flesh at all, because the life of the flesh is in the blood, and whosoever eat- eth it, shall be cut off. 15 The soul that eateth that which died of itself, or has been caught by a beast, whether he be one of your own country or a stranger, shall wash his clothes and himself with water, and shall be defiled until the evening: and in this manner he shall be made clean. 16 But if he do not wash his clothes, and his body, he shall bear his iniquity. CHAPTER 18. Marriage is prohibited in certain degrees of kin- dred: and all unnatural lusts. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: * 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and h Gen. 9 4; Supra 7. 26. —+tA. M. 2514. Cuap. 17. Ver. 10. Eat blood. To eat blood was forbidden in the law ; partly, because God reserved it to himself, to be offered in sacrifices on the LEVITICUS. ! ’ Cuap. 18. thou shalt say to them: I am the Lord your God. 3 You shall not do according to the custom of the land of Egypt, in which you dwelt : neither shall you act accord- ‘ing to the manner of the country of Chanaan, into which I will bring you, nor shall you walk in their ordinances. 4 You shall do my judgments, and shall observe my precepts, and shall walk in them. I am the Lord your God. 5 7 Keep my laws and my judgments, which if a man do, he shall live in them. Tl am the Lord. 6 No man shall approach to her that is /near of kin to him, to uncover her naked- ness. I am the Lord. 7 Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of thy father, or the nakedness of thy mother: she is thy mother, thou shalt not uncover her nakedness. 8 Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of thy father’s wife: for it is the naked- ness of thy father. 9 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy sister by fither or by mother, whether born at home or abroad. 10 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy son’s daughter, or thy daugh- ter’s daughter: because it is thy own nakedness. 11 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy father’s wife’s daughter, whom she bore to thy father, and who is thy sister. 12 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy father’s sister: because she is the flesh of thy father. 13 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy mother’s sister : because she is thy mother’s flesh. 14 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy father’s brother: neither shalt thou approach to his wife, who is joined to thee by affinity. 15 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy daughter in law: because she is thy son’s wife, neither shalt thou discover her shame. 16 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy brother’s wife : because it is the nakedness of thy brother. 17 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy wife and her daughter. Thou shalt not take her son’s daughter j Ezech. 20. 11 ; Rom. 10. 5 ; Gal. 3. 12. a nna en Ne altar, as to the Lord of life and death ; and as a figure of the blood of Christ ; and partly, to give men a horror of shedding blood. Gen. 9. 4, 5, 6. CuHapP. 19. or her daughter’s daughter, to discover her shame: because they are her flesh, and such copulation is incest. 18 Thou shalt not take thy wife’s sister for a harlot, to rival her, neither shalt thou discover her nakedness, while she is yet living. tg Thou shalt not approach to a woman having her flowers, neither shalt thou uncover her nakedness. 20 Thou shalt not lie with thy neigh- bour’s wife, nor be defiled with mingling of seed. 21 * Thou shalt not give any of thy seed to be consecrated to the idol Moloch, nor defile the name of thy God: I am the Lord. 22 Thou shalt not lie with mankind as with womankind, because it is an abomi- nation. 23 Thou shalt not copulate with any beast, neither shalt thou be defiled with it. 4A woman shall not lie down to a beast, nor copulate with it : because it is a heinous crime. 24 Defile not yourselves with any of these things with which all the nations have been defiled, which I will cast out before you, 25 And with which the land is defiled : the abominations of which I will visit, that it may vomit out its inhabitants. 26 Keep ye my ordinances and my judgments, and do not any of these abominations : neither any of your own nation, nor any stranger that sojourneth among you. 27 For all these detestable things the inhabitants of the land have done, that were before you, and have defiled it. 28 Beware then, lest in like manner, it vomit you also out, if you do the like things, as it vomited out the nation that was before you. 29 Every soul that shall commit any of these abominations, shall perish from the midst of his people. 30 Keep my commandments. Do not the things which they have done, that have been before you, and be not defiled therein. I am the Lord your God. CHAPTER 1g. Divers ordinances, partly moral, partly ceremo- nial or judicral. LEVITICUS. 129 re Lord spoke to Moses, saying: ™ 2 Speak to all the congregation of the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: Be ye holy, because I the Lord your God am holy. 3 Let every one fear his father, and his mother. Keep my sabbaths. I am the Lord your God. 4 Turn ye not to idols, nor make to yourselves molten gods. I am the Lord your God. 5 If ye offer in sacrifice a peace offering to the Lord, that he may be favourable, 6 You shall eat it on the same day it was offered, and the next day : and whatso- ever shall be left until the third day, you shall burn with fire. 7 If after two days any man eat there- of, he shall be profane and guilty of im- piety : 8 And shall bear his iniquity, because he hath defiled the holy thing of the Lord, and that soul shall perish from among his people. 9 ° When thou reapest the corn of thy land, thou shalt not cut down all that is on the face.of the earth to the very ground: nor shalt thou gather the ears that remain. 1o Neither shalt thou gather the bunch- es and grapes that fall down in thy vineyard, but shalt leave them to the poor and the strangers to take. I am the Lord your God. 1r You shall not steal. You shall not lie, neither shall any man deceive his neighbour. 12 ? Thou shalt not swear falsely by my name, nor profane the name of thy God. I am the Lord. 13 Thou shalt not calumniate thy neighbour, nor oppress him by violence. * The wages of him that hath been hired by thee shall not abide with thee until the morning. 14 Thou shalt not speak evil of the deaf, nor put a stumblingblock before the blind : but thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, because I am the Lord. 15 Thou shalt not do that which is un- just, nor judge unjustly. s Respect not the person of the poor, nor honour the countenance of the mighty. But judge thy neighbour according to justice. k Infra 20. 2. —1 Infra 20. 16. mA. M. 2514. —nSupratt. 44 ;1 Peter r. 16. o Infra 23. 22. — p Ex. 20. 7. ~ g Eccli. ro. 6. Cuap. 18. Ver. 23. Because it is a heinous crime. In Hebrew, this word heznous crime is ex- 5 y Deut. 24. 14; Tob. s Deut. 1. 17, and 16. 19; Prov. 24. oy Beeli. 42.1; James 2. 2. pressed by the word confusion, signifying the shamefulness and baseness of this abominable sin. HOLY BIBLE 130 16 Thou shalt not be a detractor nor a whisperer among the people. Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neigh- bour. Iam the Lord. 17 ‘ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy heart, “ but reprove him openly, lest thou incur sin through him. 18 Seek not revenge, nor be mindful of the injury of thy citizens. » Thou shalt love thy friend as thyself. I am the Lord. 19 Keep ye my laws. Thou shalt not make thy cattle to gender with beasts of anv other kind. Thou shalt not sow thy field with different seeds. not wear a garment that is woven of two/gers in the land of Egypt. sorts. LEVITICUS. Cuap. 20. strumpet, lest the land be defiled, and filled with wickedness. 30 Keep ye my sabbaths, and reverence my sanctuary. Iam the Lord. 31 Go not aside after wizards, neither ask any thing of soothsayers, to be de- filed by them : I am the Lord your God. 32 Rise up before the hoary , and honour the person of the aged man : and fear the Lord thy God. I am the Lord. 33 “If a stranger dwell in your land, and abide among you, donot upbraid him: 34 But let him be among you as one of the same country: and you shall love Thou shalt|him as yourselves: for you were stran- I am the Lord vour God. 20 If a man carnally lie with a woman| 35 Do not any unjust thing in judg- that is a bondservant and marriageable, |ment, in rule, in weight, or in measure. and yet not redeemed with a price, nor made free : they both shall be scourged, and they shall not be put to death, be- cause she was not a free woman. 21 And for his trespass he shall offer a ram to the Lord, at the door of the tab- ernacle of the testimony : 22 And the priest shall pray for him and for his sin before the Lord, and he shall have mercy on him, and the sin shall be forgiven. 23 When you shall be come into the land, and shall have planted in it fruit trees, you shall take away the firstfruits of them : the fruit that comes forth shall be unclean to you, neither shall you eat of them. 24 But in the fourth year, all their fruit shall be sanctified, to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fifth year you shall eat the fruits thereof, gathering the increase thereof. Iam the Lord your God. 26 You shall not eat with blood. You shall not divine nor observe dreams. 27 Nor shall you cut your hair round- wise : nor shave your beard. 28 You shall not make any cuttings in your flesh, for the dead, neither shall you make in yourselves any figures or marks : I am the Lord. 29 Make not thy daughter a common tz John. 2. 11, and 3. 14. u Eccli. 19.13; Matt. 18.15; Luke 17. 3. Cuap.19. Ver.19. Different seeds, &c. This law tends torecommend simplicity and plain deal- ing in all things, and to teach the people not to join any false worship or heresy with the worship of the true God. Ver. 23. The firstfruits. Preputia, literally, 36 Let the balance be just and the weights equal, the bushel just, and the sextary equal. I am the Lord your God, that brought you out of the land of Egypt. — 37 Keep all my precepts, and all my pa pee and do them. I am the rd. CHAPTER 20. Divers crimes to be punished with death. ie the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing : * 2 Thus shalt thou say to the children of Israel : »y If any man of the children of Israel, or of the strangers, that dwell in Israel, give of his seed to the idol Mo- loch, dying let him die: the people of the land shall stone him. 3 And I will set my face against him : and I will cut him off from the midst of his people, because he hath given of his seed to Moloch, and hath defiled my sanctuary, and profaned my holy name. 4 And if the people of the land neglect- ing, and as it were little regarding my commandment, let alone the man that hath given of his seed to Moloch, and will not kill him : 5 I will set my face against that man, and his kindred, and will cut off both him and all that consented with him, to v Matt. 5. 43, and 22. 39; Luke 6. 27 ; Rom. 13.9. w Ex, 22. 21. — x A. M. 2514. — y Supra 18. 21. their foreskins ; it alludes to circumcision, and sig- nifies that for the first three years the trees were- to be as uncircumcised, and their fruit unclean: till in the fourth year their increase was sanctified and given to the Lord, that is, to the priests. CHAP. 21. commit fornication with Moloch, out of the midst of their people. 6 The soul that shall go aside after magicians, and soothsayers, and shall commit fornication with them, I wil set my face against that soul, and destroy it out of the midst of its people. 7 + Sanctify yourselves, and be ye holy because I am the Lord your God. 8 Keep my precepts, and do them. I am the Lord that sanctify you. 9 @ He that curseth his father, or mother, dying let him die: he hath cursed his father, and mother, let his blood be upon him. to 6 If any man commit adultery with the wife of another, and defile his neigh- bour’s wife, let them be put to death, both the adulterer and the adulteress. rr Ifa man lie with his stepmother, and discover the nakedness of his father, let them both be put to death: their blood be upon them. 12 If any man lie with his daughter in law, let both die, because they have done a heinous crime: their blood be upon them. 13 If any one lie with a man as witha woman, both have committed an abomi- nation, let them be put to death: their blood be upon them. 14 Ifany man after marrying tle daugh- ter, marry her mother, he hath done a heinous crime: he shall be burnt alive with them: neither shall so great an abominatio: remain in the midst of ou. 15 He that shall copulate with any beast or cattle, dying let him die; the beast also ye shall kill. 16 ¢ The woman that shall lie under any beast, shall be killed together with the same : their blood be upon them. 17 If any man take hissister, the daugh- ter of his father, or the daughter of his mother, and see her nakedness, and she behold her brother’s shame: they have committed a crime: they shall be slain, in the sight of their people, because they have discovered one another’s naked- ness, and they shall bear their iniquity. 18 If any man lie with a woman in hei zi Peter r. 16. a Ex. 21.17 ; Prov. 20. 20; Matt. 15. 4 ; Mark 7.10. b Deut. 22. 22 ; John 8. 5. — c Supra 18. 23. Cuap. 20. Ver. 15. The beast also ye shall kill. The killing of the beast was for the greater horror of the crime, and to prevent the remembrance of such abomination. LEVITICUS. 131 flowers, and uncover her nakedness, and she open the fountain of her blood, both shall be destroyed out of the midst of their people. 19 Thou shalt not uncover the naked- ness of thy aunt by thy mother, and of thy aunt by thy father: he that doth this, hath uncovered the shame of his own flesh, both shall bear their iniquity. 20 If any man lie with the wife of his uncle by the father, or of his uncle by the mother, and uncover the shame of his near akin, both shall bear their sin : they shall die without children. 21 He that marrieth his brother’s wife, doth an unlawful thing, he hath uncov- ered his brother’s nakedness : they shall be without children. 22 Keep my laws and my judgments, and do them: lest the land into which you are to enter to dwell therein, vomit you also out. 23 Walk not after the laws of the na- tions, which I will cast out before you. For they have done all these things, and therefore I abhorred them. 24 But to you I say : Possess their land which I will give you for an inheritance, a land flowing with milk and honey. I am the Lord your God, who have sepa- rated you from other people. 25 Therefore do you also separate the clean beast from the unclean, and the clean fowi from the unclean: defile not your souls with beasts, or birds, or any things that move on the earth, and which I have shewn you to be unclean. 26 4 You shall be holy unto me, because I the Lord am holy, and I have separated you from other people, that you should be mine. 27 ¢ Aman, or woman, in whom there is a pythonical or divining spirit, dying let them die: they shall stone them : their blood be upon them. CHAPTER 2r. Ordinances relating to the prvests. HE Lord said also to Moses : / Speak to the priests the sons of Aaron, and thou shalt say to them: Let not a priest dt Peter 1. 16. — e Deut. 18. rr ; r Kings 28. 7- f A.M. 2514: Cuap. 2t. Ver. 1. An uncleanness, viz., such- as was contracted in laying out the dead body, or touching it ; or in going into the house, or page at the funeral, &e. 132 incur an uncleanness at the death of his citizens : F 2 But only for his kin, such as are near in blood, that is to say, for his father and for his mother, and for his son, and for his daughter, for his brother also, 3 And for a maiden sister, who hath had no husband : 4 But not even for the prince of his peo- ple shall he do any thing that may make him unclean. 5 & Neither shall they shave their head, nor their beard, nor make incisions in their flesh. 6 They shall be holy to their God, and shall not profane his name : for they offer the burnt offering of the Lord, and the bread of their God, and therefore they shall be holy. 7 They shall not take to wife a harlot or a vile prostitute, nor one that has been put away from her husband: because they are consecrated to their God, 8 And offer the loaves of proposition. Let them therefore be holy, because I also am holy, the Lord, who sanctify them. 9 If the daughter of a priest be taken in whoredom, and dishonour the name of her father, she shall be burnt with fire. 1o The high priest, that is to say, the priest, is the greatest among his brethren, upon whose head the oil of unction hath been poured, and whose hands have been consecrated for the priesthood, and who hath been vested with the holy vestments, shall not uncover his head, he shall not rend his garments : 1r Nor shall he go in at all to any dead person: not even for his father, or his mother, shall he be defiled : 12 Neither shall he go out of the holy places, lest he defile the sanctuary of the Lord, because the oil of the holy unction of his God is upon him. Iam the Lord. 13 * Heshall take a virgin unto his wife: 14 But a widow or one that is divorced, or defiled, or a harlot, he shall not take, but a maid of his own people : 15 He shall not mingle the stock of his kindred with the common people of his nation : for I am the Lord who sanctify him. 16 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 17 Say to Aaron: Whosoever of thy seed throughout their families, hath a g Supra 19. 27 ; Ezech. 44. 20. Cuap. 22. Ver.3. Approacheth,&c. Thisis to give us to understand, with what purity of soul we are to approach to the blessed sacrament of which LEVITICUS. CuHap. 22. blemish, he shall not offer bread to his God. 18 Neither shall he approach to minister to him : If he be blind, if he be lame, if he have a little, or a great, or a nose, 19 If his foot, or if his hand be broken, 20 If he be crookbacked, or blear eyed, or have a pearl in his eye, or a continual scab, or a dry scurf in his body, or a rup- ture : 21 Whosoever of the seed of Aaron the priest hath a blemish, he shall not ap- proach to offer sacrifices to the Lord, nor bread to his God. 22 He shall eat nevertheless of the loaves, that are offered in the sanctuary, 23 Yet so that he enter not within the veil, nor approach to the altar, because he hath a blemish, and he must not de- file my sanctuary. I am the Lord who sanctify them. 24 Moses therefore spoke to Aaron, and to his sons and to all Israel, all the things that had been commanded him. CHAPTER 22. Who may eat the holy things : and what things may be offered. Ae the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing :1 2 Speak to Aaron and to his sons, that they beware of those things that are con- secrated of the children of Israel, and defile not the name of the things sancti- fied to me, which they offer. I am the Lord. 3 Say to them and to their posterity : Every man of your race, that approacheth to those things that are consecrated, and which the children of Israel have offered to the Lord, in whom there is unclean- ness, shall perish before the Lord. I am the Lord. 4 The man of the seed of Aaron, that is a leper, or that suffereth a running of the seed, shall not eat of those things that are sanctified to me, until he be healed. He that toucheth any thing unclean by occasion of the dead, and he whose seed goeth from him as in generation, 5 And he that toucheth a creeping thing, or any unclean thing, the touching of which is defiling, 6 Shall be unclean until the evening, hk Supra 19. 29. —é Ezech. 44. 22. —7 A. M. 2514. these meats that had been offered in sacrifice were a figure, eaten the sanctified things. CHaP. 23. and shall not eat those things that are sanctified : but when he hath washed his flesh with water, 7 And the sun is down, then being puri- fied, he shall eat of the sanctified things, because it is his meat. 8 * That which dieth of itself, and that which was taken by a beast, they shall not eat, nor be defiled therewith. I am the Lord. 9 Let them keep my precepts, that they may not fall into sin, and die in the sanctuary, when they shall have defiled it. Iam the Lord who sanctify them. to No stranger shall eat of the sancti- fied things: a sojourner of the priests, or a hired servant, shall not eat of them. Ir But he whom the priest hath bought, and he that is his servant, born in his house, these shall eat of them. 12 If the daughter of a priest be mar- ried to any of the people, she shall not eat of those things that are sanctified, nor of the firstfruits. 13 But if she be a widow, or divorced, and having no children return to her fa- ther’s house, she shall eat of her father’s meats, as she was wont to do when she was a maid, no stranger hath leave to eat of them. 14 He that eateth of thesanctified things through ignorance, shall add the fifth part with that which he ate, and shall give it to the priest into the sanctuary. 15 And they shall not profane the sanc- tified things of the children of Israel, which they offer to the Lord : 16 Lest perhaps they bear the iniquity of their trespass, when they shall have I am the Lord who sanctify them. 17 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: 18 Speak to Aaron, and to his sons, and to all the children of Israel, and thou _ shalt say to them : The man of the house _ of Israel, and of the strangers who dwell with you, that offereth his oblation, either paying his vows, or offering of his own accord, whatsoever it be which he pre- senteth for a holocaust of the Lord, 19 To be offered by you, it shall be a male without blemish of the beeves, or of the sheep, or of the goats. 20 If it have a blemish you shall not offer it, neither shall it be acceptable. 21 ! The man that offereth a victim of k Supra 17. 15; Ex. 22. 31; Deut. 14. 21 ; Ezech. 4. 14. LEVITICUS. 133 peace offerings to the Lord, either pay- ing his vows, or offering of his own ac- cord, whether of beeves or of sheep, shall offer it without blemish, that it may be acceptable: there shall be no blemish in it. 22 If it be blind, or broken, or have a scar or blisters, or a scab, or a dry scurf: you shall not offer them to the Lord, nor burn any thing of them upon the Lord’s altar. 23 An ox or a sheep, that hath the ear and the tail cut off, thou mayst offer voluntarily : but a vow may not be paid with them. 24 You shall not offer to the Lord any beast that hath the testicles bruised, or crushed, or cut and taken away : neither shall you do any such thing in your land. 25 You shall not offer bread to your God, from the hand of a stranger, nor any other thing that he would give : be- cause they are all corrupted, and defiled : you shall not receive them. 26 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing : 27 When a bullock, or a sheep, or a goat, is brought forth, they shall be seven days under the udder of their dam: but the eighth day, and thence- forth, they may be offered to the Lord. 28 Whether it be a cow, or a sheep, they shall not be sacrificed the same day with their young ones. 29 If you immolate a victim for thanks- giving to the Lord, that he may be fa- vourable, 30 You shall eat it the same day, there shall not any of it remain until the morning of the nextday. Jam the Lord. 31 Keep my commandments, and do them. Iam the Lord. 32 Profane not my holy name, that I may be sanctified in the midst of the children of Israel. I am the Lord who sanctify you, 33 And who brought you out of the land of Egypt, that I might be your God : I am the Lord. CHAPTER 23. Holy days to be kept. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: ™ 2 Speak to the children ofIsrael, andthou shalt say to them: These are the feasts of the Lord, which you shall call holy. 1! Deut. 15. 21 ; Eccli. 35.14. —m A. M. 2514, 134 3 Six days shall ye do work : the seventh day, because it is the rest of the sabbath, shall be called holy. You shall do no work on that day: it is the sabbath of the Lord in all your habitations. 4 These also are the holy days of the Lord, which you must celebrate in their seasons. 5 The first month, the fourteenth day of the month at evening, is the phase of the Lord : 6 And the fifteenth day of the same month is the solemnity of the unleavened bread of the Lord. Seven days shall you eat unleavened bread. 7 The first day shall be most solemn unto you, and holy : you shall do no ser- vile work therein : 8 But you shall offer sacrifice in fire to the Lord seven days. And the seventh day shall be more solemn, and more holy : and you shall do no servile work therein. g And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 1o Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them : When you shall have entered into the land which I will give you, and shall reap your corn, you shall bring sheaves of ears, the firstfruits of your harvest to the priest: 11 Who shall lift up the sheaf before the Lord, the next day after the sabbath, that it may be acceptable for you, and shall sanctify it. 12 And on the same day that the sheaf is consecrated, a lamb without blemish of the first year shall be killed for a holocaust of the Lord. 13 And the libations shall be offered with it, two tenths of flour tempered with oil, for a burnt offering of the Lord, and a most sweet odour: libations also of wine, the fourth part of a hin. 14 You shall not eat either bread, or parched corn, or frumenty of the har- vest, until the day that you shall offer thereof to your God. It is a precept for ever throughout your generations, and all your dwellings. 15 ° You shall count therefore from the morrow after the sabbath, wherein you offered the sheaf of the firstfruits, seven full weeks. 16 Even unto the morrow after the seventh week be expired, that is to say, fifty days, and so you shall offer a new sacrifice to the Lord. n Ex. 12. 18 ; Num. 28. 16. o Deut. 16. 9. — p Supra 19. 9. — g Num. 29. 1. LEVITICUS. Cua. 23 17 Out of all your dwellings, two loaves © of the firstfruits, of two tenths of flour leavened, which you shall bake for the firstfruits of the Lord. 18 And you shall offer with the loaves seven lambs without blemish of the first year, and one calf from the herd, and two rams, and they shall be for a holo- caust with their libations for a most sweet odour to the Lord. 19 You shall offer also a buck goat for sin, and two lambs of the first year for sacrifices of peace offerings. 20 And when the priest hath lifted them up with the loaves of the firstfruits be- fore the Lord, they shall fall to his use. 21 And you shall call this day most solemn, and most holy. You shall do no servile work therein. It shall be an everlasting ordinance in all your dwell- ings and generations. 22 * And when you reap the corn of your land, you shall not cut it to the very ground: neither shall you gather the ears that remain ; but you shall leave them for the poor and for the strangers. I am the Lord your God. 23 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 24 9 Say to the children of Israel : The seventh month, on the first day of the month, you shall keep a sabbath, a memo- rial, with the sound of trumpets, and it shall be called holy. 25 You shall do no servile work there- in, and you shall offer a holocaust to the Lord. 26 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 27 * Upon the tenth day of this seventh month shall be the day of atonement, it shall be most solemn, and shall be called holy : and you shall afflict your souls on that day, and shall offer a holocaust to the Lord. 28 You shall do no servile work in the time of this day : because it is a day of propitiation, that the Lord your God may be merciful unto you. 29 Every soul that is not afflicted on this day, shall perish from among his people : 30 And every soul that shall do any work, the same will I destroy from among his people. 31 You shall do no work therefore on that day : it shall be an everlasting ordi- nance unto you in all your generations, and dwellings. 32 It is a sabbath of rest, and you shall r Supra 16. 29 ; Num. 29. 7; John 7. 37. CHaP. 24. afflict your souls beginning on the ninth day of the month: from evening until evening you shall celebrate your sab- baths. 33 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 34 Say to the children of Israel: From the fifteenth day of this same seventh month, shall be kept the feast of taber- nacles seven days to the Lord. 35 The first day shall be called most solemn and most holy: you shall do no servile work therein. And seven days you shall offer holocausts to the Lord. 36 The eighth day also shall be most sol- emn and most holy, and you shall offer holocausts to the Lord : for it is the day of assembly and congregation : you shall do no servile work therein. 37 These are the feasts of the Lord, which you shall call most solemn and most holy, and shall offer on them obla- tions to the Lord, holocausts and liba- tions according to the rite of every day, 38 Besides the sabbaths of the Lord, and your gifts, and those things that you offer by vow, or which you shall give to the Lord voluntarily. 39 So from the fifteenth day of the sev- enth month, when you shall have gath- ered in all the fruits of your land, you shall celebrate the feast of the Lord seven days: on the first day and the eighth shall be a sabbath, that is a day of rest. 40 And you shall take to you on the first day the fruits of the fairest tree, and branches of palm trees, and boughs of thick trees, and willows of the brook, and you shall rejoice before the Lord your God. 41 And you shall keep the solemnity thereof seven days in the year. It shall be an everlasting ordinance in your gen- erations. In the seventh month shall you celebrate this feast. 42 And you shall dwell in bowers seven days : every one that is of the race of Israel, shall dwell in tabernacles : 43 That your posterity may know, that I made the children of Israel to dwell in tabernacles, when I brought them out of the land of Egypt. I am the Lord your God. 44 And Moses spoke concerning the feasts of the Lord to the children of Israel. CHAPTER 24. The oil for the lamps. The loaves of proposition. The punishment of blasphemy. LEVITICUS. 135 fee the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : s 2 Command the children of Israel, that they bring unto thee the finest and clearest oil of olives, to furnish the lamps continually, 3 Without the veil of the testimony in the tabernacle of the covenant. And Aaron shall set them from evening until morning before the Lord, by a perpetual service and rite in your generations. 4 They shall be set upon the most pure candlestick before the Lord contin- ually. 5 Thou shalt take also fine flour, and shalt bake twelve loaves thereof, two tenths shall be in every loaf : 6 And thou shalt set them six and six one against another upon the most clean table before the Lord : 7 And thou shalt put upon them the clearest frankincense, that the bread may be for a memorial of the oblation of the Lord. 8 Every sabbath they shall be changed before the Lord, being received of the children of Israel by an everlasting cove- nant : g And they shall be Aaron’s and his sons’, that they may eat them in the holy place : because it is most holy of the sac- rifices of the Lord by a perpetual right. 1o And behold there went out the son of a woman of Israel, whom she had of an Egyptian, among the children of Israel, and fell at words in the camp with a man of Israel. rz And when he had blasphemed the name, and had cursed it, he was brought to Moses: (now his mother was called Salumith, the daughter of Dabri, of the tribe of Dan :) 12 And they put him into prison, till they might know what the Lord would command. 13 And the Lord spoke to Moses, I4 Saying: Bring forth the blasphemer without the camp, and let them that heard him, put their hands upon his head, and let all the people stone him. 15 And thou shalt speak to the children of Israel: the man that curseth his God, shall bear his sin : 16 And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, dying let him die: all the multitude shall stone him, whether he be a native or a stranger. He that blas- phemeth the name of the Lord, dying let him die. s A.M. 2514. 136 17 ‘ He that striketh and killeth a man, dying let him die. 18 He that killeth a beast, shall make it good, that is to say, shall give beast for beast. 19 He that giveth a blemish to any of his neighbours : as he hath done, so shall it be done to him : 20 * Breach for breach, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, shall he restore. What blemish he gave, the like shall he be compelled to suffer. 21 He that striketh a beast, shall render another. He that striketh a man shall be punished. 22 Let there be equal judgment among you, whether he be a stranger, or a na-| tive that offends : because I am the Lord your God. 23 And Moses spoke to the children of Israel : and they brought forth him that had blasphemed, without the camp, and LEVITICUS. they stoned him. And the children of Israel did as the Lord had commanded Moses. CHAPTER 25. The law of the seventh and of the fiftieth year of jubtlee. Ae? the Lord spoke to Moses in mount Sinai, saying: ” 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them : When you shall have entered into the land which I will give you, observe the rest of the sabbath to the Lord. 3 » Six years thou shalt sow thy field and six years thou shalt prune thy vine- yard, and shalt gather the fruits there- of : 4 But in the seventh year there shall be a sabbath to the land, of the resting of the Lord : thou shalt not sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard. 5 What the ground shall bring forth of itself, thou shalt not reap: neither shalt thou gather the grapes of the firstfruits as a vintage: for it is a year of rest to the land : 6 But they shall be unto you for meat, to thee and to thy manservant, to thy maidservant and thy hireling, and to the strangers that sojourn with thee: 7 All things that grow shall be meat to thy beasts and to thy cattle. 8 Thou shalt also number to thee seven t Ex. 21. 12. —u Ex. 21. 24; Deut. 19. 21; Cuap.25. Ver.10. Remission. That is, a gen- eral release and discharge from debts and bondage, weeks of years, that is to say, seven times seven, which together forty- nine years : g And thou shalt sound the trumpet in the seventh month, the tenth day of the month, in the time of the expiation in all your land. 1o And thou shalt sanctify the fiftieth year, and shalt proclaim remission to all the inhabitants of thy land : for it is the year of jubilee. Every man shall return to his possession, and every one shall go back to his former family : 11 Because it is the jubilee and the fif- tieth year. You shall not sow, nor reap the things that grow in the field of their own accord, neither shall you gather the firstfruits of the vines, 12 Because of the sanctification of the jubilee : but as they grow you shall pre- sently eat them. 13 In the year of the jubilee all shall return to their possessions. 14 When thou shalt sell any thing to thy neighbour, or shalt buy of him; grieve not thy brother: but thou shalt buy of him according to the number of years from the jubilee. 15 And he shall sell to thee according to the computation of the fruits. 16 The more years remain after the jubilee, the more shall the price increase : and the less time is counted, so much the less shalt the purchase cost. For he shall sell to thee the time of the fruits. 17 Do not afflict your countrymen, but let every one fear his God : because I am the Lord your God. 18 Do my precepts, and keep m, judg- ments, and fulfil them: that you may dwell in the land without any fear, 19 And the ground may yield you its fruits, of which you may eat your fill, fearing no man’s invasion. 20 But if you say : What shall we eat the seventh year, if we sow not, nor gather our fruits ? 21 I will give you my blessing the sixth year, and it shall yield the fruits of three years : 22 And the eighth year you shall sow, and shall eat of the old fruits, until the ninth year : till new grow up, you shall eat the old store. 23 The land also shall not be sold for ever: because it is mine, and you are Matt. 5. 38.— v. A. M. 2514.— w Ex. 23. ro. and a reinstating of every man in his former posses- sions. CuHap. 26. LEVITICUS. 137 strangers and sojourners with me.|sojourner : he shall work with thee until 24 For which cause all the country of| the year of the jubilee, your possession shall be under the condi-} 41 And afterwards he shall go out with tion of redemption. his children, and shall return to his kin- 25 If thy brother being impoverished | dred and to the possession of his fathers, sell his little possession, and his kinsman} 42 For they are my servants, and I will, he may redeem what he had sold. brought them out of the land of Egypt: 26 But if he have no kinsman, and he|let them not be sold as bondmen : himself can find the price to redeem it: | 43 Afflict him not by might, but fear 27 The value of the fruits shall be|thy God. counted from that time when he sold it:| 44 Let your bondmen, and your bond- and the overplus he shall restore to the| women, be of the nations that are round buyer, and so shall receive his possession | about you. again. 45 And of the strangers that sojourn 28 But if his hands find not the means|among you, or that were born of them to repay the price, the buyer shall have|in your land, these you shall have for what he bought, until the year of the|servants: jubilee. For in that year all that is sold|° 46 And by right of inheritance shall shall return to the owner, and to the|leave them to your posterity, and shall ancient possessor. possess them for ever. But oppress not 29 He that selleth a house within the} your brethren the children of Israel by walls of a city, shall have the liberty to} might. redeem it, until one year be expired : 47 lf the hand of a stranger or a so- 30 If he redeem it not, and the whole|journer grow strong among you, and thy year be fully out, the buyer shall possess! brother being impoverished sell himself it, and his posterity for ever, and it can-| to him, or to any of his race : not be redeemed, not even in the jubi-| 48 After the sale he may be redeemed. lee. He that will of his brethren shall redeem 31 But if the house be in a village, that} him : hath no walls, it shall be sold according 49 Either his uncle, or his uncle’s son, to the same law as the fields : if it be not|or his kinsman, by blood, or by affinity. redeemed before, in the jubilee it shall! But if he himself be able also, he shall return to the owner. j|redeem himself, 32 The houses of Levites, which are in} 50 Counting only the years from the cities, may always be redeemed: time of his selling unto the year of the 33 If they be not redeemed, in the jubi-} jubilee: and counting the money that he lee they shall all return to the owners, |was sold for, according to the number of because the houses of the cities of the|the years and the reckoning of a hired Levites are for their possessions among| servant, the children of Israel. 51 If there be many years that remain 34 But let not their suburbs be sold, | until the jubilee, according to them shall because it is a perpetual possession. he also repay the price. 35 lf thy brother be impoverished, and} 52 If few, he shall make the reckoning weak of hand, and thou receive him as|with him according to the number of the a stranger and sojourner, and he live; vears, and shall repay to the buyer of with thee, what remaineth of the years, 36 Take not usury of him nor more than] 53 His wages being allowed for which thou gavest : fear thy God, that thy bro-|he served before: he shall not afflict him ther may live with thee. violently in thy sight. 37 Thou shalt not give him thy money| 54 And if by these means he cannot be upon usury, nor exact of him any increase| redeemed, in the year of the jubilee he of fruits. shall go out with his children. 38 Lam the Lord your God, who brought} 55 For the children of Israel are my you out of the land of Egypt, that I might|servants, whom I brought forth out of give you the land of Chanaan, and might| the land of Egypt. be your God. 39 If thy brother constrained by poverty, sell himself to thee, thou shalt not oppress him with the service of bondservants : 40 But he shall be as a hireling, and a CHAPTER 26. Gods promises to them that keep his command- ments. And the many punishments with which he threatens transgressors. 138 | AM the Lord your God: * you shall not make to yourselves any idol or graven thing, neither shall you erect pillars, nor set up a remarkable stone in your land, to adore it : for I am the Lord your God. 2 Keep my sabbaths, and reverence my sanctuary : I am the Lord. 3 » If you walk in my precepts, and keep my commandments, and do them, I will give you rain in due seasons. 4 And the ground shall bring forth its increase, and the trees shall be filled with fruit. 5 The threshing of your harvest shall reach unto the vintage, and the vintage shall reach unto the sowing time: and you shall eat your bread to the full, and dwell in your land without fear. 6 I will give peace in your coasts : you shall sleep, and there shall be none to make you afraid. I will take away evil beasts: and the sword shall not pass through your quarters. 7 You shall pursue your enemies, and they shall fall before you. 8 Five of yours shall pursue a hundred others, and a hundred of you ten thou- sand : your enemies shall fall before you by the sword. g I will look on you, and make you in- crease: you shall be multiplied, and I will establish my covenant with you. 10 You shall eat the oldest of the old store, and, new coming on, you shall cast away the old. 11 I will set my tabernacle in the midst of you, and my soul shall not cast you off. 12 # I will walk among you, and will be your God, and you shall be my people. 13 I am the Lord your God : who have brought you out of the land of the Egyp- tians, that you should not serve them, and who have broken the chains of your necks, that you might go upright. 14 4 But if you will not hear me, nor do all my commandments, 15 If you despise my laws, and contemn my judgments so as not to do those things which are appointed by me, and to make void my covenant : 16 I also will do these things to you: I will quickly visit you with poverty, and burning heat, which shall waste your eyes, and consume your lives. You shall sow your seed in vain, which shall be devoured by your enemies. Ex. 20. 4 ; Deut. 5. 8 ; Ps. 96. 7. y Deut. 28. 1. x A.M. 2514. LEVITICUS. CuHapP. 26. 17 I will set my face against and you shall fall down before meteast amy and shall be made subject to them that hate you, you shall flee when no man pursueth you. 18 But if you will not yet for all this obey me: I will chastise you seven times more for your sins, 19 And I will break the pride of your stubbornness, and I will a to you the heaven above as iron, and the earth as brass : 20 Your labour shall be spent in vain, the ground shall not bring forth her in- crease, nor the trees yield their fruit. 21 If you walk contrary to me, and will nor hearken to me, I will bring seven times more plagues upon you for your sins : 22 And I will send in upon you the beasts of the field, to destroy you and your cattle, and make you few in number, and that your highways may be desolate. 23 And if even so you will not amend, but will walk contrary to me: 24 I also will walk contrary to you, and will strike you seven times for your sins. 25 And I will bring in upon you the sword that shall avenge my covenant. And when you shall flee into the cities, I will send the pestilence in the midst of you, and you shall be delivered into the hands of your enemies, 26 After I shall have broken the staft of your bread : so that ten women shall bake your bread in one oven, and give it out by weight: and you shall eat, and shall not be filled. 27 But if you will not for all this hearken to me, but will walk against me : 28 I will also go against you with oppo- site fury, and I will chastise you with seven plagues for your sins, 29 So that you shall eat the flesh of your sons and of your daughters. 30 I will destroy your high places, and break your idols. You shall fall among the ruins of your idols, and my soul shall abhor you. 31 Insomuch that I will bring your cities to be a wilderness, and I will make your sanctuaries desolate, and will re- ceive no more your sweet odours. 32 And I will destroy your land, and your enemies shall be astonished at it, when they shall be the inhabitants thereof. z 2 Cor. 6. 16. a Deut. 28. 15 ; Mal. 2. 2. CHAP. 27. LEVITICUS. 139 33 And I will scatter you among the|between him and the children of Israel Gentiles, and I will draw out the sword after you, and your land shall be desert, and your cities destroyed. 34 Then shall the land enjoy her sab- baths all the days of her desolation : when you shall be 35 In the enemy’s land, she shall keep a sabbith, and rest in the sabbaths of her desolation, because she did not rest in your sabbaths when you dwelt therein. 36 And as to them that shall remain of you I will send fear in their hearts in the countries of their enemies, the sound of a flying leaf shall terrify them, and they shall flee as it were from the sword : they shall fall, when no man pursueth them, 37 And they shall every one fall upon their brethren as fleeing from wars, none of you shall dare to resist your enemies. 38 You shall perish among the Gentiles, and an enemy’s land shall consume you. 39 And if of them also some remain, they shall pine away in their iniquities, in the land of their enemies, and they shall be afflicted for the sins of their fathers, and their own : 40 Until they confess their iniquities and the iniquities of their ancestors, whereby they have transgressed against me, and walked contrary unto me. 41 Therefore I also will walk against them, and bring them into their enemies’ land until their uncircumcised mind be ashamed : then shall they pray for their sins. 42 And I will remember my covenant, that I made with Jacob, and Isaac, and Abraham. I will remember also the land: 43 Which when she shall be left by them, shall enjoy her sabbaths, being desolate for them. But they shall pray for their sins, because they rejected my judgments, and despised my laws. 44 And yet for all that when they were in the land of their enemies, I did not cast them off altogether, neither did I so despise them that they should be quite consumed, and I should make void my covenant with them. For I am the Lord their God. 45 And I will remember my former covenant, when I brought them out of the land of Egypt, in the sight of the Gentiles, to be their God. I am the Lord. These are the judgments, and pre- cepts, and laws, which the Lord gave in mount Sinai by the hand of Moses. CHAPTER 27. Of vows and tithes. ee the Lord spoke to Moses, ing : 6 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: The man that shall have made a vow, and promised his soul to God, shall give the price accord- ing to estimation. 3 If it be a man from twenty years old unto sixty years old, he shall give fifty sicles of silver, after the weight of the sanctuary : 4 If a woman, thirty. 5 But from the fifth year until the twen- tieth, a man shall give twenty sicles: a woman ten. 6 From one month until the fifth year, for a male shall be given five sicles : for a female three. 7 A man that is sixty years old or up- ward, shall give fifteen sicles : a woman ten. 8 If he be poor, and not able to pay the estimation, he shall stand before the priest : and as much as he shall value him at, and see him able to pay, so much shall he give. 9 But a beast that may be sacrificed to the Lord, if any one shall vow, shall be holy, to And cannot be changed, that is to Say, neither a better for a worse, nor a worse for a better. And if he shall change it : both that which was changed, and that for which it was changed, shall be consecrated to the Lord. tr An unclean beast, which cannot be sacrificed to the Lord, if any man shall vow, shall be brought before the priest : 12 Who judging whether it be good or bad, shall set the price : 13 Which if he that offereth it will give, he shall add above the estimation the fifth part. 14 If a man shall vow his house, and sanctify it to the Lord, the priest shall consider it, whether it be good or bad, and it shall be sold according to the price, which he shall appoint. 15 But if he that vowed, will redeem it, he shall give the fifth part of the estima- tion over and above, and shall have the house. 16 And if he vow the field of his pos- say- b A.M. 2514. 140 session, and consecrate it to the Lord, the price shall be rated according to the measure of the seed. If the ground be sowed with thirty bushels of barley, let it be sold for fifty sicles of silver. 17 If he vow his field immediately from the year of jubilee that is beginning, as much as it may be worth, at so much it shall be rated. 18 But if some time after, the priest shall reckon the money according to the number of years that remain until the jubilee, and the price shall be abated. 19 And if he that had vowed,will redeem his field, he shall add the fifth part of the money of the estimation, and shall pos- sess it. zo And if he will not redeem it, but it be sold to any other man, he that vowed it, may not redeem it any more: 21 For when the day of jubilee cometh, it shall be sanctified to the Lord, and as a possession consecrated, pertaineth to the right of the priests. 22 If a field that was bought, and not of a man’s ancestors’ possession, be sanc- tified to the Lord, 23 The priest shail reckon the price according to the number of years: unto the jubilee : and he that had vowed, shall give that to the Lord. 24 But in the jubilee, it shall return to the former owner, who had sold it, and had it in the lot of his possession. 25 All estimation shall be made accord- NUMBERS. 4 CHAP. 1. 26 The firstborn, which belong to the — Lord, no man may san and vow: whether it be bullock, or sheep, they are the Lord’s. 27 And if it be an unclean beast, he that — offereth it shall redeem it, according to thy estimation, and shall add the part of the price. If he will not redeem it, it shall be sold to another for how much soever it was estimated by thee. 28 4 Any thing that is devoted to the Lord, whether it be man, or beast, or field, shall not be sold, neither may it be redeemed. Whatsoever is once conse- crated shall be holy of holies to the Lord. 29 And any consecration that is offered by man, shall not be redeemed, but dying shall die. 30 All tithes of the land,whether of corn, or of the fruits of trees, are the Lord’s, and are sanctified to him. 31 And if any man will redeem his tithes, he shall add the fifth part of them. 32 Of all the tithes of oxen, and sheep, and goats, that pass under the shepherd’s rod, every tenth that cometh shall be sanctified to the Lord. 33 It shall not be chosen neither good nor bad, neither shall it be changed for another. If any man change it: both that which was changed, and that for which it was changed, shall be sanctified to the Lord, and shall not be redeemed. 34 These are the precepts which the ing to the sicle of the sanctuary. ¢ A| Lord commanded Moses for the children sicle hath twenty obols. of Israel in mount Sinai. THE BOOK OF NUMBERS. This fourth Book of Moses is called NUMBERS, because it begins with the numbering of the people. The Hebrews, from its first words, call it VA1IEDABBER. It contains the transactions of the Israelites from the second month of the second year after their going out of Egypt, until the beginning of the eleventh month of the fortieth year ; that ts, a history almost of thirty-nine years. CHAPTER 1. The children of Israel are numbered: the Levites are designed to serve the tabernacle. ee the Lord spoke to Moses in the desert of Sinai in the tabernacle of the covenant, the first day of the second month, the second year of their going out of Egypt, saying: ¢ 2 / Take the sum of all the congregation of the children of Israel by their families, and houses, and the names of every one, as many as are of the male sex, c Ex. 30. 13; Num. 3. 47; Ezech. 45. 12. —d Jos. 6. 19. —eA. M. 2514. Ante C. 1490. —/f Ex. 30.12. CuHapP. I. 3 From twenty years old and upwards, of all the men of Israel fit for war, and you shall number them by their troops, thou and Aaron. 4 And there shall be with you the princes of the tribes, and of the houses in their kindreds, 5 Whose names are these: Of Ruben, Elisur the son of Sedeur. 6 Of Simeon, Salamiel the son of Su- risaddai. 7 Of Juda, Nahasson theson of Aminadab. 8 Of Issachar, Nathanael the son of Suar. 9 Of Zabulon, Eliab the son of Helon. to And of the sons of Joseph : of Ephra- im, Elisama the son of Ammiud: of Manasses, Gamaliel the son of Phadassur. tr Of Benjamin, Abidan the son of Gedeon. 12 Of Dan, Ahiezer the son of Ammisad- dai. 13 Of Aser, Phegiel the son of Ochran. 14 Of Gad, Eliasaph the son of Duel. 15 Of Nephtali, Ahira the son of Enan. 16 These ave the most noble princes of the multitude by their tribes and kin- dreds, and the chiefs of the army of Israel : 17 Whom Moses and Aaron took with all the multitude of the common people : 18 And assembled them on the first day of the second month, reckoning them up by the kindreds, and houses, and families, and heads, and names of every one from twenty years old and upward, 1g As the Lord had commanded Moses. And they were numbered in the desert of Sinai. 20 Of Ruben the eldest son of Israel, by their generations and families and houses and names of every head, all that were of the male sex, from twenty years old and upward, that were able to go forth to war, 21 Were forty-six thousand five hun- dred. 22 Of the sons of Simeon by their gener- ations and families, and houses of their kindreds, were reckoned up by the names and heads of every one, all that were of the male sex, from twenty years old and upward, that were able to go forth to war, 23 Fifty-nine thousand three hundred. 24 Of the sons of Gad, by their genera- tions and families and houses of their kindreds were reckoned up by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, NUMBERS. “ 141 25 Forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty. 26 Of the sons of Juda, by their gener- ations and families and houses of their kindreds, by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, 27 Were reckoned up seventy-four thou- sand six hundred. 28 Of the sons of Issachar, by their generations and families and houses of their kindreds, by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that could go forth to war, 29 Were reckoned up fifty-four thou- sand four hundred. 30 Of the sons of Zabulon, by the gen- erations and families and houses of their kindreds, were reckoned up by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, 31 Fifty-seven thousand four hundred. 32 Of the sons of Joseph, namely, of the sons of Ephraim, by the generations and families and houses of their kin- dreds, were reckoned up by the names of every one, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, 33 Forty thousand five hundred. 34 Moreover of the sons of Manasses, by the generations and families and houses of their kindreds, were reckoned up by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that could go forth to war, 35 Thirty-two thousand two hundred. 36 Of the sons of Benjamin, by their generations and families and houses of their kindreds, were reckoned up by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, 37 Thirty-five thousand four hundred. 38 Of the sons of Dan, by their genera- tions and families and houses of their kindreds, were reckoned up by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, 39 Sixty-two thousand seven hundred. 40 Of the sons of Aser, by their genera- tions and families and houses of their kindreds, were reckoned up by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, 41 Forty-one thousand and five hun- dred. 142 NUMBERS. = <=: CHAP. 2. 42 Of the sons of Nephtali, by their|of his sons shall be Nahasson the son of generations and families and houses of their kindreds, were reckoned up by the names of every one from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war, 43 Fifty-three thousand four hundred. 44 These are they who were numbered by Moses and Aaron, and the twelve princes of Israel, every one by the houses of their kindreds. 45 And the whole number of the chil- dren of Israel by their houses and fami- lies, from twenty years old and upward, that were able to go to war, 46 Were six hundred and three thou sand five hundred and fifty men. 47 But the Levites in the tribes of their | families were not numbered with them. 48 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 49 Number not the tribe of Levi, neither shalt thou put down the sum of them with the children of Israel : 50 But appoint them over the taber- nacle of the testimony, and all the ves- sels thereof, and whatsoever pertaineth to the ceremonies. They shall carry the tabernacle and all the furniture thereof : and they shall minister, and shall encamp round about the tabernacle. 51 When you are to go forward, the Levites shall take down the tabernacle : when you are to camp, they shall set it up. What stranger soever cometh to it, shall be slain. 52 And the children of Israel shall camp every man by his troops and bands and army. 53 But the Levites shall pitch their tents round about the tabernacle, lest there come indignation upon the multi- tude of the children of Israel, and they shall keep watch, and guard the taber- nacle of the testimony. 54 And the children of Israel did ac- cording to all things which the Lord had commanded Moses. CHAPTER 2. The order of the tribes in their camp. aD the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying: & 2 All the children of Israel shall camp by their troops, ensigns, and standards, and the houses of their kindreds, round about the tabernacle of the covenant. 3 On the east Juda shall pitch his tents by the bands of his army : and the prince Aminadab. j 4 And the whole sum of the fighting men of his stock, were seventy-four thousand six hundred. 5 Next unto him they of the tribe of Issachar encamped, whose prince was Nathanael, the son of Suar. 6 And the whole number of his fighting men were fifty-four thousand four hun- dred. 7 In the tribe of Zabulon the prince was Eliab the son of Helon. 8 And all the army of fighting men of his stock, were fifty-seven thousand four hundred. 9 All that were numbered in the camp of Juda, were a hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred: and they by their troops shall march first. 10 In the camp of the sons of Ruben, on the south side, the prince shall be Elisur the son of Sedeur : 11 And the whole army of his fighting men, that were numbered, were forty- six thousand five hundred. 12 Beside him camped they of the tribe of Simeon: whose prince was Salamiel the son of Surisaddai. 13 And the whole army of his fighting men, that were numbered, were fifty- nine thousand three hundred. 14 In the tribe of Gad the prince was Eliasaph the son of Duel. 15 And the whole army of his fighting men that were numbered, were forty- five thousand six hundred and fifty. 16 All that were reckoned up in the camp of Ruben, were a hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty, by their troops: they shall march in the second place. 17 And the tabernacle of the testimony shall be carried by the officers of the Levites and their troops. As it shall be set up, so shallit be taken down. Every one shall march according to their places, and ranks. 18 On the west side shall be the camp of the sons of Ephraim, whose prince was Elisama the son of Ammiud. 19 The whole army of his fighting men, that were numbered, were forty thousand five hundred. 20 And with them the tribe of the sons of Manasses, whose prince was Gamaliel the son of Phadassur. 21 And the whole army of his fighting g A. M. 2514.Ante. C. 1490. CHAP. 3. men, that were numbered, were thirty- two thousand two hundred. 22 In the tribe of the sons of Benja- min the prince was Abidan the son of Gedeon. 23 And the whole army of his fighting men, that were reckoned up, were thirty- five thousand four hundred. 24 All that were numbered in the camp of Ephraim, were a hundred and eight thousand one hundred by their troops: they shall march in the third place. 25 On the north side camped the sons of Dan: whose prince was Ahiezar the son of Ammisaddai. 26 The whole army of his fighting men, that were numbered, were sixty-two thousand seven hundred. 27 Beside him they of the tribe of Aser pitched their tents: whose prince was Phegiel the son of Ochran. 28 The whole army of his fighting men, that were numbered, were forty-one thousand five hundred. 29 Of the tribe of the sons of Nephtali the prince was Ahira the son of Enan. 30 The whole army of his fighting men, were fifty-three thousand four hundred. 31 All that were numbered in the camp of Dan, were a hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred: and they shall march last. 32 This is the number of the children of Israel, of theity army divided according to the houses of their kindreds and their troops, six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty. 33 And the Levites were not numbered among the children of Israel : for so the Lord had commanded Moses. 34 And the children of Israel did accord- ing to all things that the Lord had com- manded. They camped by their troops, and marched by the families and houses of their fathers. CHAPTER 3. The Levites are numbered and their offices distin- guished. They are taken in the place of the first- born of the children of Israel. ese are the generations of Aaron and Moses in the day that the Lord spoke to Moses in mount Sinai. 2 And these the names of the sons of Aaron : his firstborn Nadab, then Abiu, and Eleazar, and Ithamar. 3 These the names of the sons of Aaron the priests that were anointed, and h Ex. 6. 23. —1 Lev. 10. 1 and2;1 Par. 24. 2. NUMBERS. 143 whose hands were filled and consecrated, to do the functions of priesthood. 4 ? Now Nadab and Abiu died, without children, when they offered strange fire before the Lord, in the desert of Sinai : and Eleazar and Ithamar performed the priestly office in the presence of Aaron their father. 5 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 6 Bring the tribe of Levi, and make them stand in the sight of Aaron the priest to minister to him, and let them watch, " 7 And observe whatsoever appertaineth to the service of the multitude before the tabernacle of the testimony, 8 And let them keep the vessels of the tabernacle, serving in the ministry thereof. g And thou shalt give the Levites for a gift, to To Aaron and to his sons, to whom they are delivered by the children of Israel. But thou shalt appoint Aaron and his sons over the service of priest- hood. The stranger that approacheth to minister, shall be put to death. ir And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 12 I have taken the Levites from the children of Israel, for every firstborn that openeth the womb among the chil- dren of Israel, and the Levites shall be mine. 13 7 For every firstborn is mine: since IT struck the firstborn in the land of Egypt: I have sanctified to myself what- soever is firstborn in Israel both of man and beast, they are mine. I am the Lord. 14 And the Lord spoke to Moses in the desert of Sinai, saying : 15 Number the sons of Levi by the houses of their fathers and their families, every male from one month and upward. 16 Moses numbered them as the Lord had commanded. 17 * And there were found sons of Levi by their names, Gerson and Caath and Merari. 18 The sons of Gerson: Semel. 19 The sons of Caath : Amram, and Jes- aar, Hebron and Oziel: 20 The sons of Merari: Musi. 21 Of Gerson were two families, Lebnites, and the Semeites : 22 Of which were numbered, people of Lebni and Moholi and the j Ex. 13. 2; Infra 8. 16. — k Ex. 6. 16. 144 the male sex from one month and up- ward, seven thousand five hundred. 23 These shall pitch behind the taber- nacle on the west, 24 Under their prince Eliasaph the son of Lael. 25 And their charge shall be in the tab- ernacle of the covenant: 26 The tabernacle itself and the cover thereof, the hanging that is drawn before the doors of the tabernacle of the cove- nant, and the curtains of the court : the hanging also that is hanged in the entry of the court of the tabernacle, and what- soever belongeth to the rite of the altar, the cords of the tabernacle, and all the furniture thereof. 27 Of the kindred of Caath come the families of the Amramites and Jesaarites and Hebronites and Ozielites. These are the families of the Caathites reckoned up by their names: 28 All of the male sex from one month and upward, eight thousand six hundred : they shall have the guard of the sanc- tuary, 29 And shall camp on the south side. 30 And their prince shall be Elisaphan the son of Oziel: 31 And they shall keep the ark, and the table and the candlestick, the altars, and the vessels of the sanctuary, wherewith they minister, and the veil, and all the furniture of this kind. 32 And the prince of the princes of the Levites, Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, shall be over them that watch for the guard of the sanctuary. 33 And of Merari are the families of the Moholites, and Musites, reckoned up by their names : 34 All of the male kind from one month and upwards, six thousand two hundred. 35 Their prince Suriel the son of Abi- haiel : they shall camp on the north side. 36 Under their custody shall be the boards of the tabernacle, and the bars, and the pillars and their sockets, and all things that pertain to this kind of ser- vice : 37 And the pillars of the court round about with their sockets, and the pins with their cords. 38 Before the tabernacle of the cove- nant, that is to say on the east side, shall Moses and Aaron camp, with their sons, having the custody of the sanc- LA. M. 2514. Ante C. 1490. m Ex.30.13; Lev. 27. 25; Infra 18.16; Ezech. 45. 12. NUMBERS. Cnap. 4. tuary, in the midst of the children of Israel. What stranger soever cometh unto it, shall be put to death. 39 All the Levites, that ! Moses and Aar- on numbered according to the precept of the Lord, by their families, of the male kind from one month and upward, were twenty-two thousand. 40 And the Lord said to Moses : Num- ber the firstborn of the male sex of the children of Israel, from one month and upward, and thou shalt take the sum of them. 41 And thou shalt take the Levites to me for all the firstborn of the children of Israel, I am the Lord : and their cattle for all the firstborn of the cattle of the children of Israel: 42 Moses reckoned up, as the Lord had commanded, the firstborn of the children of Israel : 43 And the males by their names, from one month and upward, were twenty- two thousand two hundred and seventy- three. 44 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 45 Take the Levites for the firstborn of the children of Israel, and the cattle of the Levites for their cattle, and the Levites shall be mine. I am the Lord. 46 But for the price of the two hundred and seventy-three, of the firstborn of the children of Israel, that exceed the num- ber of the Levites, 47 Thou shalt take five sicles for every head, according to the weight of the sanctuary. ™ A sicle hath twenty obols. 48 And thou shalt give the money to Aaron and his sons, the price of them that are above. 49 Moses therefore took the money of them that were above, and whom they had redeemed from the Levites, 50 For the firstborn of the children of Israel, one thousand three hundred and sixty-five sicles, according to the weight of the sanctuary, 51 And gave it to Aaron and his sons, according to the word that the Lord had commanded him. CHAPTER 4. The age and time of the Levites’ service ; thetr of- fices and burdens. ANP the Lord spoke to Moses, and Aaron, saying: * 2 Take the sum of the sons of Caath n A. M. 2514. CHAP. 4. from the midst of the Levites, by their houses and families. 3 From thirty years old and upward, to fifty years old, of all that go in to stand and to minister in the tabernacle of the covenant. 4 This is the service of the sons of Caath : 5 When the camp is to set forward, Aaron and his sons shall go into the tab- ernacle of the covenant, and the holy of holies, and shall take down the veil that hangeth before the door, and shall wrap up the ark of the testimony in it, 6 And shall cover it again with a cover of violet skins, and shall spread over it a cloth all of violet, and shall put in the bars. 7 They shall wrap up also the table of proposition in a cloth of violet, and shall put with it the censers and little mortars, the cups and bowls to pour out the liba- tions : the loaves shall be always on it: 8 And they shall spread over it a cloth of scarlet, which again they shall cover with a covering of violet skins, and shall put in the bars. 9 They shall take also a cloth of violet wherewith they shall cover the candle- stick with the lamps and tongs thereof and the snuffers and all the oil vessels, which are necessary for the dressing of the lamps : to And over all they shall put a cover of violet skins and put in the bars. 1x And they shall wrap up the golden altar also in a cloth of violet, and shall spread over it a cover of violet skins, and put in the bars. 12 All the vessels wherewith they min- ister in the sanctuary, they shall wrap up in a cloth of violet, and shall spread over it a cover of violet skins, and put in the bars. 13 They shall cleanse the altar also from the ashes, and shall wrap it up in a pur- ple cloth, 14 And shall put it with all the vessels that they use in the ministry thereof, that is to say, firepans, fleshhooks and forks, pothooks and _ shovels. They shall cover all the vessels of the altar together with a covering of violet skins, and shall put in the bars. 15 And when Aaron and his sons have wrapped up the sanctuary and the ves- sels thereof at the removing of the camp, then shall the ° sons of Caath en- NUMBERS. 145 ter in to carry the things wrapped up: and they shall not touch the vessels of the sanctuary, lest they die. These are the burdens of the sons of Caath : in the tabernacle of the covenant: 16 And over them shall be Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest, to whose charge pertaineth the oil to dress the lamps, and the sweet incense, and the sacrifice, that is always offered, and the oil of unction, and whatsoever pertaineth to the ser- vice of the tabernacle, and of all the ves- sels that are in the sanctuary. 17 And the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying : 18 Destroy not the people of Caath from the midst of the Levites : 19 But do this to them, that they may live, and not die, by touching the holies of holies. Aaron and his sons shall go in, and they shall appoint every man his work, and shall divide the burdens that every man is to carry. 20 Let not others by any curiosity see the things that are in the sanctuary be- fore they be wrapped up, otherwise they shall die. 21 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 22 Take the sum of the sons of Gerson also by their houses and families and kindreds. 23 From thirty years old and upward, unto fifty years old. Number them all that go in and minister in the tabernacle of the covenant. 24 This is the office of the family of the Gersonites : 25 To carry the curtains of the taber- nacle and the roof of the covenant, the other covering, and the violet covering over all, and the hanging that hangeth in the entry of the tabernacle of the covenant, 26 The curtains of the court, and the veil in the entry that is before the taber- nacle. All things that pertain to the altar, the cords and the vessels of the ministry, 27 The sons of Gerson shall carry, by the commandment of Aaron and his sons : and each man shall know to what burden he must be assigned. 28 This is the service of the family of ~ the Gersonites in the tabernacle of the covenant, and they shall be under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. 29 Thou shalt reckon up the sons of ot Par. 15.15. 146 Merari also by the families and houses of their fathers, 30 From thirty years old and upward, unto fifty years old, all that go in to the office of their ministry, and to the service of the covenant of the testimony. 31 These are their burdens: They shall carry the boards of the tabernacle and the bars thereof, the pillars and their sockets, 32 The pillars also of the court round about, with their sockets and pins and cords. They shall receive by account all the vessels and furniture, and so shall carry them. 33 This is the office of the family of the Merarites, and their ministry in the taber- nacle of the covenant : and they shall be under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. 34 So Moses and Aaron and the princes of the synagogue reckoned up the sons of Caath, by their kindreds and the houses of their fathers, 35 From thirty years old and upward, unto fifty years old, all that go in to the ministry of the tabernacle of the cove- nant: 36 And they were found two thousand seven hundred and fifty. 37 This is the number of the people of Caath that go in to the tabernacle of the covenant: these did Moses and Aaron number according to the word of the Lord by the hand of Moses. 38 The sons of Gerson also were num- bered by the kindreds and houses of their fathers, 39 From thirty years old and upward, unto fifty years old, all that go in to minister in the tabernacle of the cove- nant : 40 And they were found two thousand six hundred and thirty. 41 This is the people of the Gersonites, whom Moses and Aaron numbered accord- ing to the word of the Lord. 42 The sons of Merari also were num- bered by the kindreds and houses of their fathers, 43 From thirty years old and upward, unto fifty years old, all that go in to fulfil the rites of the tabernacle of the covenant : 44 And they were found three thousand two hundred. 45 This is the number of the sons of p. A. M. 2514. Cuape. 5. Ver. 7. Shall confess. NUMBERS. Cnap. 5. Merari, whom Moses and Aaron reckoned up according to the commandment of the Lord by the hand of Moses. ‘ 46 All that were reckoned up of the Levites, and whom Moses and Aaron and the princes of Israel took name, the kindreds and houses of their fathers, 47 From thirty years old and upward, until fifty years old, that go into the ministry of the tabernacle, and to carry the burdens, 48 Were in all eight thousand five hun- dred and eighty. 49 Moses reckoned them up according to the word of the Lord, every one ac- cording to their office and burdens, as the Lord had commanded him. CHAPTER 5. The unclean are removed out of the camp: con- fesston of sins, and satisfaction : firstfruits and oblations belonging to the priests: trial of jealousy. hes the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: ? 2 Command the children of Israel, that they cast out of the camp every leper, and whosoever hath an issue of seed, or is defiled by the dead : 3 Whether it be man or woman, cast ye them out of the camp, lest they defile it when I shall dwell with you. 4 And the children of Israel did so, and they cast them forth without the camp, as the Lord had spoken to Moses. 5 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 6 Say to the children of Israel : When a man or woman shall have committed any of all the sins that men are wont to commit, and by negligence shall have transgressed the commandment of the Lord, and offended, 7 They shall confess their sin, and re- store the principal itself, and the fifth part over and above, to him against whom they have sinned. 8 But if there be no one to receive it. they shall give it to the Lord, and it shall be the priest’s, besides the ram that is offered for expiation, to be an atoning sacrifice. 9 All the firstfruits also, which the chil- dren of Israel offer, belong to the priest : to And whatsoever is offered into the sanctuary by every one, and is delivered into the hands of the priest, it shall be his. This confession and satisfaction, ordained in the Old Law, was a figure of the sacrament of penance. ] | CHAP. 6. rr And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 12 Speak to the’ children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them : The man whose wife shall have gone astray, and contemn- ing her husband, 13 Shall have slept with another man, and her husband cannot discover it, but the adultery is secret, and cannot be proved by witnesses, because she was not found in the adultery : 14 If the spirit of jealousy stir up the husband against his wife, who either is defiled, or is charged with false suspicion, 15 He shall bring her to the priest, and shall offer an oblation for her, the tenth part of a measure of barley meal: he shall not pour oil thereon, nor put frank- incense upon it: because it is a sacrifice of jealousy, and an oblation searching out adultery. 16 The priest therefore shall offer it, and set it before the Lord. 17 And he shall take holy water in an earthen vessel, and he shall cast a little earth of the pavement of the tabernacle into it. 18 And when the woman shall stand be- fore the Lord, he shall uncover her head, and shall put on her hands the sacrifice of remembrance, and the oblation of jealousy : and he himself shall hold the most bitter waters, whereon he hath heaped curses with execration. 19 And he shall adjure her, and shall say : If another man hath not slept with thee, and if thou be not defiled by for- saking thy husband’s bed, these most bitter waters, on which I have heaped curses, shall not hurt thee. 20 But if thou hast gone aside from thy husband, and art defiled, and hast lain with another man: 21 These curses shall light upon thee: The Lord make thee a curse, and an ex- ample for all among his people: may he make thy thigh to rot, and may thy belly swell and burst asunder. 22 Let the cursed waters enter into thy belly, and may thy womb swell and thy thigh rot. And the woman shall answer, Amen, amen. 23 And the priest shall write these curses in a book, and shall wash them out with the most bitter water, upon which he hath heaped the curses, NUMBERS. 147 24 And he shall give them her to drink. And when she hath drunk them up, 25 The priest shall take from her hand the sacrifice of jealousy, and shall ele- vate it before the Lord, and shall put it upon the altar : yet so as first, 26 To take a handful of the sacrifice of that which is offered, and burn it upon the altar: and so give the most bitter waters to the woman to drink. 27 And when she hath drunk them, if she be defiled, and having despised her husband be guilty of adultery, the male- diction shall go through her, and her belly swelling, hey thigh shall rot: and the woman shall be a curse, and an ex- ample to all the people. 28 But if she be not defiled, she shall not be hurt, and shall bear children. 29 This is the law of jealousy. Ifa wo- man hath gone aside from her husband, and be defiled, 30 And the husband stirred up by the spirit of jealousy bring her before the Lord, and the priest do to her according to all things that are here written : 31 The husband shall be blameless, and she shall bear her iniquity. CHAPTER 6. The law of the Nazarites : the form of blessing the people. AND the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: ¢ 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: When a man, or woman, shall make a vow to be sanc- tified, and will consecrate themselves to the Lord : 3 They shall abstain from wine, and from every thing that may make a man drunk. They shall not drink vinegar of wine, or of any other drink, nor any thing that is pressed out of the grape: nor shall they eat grapes either fresh or dried. 4 All the days that they are consecrated to the Lord by vow: they shall eat no- thing that cometh of the vineyard, from the raisin even to the kernel. All the time of his separation 7” no razor shall pass over his head, until the day be fulfilled of his consecration to the Lord. He shall be holy, and shall let the hair of his head grow. q A. M. 2514. y Judges 13. 5. Ver. 14. The spirit of jealousy, &c. This ordinance was designed to clear the innocent, and to prevent jealous husbands from doing mischief to their wives : as likewise to give all a horror of adultery, by punishing it in so remarkable a manner. 148 6 All the time of his consecration he shall not go in to any dead, 7 Neither shall he make himself un- clean, even for his father, or for his mo- ther, or for his brother, or for his sister, when they die, because the consecration of his God is upon his head. 8 All the days of his separation he shall be holy to the Lord. 9 But if any man die suddenly before him: the head of his consecration shall be defiled : and he shall shave it forth- with on the same day of his purification, and again on the seventh day. 10 And on the eighth day he shall bring two turtles, or two young pigeons to the priest in the entry of the covenant of the testimony. 11 And the priest shall offer one for sin, and the other for a holocaust, and shall pray for him, for that he hath sinned by the dead : and he shall sanctify his head that day : 12 And shall consecrate to the Lord the days of his separation, offering a lamb of one year for sin: yet so that the former days be made void, because his sanctifi- cation was profaned. 13 This is the law of consecration. When the days which he had determined by vow shall be expired, he shall bring him to the door of the tabernacle of the covenant, 14 And shall offer his oblation to the Lord : one he lamb of a year old with- out blemish for a holocaust, and one ewe lamb of a year old without blemish for a sin offering, and one ram without blemish for a victim of peace offering, 15 A basket also of unleavened bread, tempered with oil, and wafers without leaven anointed with oil, and the liba- tions of each: 16 And the priest shall present them before the Lord, and shall offer both the sin offering and the holocaust. 17 But the ram he shall immolate for a sacrifice of peace offering to the Lord, offering at the same time the basket of unleavened bread, and the libations that are due by custom. 18 s Then shall the hair of the conse- cration of the Nazarite, be shaved off before the door of the tabernacle of the covenant : and he shall take his hair, and lay it upon the fire, which is under the sacrifice of the peace offerings. 19 And shall take the boiled shoulder s Acts 21. 24. —t Eccli. 36. 19. NUMBERS. CuHaP. 7 of the ram, and one unleavened cake out of the basket, and one unleavened wafer, and he shall deliver them into the hands of the Nazarite, after his head is shaven. 20 And receiving them again from him, he shall elevate them in the sight of the Lord : and they being sanctified shall be- long to the priest, as the breast, which was commanded to be separated, and the shoulder. After this the Nazarite may drink wine. 21 This is the law of the Nazarite, when he hath vowed his oblation to the Lord in the time of his consecration, besides those things which his hand shall find, according to that which he had vowed in his mind, so shall he do for the fulfilling of his sanctification. 22 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 23 Say to Aaron and his sons: us shall you bless the children of Israel, and you shall say to them: 24 * The Lord bless thee, and keep thee. 25 The Lord shew his face to thee, and have mercy on thee. 26 The Lord turn his countenance to thee, and give thee peace. 27 And they shall invoke my name upon the children of Israel, and I will bless them. CHAPTER 7. The offerings of the princes at the dedication of the tabernacle : God speaketh to Moses from the pro- pitiatory. as it came to pass in the day that Moses had finished the tabernacle, “and set it up, and had anointed and sanctified 7¢ with all its vessels, the altar likewise and all the vessels thereof, 2 The princes of Israel and the heads of the families, in every tribe, who were the rulers of them who had been num- bered, offered 2 3 Their gifts before the Lord, six wagons covered and twelve oxen. Two princes offered one wagon, and each one an ox, and they offered them before the taber- nacle. 4 And the Lord said to Moses : 5 Receive them from them to serve in the ministry of the tabernacle, and thou shalt deliver them to the Levites accord- ing to the order of their ministry. 6 Moses therefore receiving the wagons and the oxen, delivered them to the Le- vites. 7 Two wagons and four oxen he gave u Ex. 40. 16. —v A. M. 2514. —_—_— CHAP. 7. to the sons of Gerson, according to their necessity. 8 The other four wagons, and eight oxen he gave to the sons of Merari, according to their offices and service, under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the riest. 9 But to the sons of Caath he gave no wagons or oxen: because they serve in the sanctuary and carry their burdens upon their own shoulders. to And the princes offered for the dedi- cation of the altar on the day when it was anointed, their oblation before the altar. ir And the Lord said to Moses: Let each of the princes one day after another offer their gifts for the dedication of the altar. 12 The first day Nahasson the son of Aminadab of the tribe of Juda offered his offering : 13 And his offering was a silver dish weighing one hundred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles according to the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tempered with oil for a sacrifice : 14 A little mortar of ten sicles of gold full of incense : 15 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year old for a holocaust: 16 And a buck goat for sin : 17 And for the sacrifice of peace offer- ings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offering of Nahasson the son of Amina- dab. 18 The second day Nathanael the son of Suar, prince of the tribe of Issachar, made his offering, 19 A silver dish weighing one hundred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles, according to the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tempered with oil for a sacrifice : 20 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense : 21 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year oid for a holocaust: 22 Anda buck goat for sin : 23 And for the sacrifice of peace offer- ings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offering of Nathanael the son of Suar. 24 The third day the prince of the sons of Zabulon, Eliab the son of Helon, 25 Offered a silver dish weighing one hundred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles by the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tempered with oil for a sacrifice : NUMBERS. 149 26 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense: 27 An ox of the herd, and a ram, anda lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 28 And a buck goat for sin: 29 And for the sacrifice of peace offer- ings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This is the oblation of Eliab the son of Helon. 30 The fourth day the prince of the sons of Ruben, Elisur the son of Sedeur, 31 Offered a silver dish weighing one hundred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles according to the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tem- pered with oil for a sacrifice : 32 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense: 33 An ox of the herd, and a ram, anda lamb of a year old, for a holocaust : 34 And a buck goat for sin: 35 And for victims of peace offerings two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offering of Elisur the son of Sedeur. 36 The fifth day the prince of the sons of Simeon, Salamiel the son of Surisaddai, 37 Offered a silver dish weighing one hundred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles after the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tempered with oil for a sacrifice: 38 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense : 39 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 40 And a buck goat for sin: 41 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offer- ing of Salamiel the son of Surisaddai. 42 The sixth day the prince of the sons of Gad, Eliasaph the son of Duel, 43 Offered a silver dish weighing a hun- dred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles by the weight of the sanc- tuary, both full of flour tempered with oil for sacrifice : 44 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense: 45 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 46 And a buck goat for sin: 47 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offer- ing of Eliasaph the son of Duel. 48 The seventh day the prince of the sons of Ephraim, Elisama the son of Ammiud, 150 NUMBERS. Cuar. 7. 49 Offered a silver dish weighing a hun-| two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five dred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of|lambs of a year old. This was the offer- seventy sicles according to the weight!ing of Ahiezer the son of Ammisaddai. of the sanctuary, both full of flour tem- pered with oil for a sacrifice : 50 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense : 51 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 52 And a buck goat for sin: 53 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offer- ing of Elisama the son of Ammiud. 54 The eighth day the prince of the sons of Manasses, Gamaliel the son of Phadassur, 5 Offered a silver dish weighing a hun- dred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles, according to the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tem- pered with oil for a sacrifice : 56 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense: 57 An ox of the herd, and a ram, anda lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 58 And a buck goat for sin: 59 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offer- ing of Gamaliel the son of Phadassur. 60 The ninth day the prince of the sons of Benjamin, Abidan the son of Gedeon, 61 Offered a silver dish weighing a hun- dred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles by the weight of the sanc- tuary, both full of flour tempered with oil for a_ sacrifice : 62 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense : 63 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 64 And a buck goat for sin: 65 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offer- ing of Abidan the son of Gedeon. 66 The tenth day the prince of the sons of Dan, Ahiezer the son of Ammisaddai, 67 Offered a silver dish weighing a hun- dred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles, according to the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tem- pered with oil for a sacrifice : 68 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense : 69 An ox of the herd, and a ram, anda lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 7o And a buck goat for sin: 72 The eleventh day the prince of the sons of Aser, Phegiel the son of Ochran, 73 Offered a silver dish weighing a hun- dred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles, according to the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tem- pered with oil for a sacrifice : 74 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense : 75 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year old for a holocaust : 76 And a buck goat for sin : 77 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offer- ing of Phegiel the son of Ochran. 78 The twelfth day the prince of the sons of Nephtali, Ahira the son of Enan, 79 Offered a silver dish weighing a hun- dred and thirty sicles, a silver bowl of seventy sicles, according to the weight of the sanctuary, both full of flour tem- pered with oil for a sacrifice : 80 A little mortar of gold weighing ten sicles full of incense: 81 An ox of the herd, and a ram, and a lamb of a year old for a holocaust: 82 And a buck goat for sin: 83 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five buck goats, five lambs of a year old. This was the offer- ing of Ahira the son of Enan. 84 These were the offerings made by the princes of Israel in the dedication of the altar, in the day wherein it was conse- crated. Twelve dishes ofsilver: twelve sil- ver bowls : twelve little mortars of gold : 85 Each dish weighing a hundred and thirty sicles of silver, and each bowl seventy sicles: that is, putting all the vessels of silver together, two thousand four hundred sicles, by the weight of the sanctuary. 86 Twelve little mortars of gold full of incense, weighing ten sicles apiece, by the weight of the sanctuary : that is, in all a hundred and twenty sicles of gold. 87 Twelve oxen out of the herd for a holocaust, twelve rams, twelve lambs of a year old, and their libations: twelve buck goats for sin. 88 And for sacrifices of peace offerings, oxen twenty-four, rams sixty, buck goats sixty, lambs of a year old sixty. These things were offered in the dedication of the altar, when it was anointed. 71 And for sacrifices of peace offerings,! 89 And when Moses entered into the _ Cuap. 8. tabernacle of the covenant, to consult the oracle, he heard the voice of one speak- ing to him from the propitiatory, that was over the ark between the two cheru- bims, and from this place he spoke to him, CHAPTER 8. The seven lamps are placed on the golden candle stick, to shine towards the loaves of proposition : the ordination of the Levites : and to what age, they shall serve tn the tabernacle. ND the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: # 2 Speak to Aaron, and thou shalt say t him : When thou shalt place the seven lamps, let the candlestick be set up on the south side. Give orders therefore that the lamps look over against the north, towards the table of the loaves of propo- sition, over against that part shall they give light, towards which the candlestick jooketh. 3 And Aaron did so, and he put the NUMBERS. lamps upon the candlestick, as the Lord had commanded Moses. 4 Now this was the work of the candle- stick, it was of beaten gold, both the shaft in the middle, and all that came out of both sides of the branches : according to the pattern which the Lord had shewn to Moses, so he made the candlestick. 5 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 6 Take the Levites out of the midst of the children of Israel, and thou shalt purify them, 7 According to this rite: Let them be sprinkled with the water of purification, and let them shave all the hairs of their flesh. And when they shall have washed their garments, and are cleansed, 8 They shall take an ox of the herd, and for the offering thereof fine flour tempered with oil: and thou shalt take another ox of the herd for a sin offering : 9 And thou shalt bring the Levites be- fore the tabernacle of the covenant, call- ing together all the multitude of the children of Israel : 10 And when the Levites are before the Lord, the children of Israel shall put their hands upon them: 1z And Aaron shall offer the Levites, as a gift in the sight of the Lord from the children of Israel, that they may serve in his ministry. w A.M. 2514. Ante C. 1490. 151 12 The Levites also shall put their hands upon the heads of the oxen, of which thou shalt sacrifice one for sin, and the other for a holocaust to the Lord, to pray for them. 13 And thou shalt set the Levites in the sight of Aaron and of his sons, and shalt consecrate them being offered to the ord, 14 And shalt separate them from the midst of the children of Israel, to be ine. t5 And afterwards they shall enter into the tabernacle of the covenant, to serve And thus shalt thou purify and consecrate them for an oblation of the Lord : for as a gift they were given me by the children of Israel. 16 ~I have taken them instead of the firstborn that open every womb in Is- rael, 7 For all the firstborn of the children of Israel, both of men and of beasts, are mine. From the day that I slew every firstborn in the land of Egypt, have I anctified them to myself: 18 And I have taken the Levites for all the firstborn of the children of Israel: 19 And have delivered them for a gift _ to Aaron and his sons out of the midst of the people, to serve me for Israel in the tabernacle of the covenant, and to pray for them, lest there should be a plague among the people, if they should presume to approach unto my sanctuary. 20 And Moses and Aaron and all the multitude of the children of Israel did with the Levites all that the Lord had commanded Moses: 21 And they were purified, and washed their garments. And Aaron lifted them up in the sight of the Lord, and prayed for them, 22 That being purified they might go into the tabernacle of the covenant to do their services before Aaron and _ his sons. As the Lord had commanded Mo- ses touching the Levites, so was it done. 23 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: 24 This is the law of the Levites : From twenty-five years old and upwards, they shall go in to minister in the tabernacle of the covenant. 25 And when they shall have accom- x Ex. 13. 2; Supra 3. 13 ; Luke 2. 23- Cuap. 8. Ver. 7. Let them be sprinkled with the water of purification. This was the holy water mixed with the ashes of the red cow, Num. 19., appointed for purifying all that were unclean. It was a figure of the blood of Christ, applied to our souls by his holy sacraments. 152 plished the fiftieth year of their age, they shall cease to serve : 26 And they shall be the ministers of their brethren in the tabernacle of the covenant, to keep the things that are committed to their care, but not to do the works. Thus shalt thou order the Levites touching their charge. CHAPTER 9. The precept of the pasch is renewed : the unclean and travellers are to observe tt the second month : the camp ts guided by the pillar of the cloud. Poy es Lord spoke to Moses in the des- ert of Sinai, the second year after they were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first month, saying: ¥ 2 + Let the children of Israel make the phase in its due time, 3 The fourteenth day of this month in the evening, according to all the cere- monies and justifications thereof. And Moses commanded the children of Israel that they should make the phase. 5 And they made 7¢ in its proper time : the fourteenth day of the month at even- ing, in mount Sinai. The children of _ Israel did according to all things that the Lord had commanded Moses. 6 But behold some who were unclean by occasion of the soul of a man, who could not make the phase on that day, coming to Moses and Aaron, 7 Said to them : We are unclean by oc- casion of the soul of a man. Why are we kept back that we may not offer in its season the offering to the Lord among the children of Israel ? 8 And Moses answered them : Stay that I may consult the Lord what he will or- dain concerning you. 9 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 10 Say to the children of Israel: The man that shall be unclean by occasion of one that is dead, or shall be in a jour- ney afar off in your nation, let him make the phase to the Lord. 11 In the second month, on the four- teenth day of the month in the evening, they shall eat it with unleavened bread and wild lettuce: 12 They shall not leave any thing thereof until morning, 2 nor break a bone thereof, y A. M. 2514. Ante C. 1490. ZiEX.. TAer33 Cuap. 9. Ver. 2. Make the phase. That is, keep the paschal solemnity,and eat the paschal lamb. Ver. 6. Behold some who were unclean by occa- NUMBERS. Cuar. 9. they shail observe all the ies of the phase. aibesapiinnes 13 But if any man is clean, and was not on a journey, and did not make the phase, that soul shall be cut off from among his people, because he offered not sacrifice to the Lord in due season : he shall bear his sin. _14 The sojourner also and the stranger if they be among yon, shall make the phase to the Lord according to the cere- monies and justifications thereof. The same ordinance shall be with you both for the stranger, and for him that was born in the land. 15 5 Now on the day that the tabernacle was reared up, a cloud covered it. But from the evening there was over the tabernacle, as it were, the appearance of fire until the morning. 16 So it was always : by day the cloud coverea it, and by night as it were the appearance of fire. 17 And when the cloud that covered the tabernacle was taken up, then the children of Israel marched forward : and in the place where the cloud stood still, there they camped. 18 At the commandment of the Lord they marched, and at his commandment they pitched the tabernacle. ¢ All the days that the cloud abode over the taber- nacle, they remained in the same place : 19 And if it was so that it continued over it a long time, the children of Israel kept the watches of the Lord, and marched not, 20 For as many days soever as the cloud stayed over the tabernacle. At the commandment of the Lord they pitched their tents, and at his commandment they took them down. 21 If the cloud tarried from evening until morning, and immediately at break of day left the tabernacle, they marched forward : and if it departed after a day and a night, they took down their tents. 22 But if it remained over the taber- nacle for two days or a month or a longer time, the children of Israel remained in the same place, and marched not: but immediately as soon as it departed, they removed the camp. 23 By the word of the Lord they pitched a Ex. 12. 46; John 19. 36. b Ex. 40. 16 and 32 ; Supra 7. 1. —c 1 Cor. ro. 1. ston of the soul of a man, &c. That is, by having touched or come near a dead body, out of which the soul was departed. CHAP. 10. their tents, and by his word they marched: and kept the watches of the Lord accord- ing to his commandment-by the hand of Moses. CHAPTER to. The silver trumpets and their use. from Stinat. They march pee the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 4 2 Make thee two trumpets of beaten silver, wherewith thou mayest call to- gether the multitude when the camp is to be removed. 3 And when thou shalt sound the trum- pets, all the multitude shall gather unto thee to the door of the tabernacle of the covenant. 4 If thou sound but once, the princes and the heads of the multitude of Israel shall come to thee. 5 But if the sound of the trumpets be fonger, and with interruptions, they that are on the east side, shall first go forward. 6 And at the second sounding and like noise of the trumpet, they who lie on the south side shall take up their tents. And after this manner shall the rest do, when the trumpets shall sound for a march. 7 But when the people is to be gathered together, the sound of the trumpets shall be plain, and they shall not make a bro- ken sound. 8 And the sons of Aaron the priest shall sound the trumpets : and this shall be an ordinance for ever in your generations. 9 Ifyou go forth to war out of your land against the enemies that fight against you, you shall sound aloud with the trumpets, and there shall be a remembrance of you before the Lord your God, that you may be delivered out of the hands of your ene- mies. ro If at any time you shall have a ban- quet, and on your festival days, and on the first days of your months, you shall sound the trumpets over the holocausts, and the sacrifices of peace offerings, that they may be to you for a remembrance of your God. I am the Lord your God. tr The second year, in the second month, the twentieth day of the month, the cloud was taken up from the taber- nacle of the covenant. 12 And the children of Israel marched by their troops from the desert of Sinai, and the cloud rested in the wilderness of Pharan. NUMBERS. 153 to the commandment of the Lord by the hand of Moses. 14 ¢ The sons of Juda by their troops : whose prince was Nahasson the son of Aminadab. 15 In the tribe of the sons of Issachar, the prince was Nathanael the son of Suar. 16 In the tribe of Zabulon, the prince was Eliab the son of Helon. 17 And the tabernacle was taken down, and the sons of Gerson and Merari set forward, bearing it. 18 And the sons of Ruben also marched, by their troops and ranks, whose prince was Helisur the son of Sedeur. 1g And in the tribe of Simeon, the prince was Salamiel the son of Surisaddai. 20 And in the tribe of Gad, the prince was Eliasaph the son of Duel. 21 Then the Caathites also marched carrying the sanctuary. So long was the tabernacle carried, till they came to the place of setting it up. 22 The sons of Ephraim also moved their camp by their troops, in whose army the prince was Elisama the son of Ammiud. 23 And in the tribe of the sons of Ma- masses, the prince was Gamaliel the son of Phadassur. 24 And in the tribe of Benjamin, the prince was Abidan the son of Gedeon. 25 The last of all the camp marched the sons of Dan by their troops, in whose army the prince was Ahiezer the son of Ammisaddai. 26 And in the tribe of the sons of Aser, the prince was Phegiel the son of Ochran. 27 And in the tribe of the sons of Neph- tali, the prince was Ahira the son of Enan. 28 This was the order of the camps, and marches of the children of Israel by their troops, when they set forward. 29 And Moses said to Hobab the son of Raguel the Madianite, his kinsman : We are going towards the place which the Lord will give us: come with us, that we may do thee good : for the Lord hath promised good things to Israel. 30 But he answered him: I will not go with thee, but I will return to my / coun- try, wherein I was born. 31 And he said: Do not leave us: for thou knowest in what places we should encamp in the wilderness, and thou shalt be our guide. 13 And the first went forward according} 32 And if thou comest with us, we will d A.M. 2514. — eSupratr. 7. f Ex 18. 27. 154 give thee what is the best of the riches which the Lord shall deliver to us. 33 So they marched from the mount of the Lord three days’ journey, and the ark of the covenant of the Lord went before them, for three days providing a place for the camp. 34 The cloud also of the Lord was over them by day when they marched. 35 And when the ark was lifted up, Mo- ses said : Arise, O Lord, and let thy ene- mies be scattered, and let them that hate thee, flee from before thy face. 36 And when it was set down, he said : Return, O Lord, to the multitude of the host of Israel. CHAPTER 11. The people murmur, and are punished with fire. God appointeth seventy ancients for assistants to Moses. They prophesy. The peodle have their fill of flesh, but forthwith many die of the plague. N the mean time there arose a * mur- muring of the people against the Lord, as it were repining at their fa- tigue. And when the Lord heard it he was angry. ‘And the fire of the Lord being kindled against them, devoured them that were at the uttermost part of) the camp. 2 And when the people cried to Moses, Moses prayed to the Lord, and the fire was swallowed up. 3 And he called the name of that place, The burning: for that the fire of the Lord had been kindled against them. 4 For a mixt multitude of people, that came up with them, burned with desire, sitting and weeping, the children of Isra- el also being joined with them, and said : 7 Who shall give us flesh to eat ? 5 We remember the fish that we ate in Egypt free cost: the cucumbers come into our mind, and the melons, and the leeks, and the onions, and the garlic. 6 Our soul is dry, our eyes behold no- thing else but manna. 7 * Now the manna was like coriander seed, of the colour of bdellium. g Ps. 67. 2. hA.M. 2514. Infra 33.16 ; Ps. 77. 19; x Cor. 10. ro. Cuap.11r. Ver.3. The burning. Hebrew, Tabe-| rah. Ver. 4. A mixt multitude., These were people that came with them out of Egypt, who were not of the race of Israel : who, by their murmuring, drew also the children of Israel to murmur : this should teach us the danger of associating ourselves with the chil- dren of Egypt, that is, with the lovers and admirers of this wicked world. NUMBERS. ‘ CHAP. IT. 8 And the people went about, and gath- ering it, ground it in a mill, or beat it in a mortar, and boiled it in a pot, and make cakes thereof of the taste of bread |tempered with oil. g And when the dew fell in the night upon the camp, the manna also fell with it. | 10 Now Moses heard the people weep- ing by their families, every one at the door of his tent. And the wrath of the |Lord was exceedingly enkindled: to becom also the thing seemed insupport- able. 11 And he said to the Lord : Why hast | thou afflicted thy servant ? wherefore do I not find favour before thee ? and why hast thou laid the weight of all this peo- ple upon me ? 12 Have I conceived all this multitude, or begotten them, that thou shouldst say to me: Carry them in thy bosom as the nurse is wont to the little infant, and bear them into the land, for which |thou hast sworn to their fathers ? 13 Whence should I have flesh to give to so great a multitude ? they |against me, saying: Give us flesh that |we may eat. 14 I am not able alone to bear all this people, because it is too heavy for me. 15 But if it seem unto thee otherwise, I beseech thee to kill me, and let me find grace in thy eyes, that I be not afflicted with so great evils. 16 And the Lord said to Moses : Gather unto me seventy men of the ancients of Israel, whom thou knowest to be ancients and masters of the people: and thou shalt bring them to the door of the tab- ernacle of the covenant, and shalt make them stand there with thee, 17 That I may come down and speak with thee : and I will take of thy spirit, and will give to them, that they may bear with thee the burden of the ple, and thou mayest not be burthened alone. 18 And thou shalt say to the Fes: Be ye sanctified : to morrow you eat |flesh: for I have heard you say : Who t Ps. 77. 21.— 7 1 Cor. 10. 3. k Ex. 16. 14; Ps. 77. 24 ; Wisd. 16. 20; John 6. 31. Ver. 7. Bdellium. Bdellium, according to Pliny, | I. 21, c. 9, was of the colour of a man’s nail, white and bright. Ver. 16. Seventy men. This was the first institu- tion of the council or senate, called the Sanhedrim, consisting of seventy or seventy-two senators or counsellors. CHAP. 12. will give us flesh to eat? it was well with us in Egypt. That the Lord may give you flesh, and you may eat: 1g Not for one day, nor two, nor five, nor ten, no nor for twenty. 20 But even for a month of days, till it come out at your nostrils, and become loathsome to you, because you have cast off the Lord, who is in the midst of you, and have wept before him, saying : Why came we out of Egypt ? 21 And Moses said: There are six hun- dred thousand footmen of this people, and sayest thou: I will give them flesh to eat a whole month ? 22 / Shall then a multitude of sheep and oxen be killed, that it may suffice for their food ? or shall the fishes of the sea be gathered together to fill them ? 23 And the Lord answered him: ™ Is the hand of the Lord unable ? Thou shalt presently see whether my word shall come to pass or no. 24 Moses therefore came, and told the people the words of the Lord, and as- sembled seventy men of the ancients of Israel, and made them to stand about the tabernacle. 25 And the Lord came down in a cloud, and spoke to him, taking away of the spirit that was in Moses, and giving to the seventy men. And when the spirit had rested on them they prophesied, nor did they cease afterwards. 26 Now there remained in the camp two of the men, of whom one was called El- dad, and the other Medad, upon whom the spirit rested ; for they also had been enrolled, but were not gone forth to the tabernacle. 27 And when they prophesied in the camp, there ran a young man, and told Moses, saying: Eldad and Medad pro- phesy in the camp. 28 Forthwith Josue the son of Nun, the minister of Moses, and chosen out of many, said: My lord Moses forbid them. 29 But he said: Why hast thou emula- tion for me ? O that all the people might 1 John. 6. 10.—mIsa. 59. 1.—n Ps.77. 26 and 27. NUMBERS. 15 prophesy, and that the Lord would give them his spirit! 30 And Moses returned, with the an- cients of Israel, into the camp. 31 And a wind going out from the Lord, taking quails up beyond the sea brought them, and cast them into the camp for the space of one day’s journey, on every side of the camp round about, and they flew in the air two cubits high above the ground. 32 The people therefore rising up all that day, and night, and the next day, gathered together of quails, he that did least, ten cores: and they dried them round about the camp. 33 ° As yet the flesh was between their teeth, neither had that kind of meat failed: when behold the wrath of the Lord being provoked against the people, struck them with an exceeding great plague. 34 And that place was called, The graves of lust : for there they buried the people that had lusted. And departing from the graves of lust, they came unto Haseroth, and abode there. CHAPTER 12. Mary and Aaron murmur against Moses, whom God pratseth above other prophets. Mary being struck with leprosy, Aaron confesseth his fault. Moses prayeth for her, and after seven days’ separ- ation from the camp, she ts restored. AND Mary and Aaron spoke against Moses, because of his wife the Ethio- pian, ? 2 And they said : Hath the Lord spoken by Moses only ? hath he not also spoken to us in like manner ? And when the Lord heard this, 3 (For Moses was a man exceeding meek above all men that dwelt upon earth) 4 Immediately he spoke to him, and to Aaron and Mary: Come out you three only to the tabernacle of the covenant. And when they were come out, 5 Lhe Lord came down in a pillar of the cloud, and stood in the entry of the tabernacle calling to Aaron and Mary. And when they were come, o Ps. 77.30. — pA M. 2514. Ver. 34. The graves of lust; or, the sepulchres of concupiscence: so called from their irregular desire of flesh. In Hebrew, Kibroth Hattaavah. Cuap. 12. Ver. 1. Ethiopian. Sephora the wife of Moses was of Madian, which bordered upon the land of Chus or Ethiopia : and therefore she is called an Ethiopian: where note, that the Ethiopia here spoken of is not that of Africa but that of Arabia. Ver. 3. Excecding meek. Moses being the meek- est of men. would not contend for himself ; there- fore, God inspired him to write here his own de- fence and the Holy Spirit, whose dictate he wrote, obliged him to declare the truth, though it*was so much to his own praise. 156 6 He said to them : Hear my words: if there be among you a prophet of the Lord, I will appear to him in a vision, or I will speak to him in a dream. 7 But it is not so with my servant Mo- ses 7 who is most faithful in all my house : 8 r For I speak to him mouth to mouth : and plainly, and not by riddles and figures doth he see the Lord. Why then were you not afraid to speak ill of my servant Moses ? g And being angry with them he went away : 10 The cloud also that was over the tabernacle departed : s and behold Mary appeared white as snow with a leprosy. And when Aaron had looked on her, and saw her all covered with leprosy, 11 He said to Moses: I beseech thee, my lord, lay not upon us this sin, which we have foolishly committed : 12 Let her not be as one dead, and as an abortive that is cast forth from the mother’s womb. Lo, now one half of her flesh is consumed with the leprosy. 13 And Moses cried to the Lord, saying : O God, I beseech thee heal her. 14 And the Lord answered him : If her father had spitten upon her face, ought she not to have been ashamed for seven days at least? Let her be separated seven days without the camp, and after- wards she shall be called again. 15 Mary therefore was put out of the camp seven days : and the people moved not from the place until Mary was called again. CHAPTER 13. The twelve spies are sent to view the land. The relation they make of tt. Nate the people marched from Hase- roth, and pitched their tents in the desert of Pharan. ¢ 2 And there the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 3 Send men to view the land of Cha- naan, which I will give to the children of Israel, one of every tribe, of the rulers. 4 Moses did what the Lord had com- manded, sending from the desert of Pharan, principal men, whose names are these : 5 Of the tribe of Ruben, Sammua the son of Zechur. 6 Of the tribe of Simeon, Saphat the son of Huri. q Heb. 3. 2. r Ex. 33. 11. — s Deut. 24.9. —/ A. M. 2514. NUMBERS. CuHap. 13. 7 Of the tribe of Juda, Caleb the son of Jephone . 8 Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph. g Of the tribe of Ephraim, Osee the son of Nun. 10 Of the tribe of Benjamin, Phalti the son of Raphu. 11 Of the tribe of Zabulon, Geddiel the son of Sodi. 12 Of the tribe of Joseph, of the sceptre of Manasses, Gaddi the son of Susi. 13 Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli. 14 Of the tribe of Aser, Sthur the son of Michael. 15 Of the tribe of Nephtali, Nahabi the son of Vapsi. 16 Of the tribe of Gad, Guel the son of Machi. 17 These are the names of the men, whom Moses sent to view the land: and he called Osee the son of Nun, Josue. 18 And Moses sent them to view the land of Chanaan, and said to them: Go you up by the south side. And when you shall come to the mountains, 19 View the land, of what sort it is : and the people that are the inhabitants there- of, whether they be strong or weak : few in number or many : 20 The land itself, whether it be good or bad : what manner of cities, walled or without walls : 21 The ground, fat or barren, woody or without trees. Be of good courage, and bring us of the fruits of the land. Now it was the time when the firstripe grapes are fit to be eaten. 22 And when they were gone up, they viewed the land from the desert of Sin, unto Rohob as you enter into Emath. 23 And they went up at the south side, and came to Hebron, where were » Achi- man and Sisai and Tholmai the sons of Enac. For Hebron was built seven years before Tanis the city of Egypt. 24 » And going forward as far as the torrent of the cluster of grapes, they cut off a branch with its cluster of grapes, which two men carried upon a lever. They took also of the pomegranates and of the figs of that place: 25 Which was called Nehelescol, that is to say, the torrent of the cluster of pes, because from thence the children of Israel had carried a cluster of grapes. u Acts 7. 45, and Heb. 4. 8, —v Jos. 15. 14. w Deut, 1. 24. | CHAP. 14. 26 And they that went to spy out the Jand returned after forty days, having gone round all the country, _ 27 And came to Moses and Aaron and to ‘all the assembly of the children of Israel to the desert of Pharan, which is in Cades. And speaking to them and to all the multitude, they shewed them the fruits of the land: 28 And they related and said : We came into the land to which thou sentest us, which in very deed floweth with milk and honey, as may be known by these fruits : 29 But it hath very strong inhabitants, and the cities are great and walled. We saw there the race of Enac. 30 Amalec dwelleth in the south, the Hethite and the Jebusite and the Amor- rhite in the mountains : but the Chanaan- ite abideth by the sea and near the streams of the Jordan. ' 31 In the mean time Caleb, to still the \murmuring of the people that rose against Moses, said: Let us go up and possess the land, for we shall be able to conquer it. 32 But the others, that had been with him, said : No, we are not able to go up to this people, because they are stronger than we. 33 And they spoke ill of the land, which they had viewed, before the children of Israel, saying: The land which we have viewed, devoureth its inhabitants: the people, that we beheld, are of a tall stature. 34 There we saw certain monsters of the sons of Enac, of the giant kind: in ‘comparison of whom, we seemed like locusts. CHAPTER 14. |The people murmur. God threateneth to destroy them. Heisappeased by Moses, yet soas to exclude the murmurers from entering the promised land. The authors of the sedition are struck dead. The rest going to fight against the will of God are | beaten. ORE the whole multitude cry- | ing wept that night. | 2 And all the children of Israel mur- ‘tmured against Moses and Aaron, say- ing: 3 Would God that we had died in Egypt: «x Eccli. 46. 9 ; 1 Mac. 2. 55 and 56. Cuap. 13. Ver.33. Spokeill,&c. These men, | who by their misrepresentations of the land of pro- | mise, discouraged the Israelites from attempting _ the conquest of it, were a figure of worldings, wha, NUMBERS. 5), and would God we may die in this vast wilderness, and that the Lord may not bring us into this land, lest we fall by the sword, and our wives and children be led away captives. Is it not better to return into Egypt ? 4 And they said one to another : Let us appoint a captain, and let us return into Egypt. 5 And when Moses and Aaron heard this, they fell down flat upon the ground before the multitude of the children of Israel. 6 * But Josue the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephone, who themselves also had viewed the land, rent their garments, 7 And said to all the multitude of the children of Israel: The land which we have gone round is very good : 8 If the Lord be favourable, he will bring us into it, and give us a land flowing with milk and honey. 9 Be not rebellious against the Lord : and fear ye not the people of this land, for we are able to eat them up as bread. All aid is gone from them: the Lord is with us, fear ye not. to And when all the multitude cried out, and would have stoned them, the glory of the Lord appeared over the tabernacle of the covenant to all the children of Israel. iz And the Lord said to Moses: How long will this people detract me ? how long will they not believe me for all the signs that I have wrought before them ? 12 I will strike them therefore with pestilence, and will consume them: but thee I will make a ruler over a great na- tion, and a mightier than this is. 13 And Moses said to the Lord: That the Egyptians, from the midst of whom thou hast brought forth this people, 14 And the inhabitants of thisland, (who have heard that thou, O Lord, art among this people, and art seen face to face, y and thy cloud protecteth them, and thou goest before them in a pillar of a cloud by day, and in a pillar of fire by night,) 15 May hear that thou hast killed so great a multitude as it were one man and may say : 16 He could not bring the people into the land for which he had sworn, ¢ there- y Ex. 13. 21. — 2 Ex. 32. 28. by decrying or misrepresenting true devotion, dis- courage Christians from seeking in earnest and acquiring so great a good, and thereby securing to themselves a happy eternity. 158 fore did he kill them in the wilderness. 17 Let then the strength of the Lord be magnified, as thou hast sworn, saying : 18 4The Lord is patient and full of mercy, ’ taking away iniquity and wick- edness, and leaving no man clear, ¢ who visitest the sins of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth gen- eration. 19 Forgive, I beseech thee, the sins of this people, according to the greatness of thy mercy, as thou hast been merciful to them from their going out of Egypt unto this place. 20 And the Lord said : I have forgiven according to thy word. 21 As I live: and the whole earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord. 22 But yet all the men that have seen my majesty,and thesigns that I have done in Egypt, and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now ten times, and have not obeyed my voice, 23 @Shall not see the land for which I swore to their fathers, neither shall any one of them that hath detracted me be- hold it. 24 ¢ My servant Caleb, who being full of another spirit hath followed me, I will bring into this land which he hath gone round : and his seed shall possess it. 25 For the Amalecite and the Chanaanite dwell in the valleys. To morrow remove the camp, and return into the wilderness by the way of the Red Sea. 26 And the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying : 27 How long doth this wicked multitude murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel. 28 Say therefore to them: As I live, saith the Lord: According as you have spoken in my hearing, so will I do to you. 29 /In the wilderness shall your car- casses lie. All you that were numbered from twenty years old and upward, and have murmured against me, 30 ¢ Shall not enter into the land, over which I lifted up my hand to make you dwell therein, except Caleb the son of Jephone, and Josue the son of Nun. 31 But your children, of whom you said, that they should be a prey to the enemies, a Ps. 102. 8. —b Ex. 34. 7. —c Ex. 20. 5. d Deut. 1. 35. —e Jos. 14. 6. / Ps. 105. 26. — g Deut. 1. 35. CuHap. 14. Ver. 18. punishment. Ver. 33. Clear, i. e., who deserves Shall bear your fornication. That is, NUMBERS. Cuap. 1 will I bring in: that may see land which you have despised. ness. 33 Your children shall wander in the desert forty years, and shall bear your fornication, until the carcasses of their fathers be consumed in the desert, 34 According to the number of the forty. days, wherein you viewed the land: * a year shall be counted for a day. * And forty years you shall receive your iniqui- ties, and shall know my revenge : 35 For as I have spoken, so will I do to. all this wicked multitude, that hath risen up together against me : in this wilderness shall it faint away and die. 36 7 Therefore all the men, whom Moses had sent to view the land, and who at their return had made the whole multi- tude to murmur against him, speaking ill of the land that it was naught, 37 Died and were struck in the sight of the Lord. 38 But Josue-the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephone lived, of all them that had gone to view the land. 39 And Moses spoke all these words to all the children of Israel, and the people mourned exceedingly. 40 And behold rising up very early in the morning, they went up to the top of the mountain, and said: We are ready to go up to the place, of which the Lord hath spoken : for we have sinned. 41 And Moses said to them : Why trans- gress you the word of the Lord, which shall not succeed prosperously with you ? 42 * Go not up. for the Lord is not with you : lest you fall before your enemies. 43 The Amalecite and the Chanaanite are before you, and by their sword you shall fall, because you would not consent to the Lord, neither will the Lord be with ou. 44 But they being blinded went up to the top of the mountain. But the ark of the testament of the Lord and Moses de- parted not from the camp. 45 And the Amalecite came down, and the Chanaanite that dwelt in the moun- tain : and smiting and slaying them pur- sued them as far as Horma. h Ezech 4. 6.—za Ps. 94. 10. 7 Judith 8. 24; 1 Cor. ro. ro; Heb. 3. 17 ; Jude r. 5. k Deut. 1. 42. shall bear the punishment of your disloyalty to God, which in the scripture language is here called” a fornication, in a spiritual sense. 32 Your carcasses shall lie in the wilder. ¥ Cwap. 15. CHAPTER 15. Certain laws concerning sacrifices. ing ts puntshed with death. The law of fringes on thew garments. the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and on shalt say to them: When you shall be come into the land of your habi- tation, which I will give you, 3 And shall make an offering to the Lord,for a holocaust, or a victim, paying your vows, or voluntarily offering gifts, or in your solemnities burning a sweet savour unto the Lord, of oxen or of sheep 4 Whosoever immolateth the victim, shall offer a sacrifice of fine flour, the tenth part of an ephi, tempered with the fourth part of a hin of oil : 5 And he shall give the same measure of wine to pour out in libations for the holo- caust or for the victim. For every lamb, 6 And for every ram there shall be a sacrifice of flour of two tenths, which shall be tempered with the third part of a hin of oil : 7 And he shall offer the third part of the same measure of wine for the liba- tion, for a sweet savour to the Lord. 8 But when thou offerest a holocaust or sacrifice of oxen, to fulfil thy vow or for victims of peace offerings, 9 Thou shalt give for every ox three tenths of flour tempered with half a hin of oil, to And wine for libations of the same measure, for an offering of most sweet savour to the Lord. rz Thus shalt thou do 12 For every ox and ram and lamb and kid. 13 Both they that are born in the land, and the strangers 14 Shall offer sacrifices after the same rite. 15 There shall be all one law and judg- ment both for you and for them who are strangers in the land. 16 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: I7 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them : 18 When you are come into the land which I will give you, 1g And shall eat of the bread of that country, you shall separate firstfruits to the Lord, 20 Ofthe things you eat. As you sepa- tate firstfruits of your barnfloors : 21 So also shall you give firstfruits of your dough to the Lord. NUMBERS. E59 22 And if through ignorance you omit Sabbath break-|any of these things, which the Lord hath spoken to Moses, 23 And by him hath commanded you, from the day that he began to command and thenceforward, 24 And the multitude have forgotten to do it: they shall offer a calf out of the herd, a holocaust for a most sweet savour to the Lord, and the sacrifice and liba- tions thereof, as the ceremonies require, and a buck goat for sin : 25 And the priest shall pray for all the multitude of the children of Israel : and it shall be forgiven them, because they sinned ignorantly, offering notwith- standing a burnt offering to the Lord for themselves and for their sin and their ignorance : 26 And it shall be forgiven all the people of the children of Israel: and the stran- gers that sojourn among them : because it is the fault of all the people through ignorance. 27 But if one soul shall sin ignorantly, he shall offer a she goat of a year old for his sin. 28 And the priest shall pray for him, because he sinned ignorantly before the Lord: and he shall obtain his pardon, and it shall be forgiven him. 29 The same law shall be for all that sin by ignorance, whether they be natives or strangers. 30 But the soul that committeth any thing through pride, whether he be born in the land or a stranger (because he hath been rebellious against the Lord) shall be cut off from among his peo- ple : 31 For he hath contemned the word of the Lord, and made void his precept: therefore shall he be destroyed, and shall bear his iniquity. 32 And it came to pass, when the chil- dren. of Israel were in the wilderness, and had found a man gathering sticks on the sabbath day, 33 That they brought him to Moses and Aaron and the whole multitude. 34 And they put him into prison, not knowing what they should do with him. 35 And the Lord said to Moses: Let that man die, let all the multitude stone him without the camp. 36 And when they had brought him out, they stoned him, and he died as the Lord had commanded. 37 The Lord also said to Moses : 160 38 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt tell them / to make to them- selves fringes in the corners of their gar- ments, putting in them ribands of blue : 39 That when they shall see them, they may remember all the commandments of the Lord, and not follow their own thoughts and eyes going astray after di- vers things, 40 But rather being mindful of the pre- cepts of the Lord, may do them and be holy to their God. 41 lam the Lord your God, who brought you out of the land of Egypt, that I might be your God. CHAPTER 16. The schism of Core and hts adherents : their pun- ishment. ND behold Core the son of Isaar, the son of Caath, the son of Levi, and Dathan and Abiron the sons of Eliab, and Hon the son of Pheleth of the chil- dren of Ruben, 2 Rose up against Moses, and with them two hundred and fifty others of the chil- dren of Israel, leading men of the syna- gogue, and who in the time of assembly were called by name. 3 m And when they had stood up against Moses and Aaron, they said: Let it be enough for you, that all the multitude consisteth of holy ones, and the Lord is among them: Why lift you up your- selves above the people of the Lord ? 4 When Moses heard this, he fell flat on his face : 5 And speaking to Core and all the mul- titude, he said : In the morning the Lord will make known who belong to him, and the holy he will join to himself : and whom he shall choose, they shall ap- proach to him. 6 Do this therefore : Take every man of you your censers, thou Core, and all thy company. 7 And putting fire 7 them to morrow, put incense upon it before the Lord : and whomsoever he shall choose, the same shall be holy : you take too much upon you, ye sons of Levi. { Deut. 22. 12 ; Matt. 23. 5. Cuap. 15. Ver. 38. Fringes. The Pharisees enlarged these fringes through hypocrisy, Matt. 23. 5, to appear more zealous than other men for the law of God. Cuap. 16. Ver. 2. Rose up. The crime of these men, which was punished in so remarkable a manner, was that of schism, and of rebellion against the authority established by God in the NUMBERS. Cap. 16. 8 And he said again to Core: Hear ye sons of Levi. 9 Is it a small thing unto you, that the God of Israel hath spared you from all the people, and joined yoy to himself, that you should serve him in the service of the tabernacle, and should stand be- fore the congregation of the people, and should minister to him ? 10 Did he therefore make thee and all thy brethren the sons of Levi to ap- proach unto him, that you should chal- lenge to yourselves the priesthood also, 11 And that all thy company should stand against the Lord ? for what is Aar- on that you murmur against him ? 12 Then Moses sent to call Dathan and Abiron the sons of Eliab. But they an- swered : We will not come. 13 Is it asmall matter to thee, that thou hast brought us out of a land that flowed with milk and honey, to kill us in the desert, except thou rule also like a lord over us ? 14 Thou hast brought us indeed into a land that floweth with rivers of milk and honey, and hast given us possessions of fields and vineyards ; wilt thou also pull out our eyes ? We will not come. 15 Moses therefore being very angry, said to the Lord: Respect not their sac- rifices : thou knowest that I have not taken of them so much as a young ass at any time, nor have injured any of them. 16 And he said to Core: Do thou and thy congregation stand apart before the Lord to morrow, and Aaron apart. 17 Take every one of you censers, and put incense upon them, offering to the Lord two hundred and fifty censers : let Aaron also hold his censer. 18 When they had done this, Moses and Aaron standing, 19 And had drawn up all the multitude against them to the door of the taber- nacle, the glory of the Lord appeared to them all. zo And the Lord speaking to Moses and Aaron, said : 21 Separate yourselves from among this m Eccli. 45. 22 ; 1 Cor. 10. 10 ; Jude r. 12. church ; and their pretending to the priesthood without being lawfully called and sent: the same is the case of all modern sectaries. Ver. 15. Very angry. This anger was a zeal against sin; and an indignation at the affront offer- ed to God; like that which the same holy prophet conceived upon the sight of the golden calf, Ex. 32. 19. CuHaP. 16. . NUMBERS. I61 congregation, that I may presently de-|one side and the other: because they stroy them. are sanctified 22 They fell flat on their face, and said :| 38 In the deaths of the sinners : and let O most mighty, the God of the spirits of) him beat them into plates, and fasten all flesh, for one man’s sin shall thy wrath|them to the altar, because incense hath rage against all ? been offered in them to the Lord, and 23 And the Lord said to Moses : they are sanctified, that the children of 24 Command the whole people to sepa-|Israel may see them for a sign and a rate themselves from the tents of Core| memorial. and Dathan and Abiron. 39 Then Eleazar the priest took the 25 And Moses arose, and went to Da-| brazen censers, wherein they had offered, than and Abiron : and the ancients of}whom the burning fire had devoured, Israel following him, and beat them into plates, fastening 26 He said to the multitude: Depart| them to the altar : from the tents of these wicked men, and} 40 That the children of Israel might touch nothing of theirs, lest you be in-|have for the time to come wherewith volved in their sins. they should be admonished, that no 27 And when they were departed from!stranger or any one that is not of the their tents round about, Dathan and Abi-!seed of Aaron should come near to offer ron coming out stood in the entry of|incense to the Lord, lest he should suffer their pavilions with their wives and chil-;as Core suffered, and all his congrega- dren, and ali the people. tion, according as the Lord spoke to 28 And Moses said: By this you shall| Moses. know that the Lord hath sent me to do} 41 The following day all the multitude all things that you see, and that I have|;of the children of Israel murmured not forged them of my own head : against Moses and Aaron, saying: You 29 If these men die the common death) have killed the people of the Lord. of men, and if they be visited with a| 42 And when there arose a sedition, plague, wherewith others also are wont| and the tumult increased, to be visited, the Lord did not send| 43 Moses and Aaron fled to the taber- me. nacle of the covenant. And when they 30 But if the Lord do a new thing, and|were gone into it, the cloud covered it, the earth opening her mouth swallow| and the glory of the Lord appeared. them down, and all things that belong; 44 And the Lord said to Moses: to them, and they go down alive into| 45 Get you out from the midst of this hell, you shall know that they have blas-| multitude, this moment will I destroy phemed the Lord. them. And as they were lying on the 31 ™ And immediately as he had made} ground, an end of speaking, the earth broke| 46 Moses said to Aaron: Take the cen- asunder under their feet : ser, and putting fire in it from the altar, 32 And opening her mouth, devoured|put incense upon it, and go quickly to them with their tents and all their sub-| the people to pray for them : for already stance. | wrath is gone out from the Lord, and 33 And they went down alive into hell, | the plague rageth. the ground closing upon them, and they| 47 When Aaron had done this, and had perished from among the people. run to the midst of the multitude which 34 But all Israel, that was standing|the burning fire was now destroying, he round about, fled at the cry of them that| offered the incense : were perishing: saying: Lest perhaps} 48 And standing between the dead and the earth swallow us up also. the living, he prayed for the people, and 35 And a fire coming out from the Lord, | the plague ceased. destroyed the two hundred and fifty} 49 And the number of them that were men that offered the incense. slain was fourteen thousand and seven 2 36 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say-|hundred men, besides them that had mg: perished in the sedition of Core. 37 Command Eleazar the son of Aaron 50 And Aaron returned to Moses to the the priest to take up the censers that lie|door of the tabernacle of the covenant in the burning, and to scatter the fire of| after the destruction was over. n Deut. 11.6; Ps. 105. 17 and 18. 6 HOLY BIBLE 162 CHAPTER 17. The priesthood ts confirmed to Aaron by the mira- cle of the blooming of hts rod, which ts kept for a monument in the tabernacle. AND the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 2 Speak to the children of Israel, and take of every one of them a rod by their kindreds, of all the princes of the tribes, twelve rods, and write the name of every man upon his rod. 3 And the name of Aaron shall be for the tribe of Levi, and one rod shall con- tain all their families : 4 And thou shalt lay them up in the tabernacle of the covenant before the testimony, where I will speak to thee. 5 Whomsoever of these I shall choose, his rod shall blossom: and I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the children of Israel, wherewith they mur- mur against you. 6 And Moses spoke to the children of Israel : and all the princes gave him rods one for every tribe: and there were twelve rods besides the rod of Aaron. 7 And when Moses had laid them up before the Lord in the tabernacle of the testimony : 8 He returned on the following day, and found that the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi, was budded : and that the buds swelling it had bloomed blossoms, which spreading the leaves, were formed into almonds. 9 Moses therefore brought out all the rods from before the Lord to all the children of Israel: and they saw, and every one received their rods. to And the Lord said to Moses : Carry back the rod of Aaron into the taber- nacle of the testimony, ° that it may be kept there for a token of the rebellious children of Israel, and that their com- plaints may cease from me lest they die. rr And Moses did as the Lord had com- manded. 12 And the children of Israel said to Moses: Behold we are consumed, we all perish. 13 Whosoever approacheth to the tab- ernacle of the Lord, he dieth. Are we all to a man to be utterly destroyed ? o Heb. 9. 4. CuHap. 17. Ver. 8. The rod of Aaron for the house of Levi, was budded, &c. This rod of Aaron which thus miraculously brought forth fruit, wasa figure of the blessed Virgin conceiving and bring- ing forth her Son without any prejudice to her vir- ginity. NUMBERS. ‘i Cuap. 18. CHAPTER 18. The cherge of the Sree Se ae and heir portion. ND the Lord said to Aaron: Thou, and thy sons, and thy father’s house with thee shall bear the ini quity of the sanctuary : and thou and thy sons with thee shall bear the sins of your priest- hood. 2 And take with thee thy brethren also of the tribe of Levi, and the sceptre of thy father, and let them be ready in hand, and minister to thee: but thou and thy sons shall minister in the taber- nacle of the testimony. 3 And the Levites shall watch to do thy commands, and about all the works of the tabernacle : only they shall not come nigh the vessels of the sanctuary nor the altar, lest both they die, and you also perish with them. 4 But let them be with thee, and watch in the charge of the tabernacle, and in all the ceremonies thereof. A stranger shall not join himself with you. 5 Watch ye in the charge of the sanctu- ary, and in the ministry of the altar : lest indignation rise upon the children of Israel. 6 I have given you your brethren the Levites from among the children of Is- rael, and have delivered them for a gift to the Lord, to serve in the ministries of the tabernacle. 7 But thou and thy sons look ye to the priesthood : and all things that Pear to the service of the altar, and t are within the veil, shall be executed by the priests. If any stranger shall approach, he shall be slain. 8 And the Lord said to Aaron : Behold I have given thee the charge of my first- fruits. All things that are sanctified by the children of Israel, I have deligeesl to thee and to thy sons for the priestly office, by everlasting ordinances. 9 These therefore shalt thou take of the things that are sanctified, and are offered to the Lord. Every offering, and sacrifice, and whatsoever is rendered to me for sin and for trespass, and becom- Cuap.18. Ver.r. Thou, and thy father’s house with thee, shall bear the iniquity of the sanctuary. That is, you shall be punished if, through negli- gence or want of due attention, you err in the discharge of the sacred functions for which you were ordained. CHAP. I9. NUMBERS. 163 eth holy of holies, shall be for thee and{all the tithes of Israel for a possession. thy sons. for the ministry wherewith they serve 1o Thou shalt eat it in the sanctuary : the males only shall eat thereof, because it is a consecrated thing to thee. Ir But the firstfruits, which the chil- dren of Israel shall vow and offer, I have given to thee, and to thy sons, and to thy daughters, by a perpetual law. He that is clean in thy house, shall eat them. 12 All the best of the oil, and of the wine, and of the corn, whatsoever first- fruits they offer to the Lord, I have given them to thee. 13 All the firstripe of the fruits, that the ground bringeth forth, and which are brought to the Lord, shall be for thy use: he that is clean in thy house, shall eat them. 14 Every thing that the children of Is- rael shall give by vow, shall be thine. 15 Whatsoever is firstborn of all flesh, hich they offer to the Lord, whether it e of men, or of beasts, shall belong to thee : only for the firstborn of man thou shalt take a price, and every beast that is unclean thou shalt cause to be redeemed, 16 And the redemption of it shall be after one month, for five sicles of silver, by the weight of the sanctuary. ?A icle hath twenty obols. 17 But the firstling of a cow and of a sheep and of a goat thou shalt not cause to be redeemed, because they are sancti- fied to the Lord. Their blood only thou shalt pour upon the altar, and their fat thou shalt burn for a most sweet odour to the Lord. 18 But the flesh shall fall to thy use, as the consecrated breast, and the right shoulder shall be thine. tg All the firstfruits of the sanctuary which the children of Israel offer to the Lord, I have given to thee and to thy sons and daughters, by a perpetual ordi- nance. It is a covenant of salt for ever before the Lord, to thee and to thy sons. 20 And the Lord said to Aaron: You shall possess nothing in their land, nei- ther shall you have a portion among them : I am thy portion and inheritance in the midst of the children of Israel. 21 And I have given to the sons of Levi p Ex. 30. 13; Lev. 27. 25; Supra 3. 47; Ezech.45.12. Ver. 19. A covenant of salt. It is a proverbial _ expression, signifying a covenant not to be al- tered or corrupted; as salt is used to keep things from corruption ; a covenant perpetual, like that me in the tabernacle of the covenant : 22 That the children of Israel may not approach any more to the tabernacle, nor commit deadly sin, 23 But only the sons of Levi may serve me in the tabernacle, and bear the sins of the people. It shall be an everlasting ordinance in your generations. 4% They shall not possess any other thing, 24 But be content with the oblation or tithes, which I have separated for their uses and necessities. 25 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing: 26 Command the Levites, and declare unto them: When you shall receive of the children of Israel the tithes, which I have given you, offer the firstfruits of them to the Lord, that is to say, the tenth part of the tenth : 27 That it may be reckoned to you as an oblation of firstfruits, as well of the barnfloors as of the winepresses : 28 And of all the things of which you receive tithes, offer the firstfruits to the Lord, and give them to Aaron the priest. 29 All the things that you shall offer of the tithes, and shall separate for the gifts of the Lord, shall be the best and choi- cest things. 30 And thou shalt say to them : If you offer all the goodly and the better things of the tithes, it shall be reckoned to you as if you had given the firstfruits of the barnfloor and the winepress : 31 And you shall eat them in all your places, both you and your families : be- cause it is your reward for the ministry, wherewith you serve in the tabernacle of the testimony. 32 And you shall not sin in this point, by reserving the choicest and fat things to yourselves, lest you profane the obla- tions of the children of Israel, and die. CHAPTER Io. The law of the sacrifice of the red cow, and the water of exptation. Pee the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying : q Deut. 18. 1. by which it was appointed, that salt should be used in every sacrifice. Lev. 2. Ver. 22. Deadly sin. bring death after it. That is, sin which will 164 2 This is the observance of the victim, which the Lord hath ordained. Com- NUMBERS. oo — CHAP. 20. | in a tent: All that go into his tent and all the vessels that are there, shall be mand the children of Israel, that they | unclean seven days. bring unto thee a red cow of full age, 15 The vessel that hath no cover, nor in which there is no blemish, and which| binding over it, shall be unclean. hath not carried the yoke : 16 If any man in the field touch the 3 And you shall deliver her to Eleazar| corpse of a man that was slain, or that the priest, * who shall bring her forth without the camp, and shall immolate her in the sight of all : 4 And dipping his finger in her blood, shall sprinkle it over against the door of the tabernacle seven times, 5 And shall burn her in the sight of all, delivering up to the fire her skin, and her flesh, and her blood, and her dung. 6 The priest shall also take cedar wood, and hyssop, and scarlet twice dyed, and cast it into the flame, with which the cow is consumed. 7 And then after washing his garments, and body, he shall enter into the camp, and shall be unclean until the evening. 8 He also that hath burned her, shall, wash his garments, and his body, and) shall be unclean until the evening. | died of himself, or his bone, or his grave, he shall be unclean seven days. 17 And they shall take of the ashes of the burning and of the sin offering, and shall pour living waters upon them into a vessel. 18 And a man that is clean shall dip hyssop in them, and shall sprinkle there- with all the tent, and all the furniture, and the men that are defiled with touch- ing any such thing : 1g And in this manner he that is clean shall purify the unclean on the third and on the seventh day. And being expi- ated the seventh day, he shall wash both | himself and his garments, and be unclean until the evening. 20 If any man be not expiated after this rite, his soul shall perish out of the midst g And a man that is clean shall gather|of the church : because he hath profaned up the ashes of the cow, and shall pour) the sanctuary of the Lord, and was not them forth without the camp in a most/sprinkled with the water of purification. clean place, that they may be reserved’ 21 This precept shall be an ordinance for the multitude of the children of Israel,’ for ever. He also that sprinkled the and for a water of aspersion: because water, shall wash his garments. Every the cow was burnt for sin. one that shall touch the waters of expia- ro And when he that carried the ashes/tion, shall be unclean until the evening. of the cow, hath washed his garments, he; 22 Whatsoever a person toucheth who shall be unclean until the evening. Theis unclean, he shall make it unclean : and children of Israel, and the strangers that|the person that toucheth any of these dwell among them, shall observe this for! things, shall be unclean until the even- a holy thing by a perpetual ordinance. 11 He that toucheth the corpse of a man, and is therefore unclean seven days, 12 Shall be sprinkled with this water on the third day, and on the seventh, and so shall be cleansed. If he were not sprinkled on the third day, he cannot be cleansed on the seventh. 13 Every one that toucheth the corpse of a man, and is not sprinkled with this mixture, shall profane the tabernacle of the Lord, and shall perish out of Israel : because he was not sprinkled with the wa- ter of expiation, he shall be unclean, and his uncleanness shall remain upon him. 14 This is the law of a man that dieth y Heb. 13. 11. Cuap. 19. Ver. 2. A red cow, &c. This red cow, offered in sacrifice for sin, and consumed with fire without the camp, with the ashes of which, mingled with water, the unclean were tobe | ing. CHAPTER 20. The death of Mary the sister of Moses. The people murmur for want of water: God giveth it them from the rock. The death of Aaron. AsD the children of Israel, and all the multitude came into the desert of Sin, in the first month; and the people abode in Cades. And Mary died there, and was buried in the same place. s 2 And the people wanting water, came together against Moses and Aaron : 3 And making a sedition, they said: Would God we had perished among our brethren before the Lord. s A.M.2552. Ante C. 1452. expiated and purified; was a figure of the passion of Christ, by whose precious blood applied to our souls in the holy sacraments,we are cleansed from our sins. CHAP. 20. 4 * Why have you brought out the church of the Lord into the wilderness, that both we and our cattle should die ? 5 Why have you made us come up out of Egypt, and have brought us into this wretched place which cannot be sowed, nor bringeth forth figs, nor vines, nor pomegranates, neither is there any water to drink ? 6 And Moses and Aaron leaving the multitude, went into the tabernacle of the covenant, and fell flat upon the ground, and cried to the Lord, and said : O Lord God, hear the cry of this people, and open to them thy treasure, a foun- tain of living water, that being satisfied, they may cease to murmur. And the glory of the Lord appeared over them. 7 And the Lord spoke to Moses, say- ing : 8 Take the rod, and assemble the peo- ple together, thou and Aaron thy brother, and speak to the rock before them, and. And when thou| _it shall yield waters. hast brought forth water out of the rock, all the multitude and their cattle shall drink. Q *« Moses therefore took the rod, which, was before the Lord, as he had com- manded him, to And having gathered together the. multitude before the rock, he said to them: Hear, ye rebellious and incredu- lous : » Can we bring you forth water out | of this rock ? tr And when Moses had lifted up his hand, and struck the rock twice with the tod, there came forth water in great abundance, so that the people and their cattle drank, 12 And the Lord said to Moses and Aaron: ~ Because you have not believed me, to sanctify me before the children of Israel, you shall not bring these people into the land, which I will give them. 13 This is the Water of contradiction, where the children of Israel strove with words against the Lord, and he was sanc- tified in them. 14 In the mean time Moses sent messen- gers from Cades to the king of Edom, to PaE gt 3: u Ex. 17.5 and 6; Wisd. 11. 4. NUMBERS. 165 say : Thus saith thy brother Israel : Thou knowest all the labour that hath come upon us: 15 In what manner our fathers went down into Egypt, and there we dwelt a long time, and the Egyptians afflicted us and our fathers. 16 And how we cried to the Lord, and he heard us, and sent an angel, who hath brought us out of Egypt. Lo, we are now in the city of Cades, which is in the uttermost of thy borders, 17 And we beseech thee that we may have leave to pass through thy country. We will not go through the fields, nor through the vineyards, we will not drink the waters of thy wells, but we will go by the common highway, neither turning aside to the right hand, nor to the left, | till we are past thy borders. 18 And Edom answered them: Thou shalt not pass by me: if thou dost I will come out armed against thee. tg And the children of Israel said: We will go by the beaten way : and if we and our cattle drink of thy waters, we will give thee what is just: there shall be no difficulty in the price, only let us pass speedily. 20 But he answered: Thou shalt not pass. And immediately he came forth to meet them with an infinite multitude, and a strong hand, 21 Neither would he condescend to their | desire to grant them passage through his -borders. Wherefore Israel turned an- | cther way from him. | 22 And when they had removed the ‘camp from Cades, they came to mount | Hor, which is in the borders of the land of Edom : 23 Where the Lord spoke to Moses : | 24 Let Aaron_ saith he, go to his people : for he shall not go into the land which I have given the children of Israel, because ‘he was incredulous to my words, at the waters of contradiction. 25 * Take Aaron and his son with him, and bring them up into mount Hor : 26 And when thou hast stripped the father of his vesture, thou shalt vest v Ps. 77. 15 and 20; 1 Cor. ro. 4. w Deut. 1. 37. — x Infra 33. 38 ; Deut. 32. 50. CHap. 20. Ver. 11. Therock. This rock was a figure of Christ, and the water that issued out from the rock, of his precious blood, the source of all our good. Ver. 12. You have not believed, &c. The fault of Moses and Aaron, on this occasion, was a cer- tain diffidence and weakness of faith ; not doubt- ing of God’s power or veracity ; but apprehending the unworthiness of that rebellious and incredul- ous people, and therefore speaking with some ambiguity. Ver. 13. The Water of contradiction or strife. Hebrew, Mertbah. : 166 therewith Eleazar his son: Aaron shall be gathered ¢o his people, and die there. 27 Moses did as the Lord had command- ed: and they went up into mount Hor before all the multitude. 28 And when he had stripped Aaron of his vestments, he vested Eleazar his son with them. 29 And Aaron being dead in the top of the mountain, he came down with Eleazar. 30 And all the multitude seeing that Aaron was dead, mourned for him thirty days throughout all their families. CHAPTER 2t. King Arad ts overcome. The people murmur and are puntshed with fiery serpents : they are healed by the brazen serpent. They conquer the kings Sehon and Og. ASP when king Arad the Chanaanite, who dwelt towards the south, had heard this, to wit, that Israel was come by the way of the spies, he fought against them, and overcoming them carried off their spoils. ¥ 2 But Israel binding himself by vow to the Lord, said : If thou wilt deliver this people into my hand, I will utterly de- stroy their cities. 3 And the Lord heard the prayers of Israel, and delivered up the Chanaanite, and they cut them off and destroyed their cities: and they called the name of that place Horma, that is to say, Ana- thema. 4 And they marched from mount Hor, by the way that leadeth to the Red Sea, to compass the land of Edom. And the people began to be weary of their journey and labour : 5 And speaking against God and Moses, they said : Why didst thou bring us out of Egypt, to die in the wilderness ? There is no bread, nor have we any waters : our soul now loatheth this very light food. 6 « Wherefore the Lord sent among the people fiery serpents, which bit them and killed many of them. 7 Upon which they came to Moses, and y A. M. 2552. — « Infra 33. 40. a Judith 8. 25 ; Wisd. 16. 5; 1 Cor. ro. 9. Cuap. 21. Ver. 3. Anathema. That is, a thing devoted to utter destruction. Ver. 5. Very light food. So they call the heav- enly manna : thus worldlings loathe the things of heaven, for which they have no relish. Ver. 6. Ftery serpents. They are so called, because they that were bitten by them were burnt with a violent heat. NUMBERS. CHAP. 21- said : We have sinned, because we have spoken against the Lord and thee: pray that he may take away these serpents from us. d Moses prayed for the people. 8 And the Lord said to him: Make a brazen serpent, and set it up for a sign : whosoever being struck s look on it, shall live. 9 © Moses therefore made a brazen ser- pent, and set it up for a sign: which when they that were bitten looked upon, they were healed. 10 And the children of Israel setting forwards camped in Oboth. 11 And departing thence they pitched their tents in Jeabarim, in the wilderness, that faceth Moab toward the east. 12 And removing from thence, they came to the torrent Zared : 13 © Which they left and encamped over against Arnon, 4 which is in the desert and standeth out on the borders of the Amorrhite. ¢ For Arnon is the border of Moab, dividing the Moabites and the Amorrhites. 14 Wherefore it is said in the book of the wars of the Lord: As he did in the Red Sea, so will he do in the streams of Arnon. 15 The rocks of the torrents were bowed down that they might rest in Ar, and lie down in the borders of the Moab- ites. 16 When they went from that place, the well appeared whereof the Lord said to Moses : Gather the people together, and I will give them water. 17 Then Israel sung this song: Let the well spring up. They sung thereto: 18 The well, which the princes dug, and the chiefs of the people prepared by the direction of the lawgiver, and with their staves. And they marched from the wil- derness to Mathana. 19 From Mathana unto Nahaliel ;: from Nahaliel unto Bamoth. 20 From Bamoth, is a valle try of Moab, to the top of looked towards the desert. b John 3- 14. — ¢ Deut. 2. 13. d A. M. 2553. — e Judges 11. 18; Deut. 2. 24. in the coun- hasga, which Ver. 9. A brazen serpent. This was a figure of Christ crucified, and of the efficacy of a lively faith in him, against the bites of the hellish serpent. John 3. r4. Ver. 14. The book of the wars, &c. An ancient book, which, like several others quoted in scrip- ture, has been lost. CHAP. 22. 21 / And Israel sent messengers to Sehon king of the Amorrhites, saying 22 I beseech thee that I may have leave to pass through thy land : we will not go aside into the fields or the vineyards, we will not drink waters of the wells, we will go the king’s highway, till we be past thy borders. 23 And he would not grant that Israel should pass by his borders: but rather gathering an army, went forth to meet them in the desert, and came to Jasa, and fought against them. 24 & And he was slain by them with the edge of the sword, and they possessed his land from the Arnon unto the Jeboc, and to the confines of the children of Ammon : for the borders of the Ammonites, were kept with a strong garrison. 25 So Israel took all his cities, and dwelt in the cities of the Amorrhite, to wit, in Hesebon, and in the villages thereof. 26 Hesebon was the city of Sehon the king of the Amorrhites, who fought against the king of Moab: and took ail the land, that had been of his dominions, as far as the Arnon. 27 Therefore it is said in the proverb: Come into Hesebon, let the city of Sehon be built and set up : 26 A fire is gone out of Hesebon, a flame from the city of Sehon, and hath consumed Ar of the Moabites, and the inhabitants of the high places of the Arnon. 29 % Woe to thee Moab: thou art un- done, O people of Chamos. He hath given his sons to flight, and his daughters into captivity to Sehon the king of the Amorrhites. 30 Their yoke is perished from Hesebon unto Dibon, they came weary to Nophe, and unto Medaba. 31 So Israel dwelt in the land of the Amorrhite. 32 And Moses sent some to take a view of Jazer: and they took the villages of it, and conquered the inhabitants. 33 * And they turned themselves, and went up by the way of Basan, and / Og the king of Basan came against them with all his people, to fight in Edrai. 34 And the Lord said to Moses: Fear him not, for I have delivered him and all his people, and his country into thy hand: and thou shalt do to him as thou didst to Sehon the king of the Amorrhites, the inhabitant of Hesebon. NUMBERS. 167 35 So they slew him also with his sons, and all his people, not letting any one escape, and they possessed his land. CHAPTER 22. Balac, king of Moab, sendeth twice for Balaam to curse Israel. In his way Balaam is rebuked by an angel. ye D they went forward and encamped in the plains of Moab, over against where Jericho is, situate beyond the Jor- dan. * 2 And Balac the son of Sephor, seeing all that Israel had done to the Amor- rhite, 3 And that the Moabites were in great fear of him, and were not able to sustain his assault, 4 He said to the elders of Madian : So will this people destroy all that dwell in our borders, as the ox is wont to eat the grass to the very roots. Now he was at that time king in Moab. 5 ' He sent therefore messengers to Ba- laam the son of Beor, a soothsayer, who dwelt by the river of the land of the children of Ammon, to call him, and to say: Behold a people is come out of Egypt, that hath covered the face of the earth, sitting over against me. 6 Come therefore, and curse this peo- ple, because it is mightier than I: if by any means I may beat them and drive them out of my land : for I know that he whom thou shalt bless is blessed, and he whom thou shalt curse is cursed. 7 And the ancients of Moab, and the elders of Madian, went with the price of divination in their hands. And when they were come to Balaam, and had told him all the words of Balac : 8 He answered : Tarry here this night, and I will answer whatsoever the Lord shall say to me. And while they stayed with Balaam,God came and said to him : 9 What mean these men that are with thee ? to He answered: Balac the son of Se- phor king of the Moabites hath sent to me, 11 Saying : Behold a people that is come out of Egypt, hath covered the face of the land: come and curse them, if by any means I may fight with them and drive them away. 1z And God said to Balaam: Thou shalt not go with them, nor shalt thou curse the people : because it is blessed. 13 And he rose in the morning and said f Deut. 2. 26; Judges 1z. 19. — g Ps. 134. 11; Amos 2. 9. — h Judges 11. 24; 3 Kings 11. 7. re, Deut. 3. 3, and 29. 7. —7A. M. 2553. k A.M. 2553. Ante C. 1451. —1 Jos. 24. 9. 168 to the princes: Go into your country, because the Lord hath forbid me to come with you. 14 The princes returning, said to Balac : Balaam would not come with us. 15 Then he sent many more and more noble than he had sent before : 16 Who, when they were come to Ba- laam, said: Thus saith Balac the son of Sephor, Delay not to come to me: 17 For I am ready to honour thee, and will give thee whatsoever thou wilt: come and curse this people. 18 Balaam answered: ™ If Balac would give me his house full of silver and gold, NUMBERS. <> es | CHaP. 22. rider: who being beat her sides more vehemently with a staff. 28 And the Lord opened the mouth of the ass, and she said : What have I done to thee ? Why strikest thou me, lo, now this third time ? 29 Balaam answered : Because thou hast deserved it, and hast served me ill: I sri I had a sword that I might kill thee. 30 The ass said : Am not I thy beast, on which thou hast been always accustomed to ride until this present day ? tell me if I ever did the like thing to thee. But he said : Never. I cannot alter the word of the Lord my| 31 Forthwith the Lord opened the eyes God, to speak either more or less. of Balaam, and he saw the angel, stand- 19 I pray you to stay herethis night also, |ing in the way with a drawn sword, and that I may know what the Lord will|he worshipped him falling flat on the answer me once more. ound. 20 God therefore came to Balaam in the; 32 And the angel said to him: Wh night, and said to him: If these men be} beatest thou thy ass these three times ? come to call thee, arise and go with them : | I am come to withstand thee, because thy yet so, that thou do what I shall com- mand thee. 21 Balaam arose in the morning, and saddling his ass went with them. 22 »AndGod wasangry. And an angel of the Lord stood in the way against way is perverse, and contrary to me: 33 And unless the ass had turned out of the way, giving place to me who stood against thee, I had slain thee, and she should have lived. 34 Balaam said: I have sinned, not Balaam, who sat on the ass, and had two; knowing that thou didst stand against servants with him. me: and now if it displease thee that I 23 The ass seeing the angel standing in| go, I will return. the way, with a drawn sword, turned| 35 The angel said : Go with these men, herself out of the way, and went into the; and see thou s field. And when Balaam beat her, and had a mind to bring her again to the way, 24 The angel stood in a narrow place between two walls, wherewith the vine- yards were enclosed. 25 And the ass seeing him, thrust her- self close to the wall, and bruised the foot of the rider. But he beat her again : 26 And nevertheless the angel going on to a narrow place, where there was no way to turn aside either to the right hand or to the left, stood to meet him. 27 And when the ass saw the angel standing, she fell under the feet of the m Infra 24. 13. Cuap. 22. Ver. 19. To stay. His desiring them to stay, after he had been fully informed already that it was not God's will he should go, came from the inclination he had to gratify Balac, for the sake of worldly gain. And this perverse disposition God punished by permitting him to go (though not to curse the people as he would will- ingly have done), and suffering him to fall still deeper and deeper into sin, till he came at last to give that abominable counsel against the people of peak no other thing than what I shall command thee. He went therefore with the princes. 36 And when Balac heard it he came forth to meet him in a town of the Moab- ites, that is situate in the uttermost borders of Arnon. 37 And he said to Balaam : I sent mes- sengers to call thee, why didst thou not come immediately to me ? was it because I am not able to reward thy coming ? 38 He answered him: Lo, here I am: shall I have power to speak any other thing but that which God shall put in my mouth ? 39 So they went on together, and came n 2 Peter 2. 15. God, which ended in his own destruction. So sad a thing it is to indulge a passion for money. Ver. 28. ened the mouth, &c. The angel moved the tongue of the ass, to utter thesespeech- es, to rebuke, by the mouth of a brute beast, the brutal fury and folly of Balaam. Ver. 32. Perverse. Because thy inclinations are wicked in being willing for the sake of gain to curse the people of whom I am the guardian. CHAP. 23. into a city, that was in the uttermost borders of his kingdom. 40 And when Balac had killed oxen and sheep, he sent presents to Balaam, and to the princes that were with him. 41 And when morning was come, he brought him to the high places of Baal, and he beheld the uttermost part of the people. CHAPTER 23. Balaam, tnstead of cursing Israel, ts obliged to bless them, and prophesy good things of them. ND Balaam said to Balac: Build me here seven altars, and prepare as many calves, and the same number of Tams. 2 And when he had done according to the word of Balaam, they laid together a calf and a ram upon every altar. 3 And Balaam said to Balac: Stand a while by thy burnt offering, until I go, to see if perhaps the Lord will meet me, and whatsoever he shall command, I will speak to thee. 4 And when he was gone with speed, God met him. And Balaam speaking to him, said: I have erected seven altars, and have laid on every one a calf and a ram. 5 And the Lord put the word in his mouth, and said: Return to Balac, and thus shalt thou speak. 6 Returning he found Balac standing by his burnt offering, with all the princes of the Moabites : 7 And taking up his parable, he said : Balac king of the Moabites hath brought me from Aram, from the mountains of the east : Come, said he, and curse Jacob : make haste and detest Israel. 8 How shall I curse him, whom God hath not cursed ? By what means should I detest him, whom the Lord detesteth not? 9 I shall see him from the tops of the rocks, and shall consider him from the hills, This people shall dwell alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations. 1o Who can count the dust of Jacob, and know the number of the stock of Israel ? Let my soul die the death of the just, and my last end be like to them. 1z And Balac said to Balaam : What is this that thou dost ? I sent for thee to curse my enemies: and thou contrari- wise blessest them. 12 He answered him: Can I speak any NUMBERS. 169. thing else but what the Lord command- eth ? 13 Balac therefore said : Come with me to another place from whence thou may- est see part of Israel, and canst not see them all : curse them from thence. 14 And when he had brought him to a high place, upon the top of mount Phasga, Balaam built seven altars, and laying on every one a calf and aram, 15 He said to Balac : Stand here by thy burnt offering while I go to meet jim. 16 And when the Lord had met him, and had put the word in his mouth, he said: Return to Balac, and thus shalt thou say to him. 17 Returning he found him standing by his burnt sacrifice, and the princes of the Moabites with him. And Balac said to him : What hath the Lord spoken ? 18 But he taking up his parable, said : Stand, O Balac, and give ear: hear, thou son of Sephor : 19 God is not a man, that he should lie, jmor as the son of man, that he should be changed. Hath he said then, and will he not do ? hath he spoken, and will he not fulfil ? 20 I was brought to bless, the blessing I am not able to hinder. 21 There is no idol in Jacob, neither is there an image god to be seen in Israel. The Lord his God is with him, and the sound of the victory of the king in him. 22 °God hath brought him out of Egypt, whose strength is like to the rhinoceros. 23 There is no soothsaying in Jacob, nor divination in Israel. In their times it shall be told to Jacob and to Israel what God hath wrought. 24 Behold the people shall rise up as a lioness, and shall lift itself up as a lion : it shall not lie down till it devour the prey, and drink the blood of the slain. 25 And Balac said to Balaam: Neither curse, nor bless him. 26 And he said : Did I not tell thee, that whatsoever God should command me, that I would do ? 27 And Balac said to him : Come and I will bring thee to another place ; if perad- venture it please God that thou mayest curse them from thence. 28 And when he had brought him upon the top of mount Phogor, which looketh towards the wilderness, ~ 29 Balaam said to him : Build me here o Infra 24. 8. 170 seven altars, and prepareas many calves, and the same number of rams. 30 Balac did as Balaam had said : and he laid on every altar, a calf and a ram. CHAPTER 24. Balaam still continues to prophesy good things in favour of Israel. eee when Balaam saw that it pleased the Lord that he should bless Israel, he went not as he had gone before, to seek divination : but setting his face towards the desert, 2 And lifting up his eyes, he saw Israel abiding in their tents by their tribes: and the spirit of God rushing upon him, 3 He took up his parable and said : Ba- laam the son of Beor hath said: The man hath said, whose eye is stopped up: 4 The hearer of the words of God hath said, he that hath beheld the vision of the Almighty, he that falleth, and so his eyes are opened : 5 How beautiful are thy tabernacles, O Jacob, and thy tents, O Israel! 6 As woody valleys, as watered gardens near the rivers, as tabernacles which the Lord hath pitched, as cedars by the water- side. 7 Water shall flow out of his bucket, and his seed shall be in many waters. For Agag his king shall be removed, and his kingdom shall be taken away. 8 God hath brought him out of Egypt, ’ whose strength is like to the rhino- ceros. They shall devour the nations that ave his enemies, and break their bones, and pierce them with arrows. 9 Lying down he hath slept as a lion, and as a lioness, whom none shall dare to rouse. He that blesseth thee, shall also himself be blessed : he that curseth thee shall be reckoned accursed. ro And Balac being angry against Ba- laam, clapped his hands together and said : I called thee to curse my enemies, and thou on the contrary hast blessed them three times. 11 Return to thy place. I had deter- mined indeed greatly to honour thee, but the Lord hath deprived thee of the hon- our designed for thee. 12 Balaam made answer to Balac : Did I not say to thy messengers, whom thou sentest to me: 13 ¢If Balac would give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot go be- p Supra 23. 22. — q Supra 22. 18. r Matt. 2. 2. —s Dan. rr. 30. NUMBERS. CuHapP. 25. yond the word of the Lord my God, to utter any thing of my own head either good or evil: but whatsoever the Lord shall say, that I will speak ? 14 But yet going to my people, I will give thee counsel, what this people shall do to thy people in the latter days. 15 Therefore taking up his parable, again he said: Balaam the son of Beor hath said : The man whose eye is stopped up, hath said : 16 The hearer of the words of God hath said, who knoweth the doctrine of the Highest, and seeth the visions of the Almighty, who falling hath his eyes opened : 17 I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not near. 7 A STAR SHALL RISE out of Jacob and a sceptre shall spring up from Israel: and shall strike the chiefs of Moab, and shall waste all the children of Seth. 18 And he shall possess Idumea: the inheritance of Seir shall come to their enemies, but Israel shall do manfully. 19 Out of Jacob shall he come that shall rule, and shall destroy the remains of the city. 20 And when he saw Amalec, he took up his parable, and said: Amalec the beginning of nations, whose latter ends shall be destroyed. 21 He saw also the Cinite : and took up his parable, and said : Thy habitation in- deed is strong: but though thou build thy nest in a rock, 22 And thou be chosen of the stock of Cin, how long shalt thou be able to con- tinue ? For Assur shall take thee captive. 23 And taking up his parable, again he said : Alas, who shall live when God shall do these things ? 24 ‘They shall come in galleys from Italy, they shall overcome the ians, and shall waste the Hebrews, and at the last they themseives also shall perish. 25 And Balaam rose, and returned to his place : Balac also returned the way that he came. CHAPTER 25. The people fall into fornication and tdolatry ; for which twenty-four thousand are slain. The zeal of Phinees. ND #t Israel at that time * abode in Settim, and the people committed fornication with the daughters of Moab, t A.M. 2553. Ante C. 1451, « Jos. 3. 1. CHAP. 26. 2 Who called them to their sacrifices. And they ate of them, and adored their gods. 3 » And Israel was initiated to Beelphe- gor: upon which the Lord being angry, 4 Said to Moses: ” Take all the princes of the people, and hang them up on gib- bets against the sun : that my fury may be turned away from Israel. 5 And Moses said to the judges of Is- rael : » Let every man kill his neighbours, that have been initiated to Beelphegor. 6 And behold one of the children of Is- rael went in before his brethren to a harlot of Madian, in the sight of Moses, and of all the children of Israel, who were weeping before the door of the tabernacle. 7 » And when Phinees the son of Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest saw it, he rose up from the midst of the multitude, and taking a dagger, 8 Went in after the Israelite into the brothel house, and thrust both of them through together, to wit, the man and the woman in the genital parts. And the scourge ceased from the children of Israel: 9 And there were slain four and twenty thousand men. ro And the Lord said to Moses : ir Phinees the son of Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest, hath turned away my wrath from the children of Israel : because he was moved with my zeal against them, that I myself might not destroy the children of Israel in my zeal. 12 Therefore say to him : ? Behold I give him the peace of my covenant, 13 And the covenant of the priesthood for ever shall be both to him and his seed, because he hath been zealous for his God, and hath made atonement for the wickedness of the children of Israel. 14 And the name of the Israelite, that was slain with the woman of Madian, was Zambri the son of Salu, a prince of the kindred and tribe of Simeon. 15 And the Madianite woman, that was slain with him, was called Cozbi the daughter of Sur, a most noble prince among the Madianites. 16 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 17 #Let the Madianites find you their enemies, and slay you them : NUMBERS. 171 18 Because they also have acted like enemies against you, and have guilefully deceived you by the idol Phogor, and Cozbi their sister, a daughter of a prince of Madian, who was slain in the day of the plague for the sacrilege of Phogor. CHAPTER 26. The people ave again numbered by their tribes and families. a the blood of the guilty was shed, 4 the Lord said to Moses and to Eleazar the son of Aaron, the priest : 2 ¢ Number the whole sum of the chil- dren of Israel from twenty years old and upward, by their houses and kindreds, all that are able to go forth to war. 3 Moses therefore and Eleazar the priest, being in the plains of Moab upon the Jor- dan over against Jericho, spoke to them that were 4 From twenty years old and upward, as the Lord had commanded : and this is the number of them : 5 Ruben the firstborn of Israel. 4 His sons weve Henoch, of whom 7s the family of the Henochites : and Phallu, of whom zs the family of the Phalluites : 6 And Hesron, of whom 7s the family of the Hesronites : and Charmi, of whom 7s the family of the Charmites. 7 These are the families of the stock of Ruben : whose number was found to be forty-three thousand seven hundred and thirty. 8 The son of Phallu was Eliab. 9 His sons, weve Namuel and Dathan and Abiron. These are Dathan and Abi- ron the princes of the people, ¢ that rose against Moses and Aaron in the sedition of Core, when they rebelled against the Lord : to And the earth opening her mouth swallowed up Core, many others dying, when the fire burned two hundred and fifty men. And there was a great mira- cle wrought, iz That when Core perished, his sons did not perish. 12 The sons of Simeon by their kin- dreds: Namuel, of him is the family of the Namuelites: Jamin, of him is the family of the Jaminites: Jachin, of him is the family of the Jachinites : v Jos. 22. 17. — w Deut. 4. 3. — x Ex. 32. 27. y Ps. 105. 30; r Mac. 2. 26; 1 Cor. ro. 8. z Eccli. 45. 30; 1 Mac. 2. 54. — a Infra 31. 2. CHAP. 25. Ver. 3. Initiated to Beelphegor. That is, they took to the worship of Beelphegor, an b A. M. 2553. —c Supra fr. 2 and 3. d Gen. 46.9 ; Ex. 6.14; 1 Par. 5. 3. e Supra 16. 1 and 2. obsceneidol of the Moabites, and were consecrated, as it were, to him. 172 NUMBERS. Crap. 26. 13 Zare, of him is the family of the Zar-| 30 Galaad had sons: Jezer, of whom is ites: Saul, of him is the family of the|the family of the Jezerites: and Helec, Saulites. of whom is the family of the Helecites : 14 These are the families of the stock} 31 And Asriel, of whom is the family of Simeon, of which the whole numberx|of the Asrielites: and Sechem, of whom was twenty-two thousand two hundred. |is the family of the Sechemites : 15 The sons of Gad by their kindreds:} 32 And Semida, of whom is the family Sephon, of him is the family of the Se-| of the Semidaites : + and Hepher, of whom phonites : Aggi, of him is the family of| is the family of the Hepherites. the Aggites: Suni, of him is the family] 33 And Hepher was the father of Sal- of the Sunites : phaad, who had no sons, but only daugh- 16 Ozni, of him is the family of the Oz-|ters, whose names are these: # Maala, nites: Her, of him is the family of the}and Noa, and Hegla, and Melcha, and Herites : Thersa. 17 Arod, of him is the family of the| 34 These are the families of Manasses, Arodites : Ariel, of him is the family of|and the number of them fifty-two thou- the Arielites. |sand seven hundred. 18 These are the families of Gad, of; 35 And the sons of Ephraim by their which the whole number was forty thou-|kindreds were these: Suthala, of whom sand five hundred. is the family of the Suthalaites : Becher, 19 / The sons of Juda, Her and Onan,|of whom is the family of the Becherites : who both died in the land of Chanaan. |Thehen, of whom is the family of the zo And the sons of Juda by their kin-| Thehenites. dreds were: Sela, of whom is the family| 36 Now the son of Suthala was Heran, of the Selaites: Phares, of whom is the}of whom is the family of the Heran- family of the Pharesites : Zare, of whom | ites. is the family of the Zarites. 37 These are the kindreds of the sons 21 Moreover the sons of Phares were :|of Ephraim: whose number was thirty- Hesron, of whom is the family of the| two thousand five hundred. Hesronites : and Hamul, of whom is the} 38 These are the sons of Joseph by their family of the Hamulites. families. The sons of Benjamin in their 22 These are the families of Juda, of|kindreds : Bela, of whom is the family of which the whole number was seventy-| the Belaites : Asbel, of whom is the family six thousand five hundred. of the Asbelites : Ahiram, of whom is the 23 The sons of Issachar, by their kin-|family of the Ahiramites : ; dreds : Thola, of whom is the family of} 39 Supham, of whom is the family of the Tholaites: Phua, of whom is the|}the Suphamites: Hupham, of whom is family of the Phuaites : the family of the Huphamites. 24 Jasub, of whom is the family of the; 40 The sons of Bela: Hered, and Noe- Jasubites : Semran, of whom is the family;man. Of Hered, is the family of the of the Semranites. Heredites : of Noeman, the family of the 25 These are the kindreds of Issachar,} Noemanites. whose number was sixty-four thousand| 41 These are the sons of Benjamin by three hundred. their kindreds, whose number was forty- 26 The sons of Zabulon by their kin-| five thousand six hundred. dreds : Sared, of whom “is the family of] 42 The sons of Dan by their kindreds : the Saredites : Elon, of whom is the fam-|Suham, of whom is the family of Su- ily of the Elonites : Jalel, of whom is the} hamites : These are the kindreds of Dan family of the Jalelites. by their families. 27 These are the kindreds of Zabulon,| 43 All were Suhamites, whose number whose number was sixty thousand five| was sixty-four thousand four hundred. hundred. 44 The sons of Aser by their kindreds : 28 The sons of Joseph by their kindred,| Jemna, of whom is the family of the Manasses and Ephraim. Jemnaites : Jessui, of whom is the family 29 Of Manasses was born Machir, of|of the Jessuites: Brie, of whom is the whom is the family of the Machirites.| family of the Brieites. s Machir begot Galaad, of whom is the| 45 The sons of Brie : Heber, of whom is family of the Galaadites. the family of the Heberites: and Mel- f Gen. 38. 3 and 4. — g Jos. 17. 1. h Infra 27. 1. — @ Ibid. CHAP. 27. chiel, of whom is the family of the Melchielites. 46 And the name of thedaughter of Aser, was Sara. 47 These are the kindreds of the sons of Aser, and their number fifty-three thou- sand four hundred. 48 The sons of Nephtali by their kin- | dreds : Jesiel, of whom is the family of the Jesielites: Guni, of whom is the family of the Gunites : 49 Jeser, of whom is the family of the Jeserites : Sellem, of whom is the family of the Sellemites. 50 These are the kindreds of the sons of Nephtali by their families : whose num- ber was forty-five thousand four hundred. 51 This is the sum of the children of Israel, that were reckoned up, six hun- dred and one thousand seven hundred and thirty. 52 And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: 53 To these shall the land be divided for their possessions according to the number of names. 54 To the greater number thou shalt give a greater portion, and to the fewer a less: to every one, as they have now been reckoned up, shall a possession be delivered : 55 Yetso that by lot the land be divided to the tribe and families. 56 Whatsoever shall fall by lot, that shall be taken by the more, or the fewer. 57 7 This also is the number of the sons of Levi by their families: Gerson, of whom is the family of the Gersonites : Caath, of whom is the family of the Caathites : Merari, of whom is the family of the Merarites. 58 These are the families of Levi: The family of Lobni, the family of Hebroni, the tamily of Moholi, the family of Musi, the family of Core. Now Caath begot Amram : 59 Who had to wife Jochabed the daugh- ter of Levi, who was born to him in Egypt. She bore to her husband Amram sons, Aaron and Moses, and Mary their sister. 60 Of Aaron were born Nadab and Abiu, and Eleazar and Ithamar : 61 * Of whom Nadab and Abiu died, when they had offered the strange fire before the Lord. 62 And all that were numbered, were twenty-three thousand males from one 7 Ex. 6.16. —k Lev. ro. r ; Supra 3. 4; 1 Par. 24.2. 11 Cor. 10. 5. — m Supra 14. 23 and 24. NUMBERS. <713 ,month old and upward : for they were not jreckoned up among the children of |Israel, neither was a possession given to |them with the rest. 63 This is the number of the children of | Israel, that were enrolled by Moses and |Eleazar the priest, in the plains of Moab upon the Jordan, over against Jericho. | 64 ? Among whom there was not one of them that were numbered before by Moses and Aaron in the desert of Sinai. 65 ™ For the Lord had foretold that they should die in the wilderness. And none remained of them, but Caleb the son of Jephone, and Josue the son of Nun. CHAPTER 27. The law of inheritance. Josue 1s appointed to suc- ceed Moses. HEN *came the daughters of Sal- phaad, the son of Hepher the son of Galaad, the son of Machir, the son of Manasses, who was the son of Joseph: and their names are Maala, and Noa, and Hegla, and Melcha, and Thersa. © 2 And they stood before Moses and Eleazar the priest, and all the princes of the people at the door of the tabernacle of the covenant, and said : 3 Our father died in the desert, and was not in the sedition, # that was raised against the Lord under Core, but he died in his own sin: avd he had no male chil- dren. Why is his name taken away out of his family, because he had no son ? Give us a possession among the kinsmen of our father. 4 And Moses referred their cause to the judgment of the Lord. 5 And the Lord said to him: 6 The daughters of Salphaad demand a just thing : Give them a possession among their father’s kindred, and let them suc- ceed him in his inheritance. 7 And to the children of Israel thou shalt speak these things : 8 When a man dieth without a son, his inheritance shall pass to his daughter. 9 If he have no daughter, his brethren shall succeed him. to And if he have no brethren, you shall give the inheritance to his father’s brethren. tr But if he have no uncles by the fa- ther, the inheritance shall be given to them that are the next akin. And this shall be to the children of Israel sacred n Supra 26. 32 and 33; Infra 36. 1 ; Jos. 17. 1. o A. M. 2553. — p Supra 16. 1. 174 by a perpetual law, as the Lord hath commanded Moses. 12 @ The Lord also said to Moses: * Go up into this mountain Abarim, and view from thence the land which I will give to the children of Israel. 13 And when thou shalt have seen it, thou also shalt go to thy people, as thy brother Aaron is gone : 14 ‘ Because you offended me in the desert of Sin in the contradiction of the multitude, neither would you sanctify me before them at the waters. These are the waters of contradiction in Cades of the desert of Sin. 15 And Moses answered him : 16 May the Lord the God of the spirits of all flesh provide a man, that may be over this multitude : 17 And may go out and in before them, and may lead them out, or bring them in: lest the people of the Lord be as sheep without a shepherd. 18 And the Lord said to him: ¢ Take Josue the son of Nun, a man in whom is the Spirit, and put thy hand upon him. 1g And he shall stand before Eleazar the priest and all the multitude : 20 And thou shalt give him precepts in the sight of all, and part of thy glory, that all the congregation of the children of Israel may hear him. 21 If any thing be to be done, Eleazar the priest shall consult the Lord for him. He and all the children of Israel with him, and the rest of the multitude shall go out and go in at his word. 22 Moses did as the Lord had com- manded. And when he had taken Josue, he set him before Eleazar the priest, and all the assembly of the people, 23 And laying his hands on his head, he repeated all things that the Lord had commanded. CHAPTER 28. Sacrifices are appointed as well for every day as for sabbaths, and other festivals. HE Lord also said to Moses : 2 Command the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them : Offer ye my oblation and my bread, and burnt sacri- fice of most sweet odour, in their due seasons. 3 These are the sacrifices which you shall offer: “ Two lambs of a year old q A. M. 2553. — 7 Deut. 32. 49. s Supra 20. 12; Deut. 32. 51. NUMBERS. Cuap. 28. without blemish every day for the per- petual holocaust : 4 One you shall offer in the morning, and the other in the evening : 5 And the tenth part of an ephi of flour, which shall be tempered with the purest oil, of the measure of the fourth part of a hin. 6 Itis the continual holocaust which you offered in mount Sinai for a most sweet odour of a. sacrifice by fire to the Lord. 7 And for a libation you shall offer of wine the fourth part of a hin for every lamb in the sanctuary of the Lord. 8 And you shall offer the other lamb in like manner in the evening according to all the rites of the morning sacrifice, and of the libations thereof, an oblation of most sweet odour to the Lord. 9g’ And on the sabbath day bos shall offer two lambs of a year old without blemish, and two tenths of flour tempered with oil in sacrifice, and the libations, 10 Which regularly are poured out every sabbath for the fa holocaust. 11 And on the first day of the month you shall offer a holocaust to the Lord, two calves of the herd, one ram, and seven lambs of a year old, without blemish, 12 And three tenths of flour tempered with oil in sacrifice for every calf: and two tenths of flour tempered with oil for every ram : 13 And the tenth of a tenth of flour tempered with oil in sacrifice for every lamb. It is a holocaust of most sweet odour and an offering by fire to the Lord. 14 And these shall be the libations of wine that are to be poured out for every victim : Half a hin for every calf, a third fora ram, anda fourth foralamb. This shall be the holocaust for every month, as they succeed one another in the course of the year. 15 A buck goat also shall be offered to the Lord for a sin offering over and above the perpetual holocaust with its libations. 16 » And in the first month, on the four- teenth day of the month, shall be the phase of the Lord, 17 And on the fifteenth day the solemn feast : seven days shall they eat unleav- ened bread. 18 And the first day of them shall be venerable and holy: you shall not do any servile work therein. t Deut. 3. 21. — u Ex. 29.°38. v Matt. 12. 5. —w Ex. 12. 18; Lev. 23. 5. CHAP. 29. 19 And you shall offer a burnt sacrifice a holocaust to the Lord, two calves of the herd, one ram, seven lambs of a year old, without blemish : 20 And for the sacrifices of every one three tenths of flour which shall be tempered with oil to every calf, and two tenths to every ram, 21 And the tenth of a tenth, to every lamb, that is to say, to all the seven lambs : 22 And one buck goat for sin, to make atonement for you, 23 Besides the morning holocaust which you shall always offer. 24 So shall you do every day of the seven days for the food of the fire, and for a most sweet odour to the Lord, wnich shall rise from the holocaust, and from the libations of each. 25 The seventh day also shall be most solemn and holy unto you: you shall do no servile work therein. 26 The day also of firstfruits, when after the weeks are accomplished, you shall offer new fruits to the Lord, shall be ven- erable and holy : you shall do no servile work therein. 27 And you shall offer a holocaust for a most sweet odour to the Lord, two calves of the herd, one ram, and seven lambs of a year old, without blemish : 28 And in the sacrifices of them three tenths of flour tempered with oil to every calf, two to every ram, 29 The tenth of a tenth to every lamb, which in all are seven lambs: a buck goat also, 30 Which is slain for expiation : besides the perpetual holocaust and the libations thereof. 31 You shall offer them all without blemish with their libations. CHAPTER 29. Sacrifices for the festivals of the seventh month. ale first day also of the seventh month shall be venerable and holy | unto you; you shall do no servile work therein, because it is the day of the sounding and of trumpets. 2 And * you shall offer a holocaust for a most sweet odour to the Lord, one calf of the herd, one ram and seven lambs of a year old, without blemish. 3 And for their sacrifices, three tenths of flour tempered with oil to every calf, two tenths to a ram, NUMBERS. E75 4 One tenth to a lamb, which in all are seven lambs : 5 And a buck goat for sin, which is offered for the expiation of the peo- le, us Besides the holocaust of the first day of the month with the sacrifices thereof, and the perpetual holocaust with the accustomed libations. With the same ceremonies you shall offer a burnt sacri- fice for a most sweet odour to the Lord. 7 * The tenth day also of this seventh month shall be holy and venerable unto you, and you shall afflict your souls : you shall do no servile work therein. 8 And you shall offer a holocaust to the Lord for a most sweet odour, one calf of the herd, one ram, and seven lambs of a year old, without blemish : 9 And for their sacrifices, three tenths of flour tempered with oil to every calf, two tenths to a ram, to The tenth of a tenth to every lamb, which are in all seven lambs : 1m And a buck goat for sin, besides the things that are wont to be offered for sin, for expiation, and for the perpetual holo- caust with their sacrifice and libations. 12 And on the fifteenth day of the seventh month, which shall be unto you holy and venerable, you shall do no ser- vile work, but shall celebrate a solemnity to the Lord seven days. 13 And you shall offer a holocaust for a most sweet odour to the Lord, thirteen calves of the herd, two rams, and four- teen lambs of a year old, without blemish: 14 And for their libations three tenths of flour tempered with oil to every calf, being in all thirteen calves: and two tenths to each ram, being two rams, 15 And the tenth of a tenth to every lamb, being in all fourteen lambs : 16 And a buck goat for sin, besides the perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice and the libation thereof. 17 On the second day you shall offer twelve calves of the herd, two rams and fourteen lambs of a year, old, without blemish : 18 And the sacrifices and ‘the libations for every one, for the calves and for the rams and for the lambs you shall duly celebrate : 19 And a buck goat for a sin offering besides the perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice and the libation thereof. 20 The third day you shall offer eleven x Lev. 16. 29, and 23. 27. 176 calves, two rams, and fourteen lambs of a year old, without blemish : 21 And the sacrifices and the libations of everv one for the calves and for the trams and for the lambs you shall offer according to the rite: 22 And a buck goat for sin, besides the perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice, and the libation thereof. 23 The fourth day you shall offer ten calves, two rams, and fourteen lambs of a year old, without blemish : 24 And the sacrifices and the libations of every one for the calves and for the rams and for the lambs you shall cele- brate in right manner : 25 And a buck goat for sin, besides the perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice and the libation thereof. 26 The fifth day you shall offer nine calves, two rams, and fourteen lambs of a year old, without blemish : 27 And the sacrifices and the libations of every one for the calves and forthe rams and for the lambs you shall celebrate according to the rite : 28 And a buck goat for sin, besides the perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice and the libation thereof. 29 The sixth day you shall offer eight calves, two rams, and fourteen lambs of a year old, without blemish : 30 And the sacrifices and the libations of every one for the calves and for the rams and for the lambs you shall cele- brate according to the rite: 31 And a buck goat for sin, besides the perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice and the libation thereof. 32 The seventh day you shall offer seven calves and two rams, and fourteen lambs of a vear old, without blemish : 33 And the sacrifices and the libations of every one for the calves and for the rams and for the lambs you shall cele- brate according to the rite: 34 And a buck goat for sin, besides the perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice and the libation thereof. 35 On the eighth day, which is most solemn, you shall do no servile work : 36 But you shall offer a holocaust for a most sweet odour to the Lord, one calf, one ram, and seven lambs of a year old, without blemish : 37 And the sacrifices and the libations of every one for the calves and for the rams and for the lambs you shall celebrate according to the rite : 38 And a buck goat for sin, besides the NUMBERS. CHAP. 30. perpetual holocaust, and the sacrifice and the libation thereof. 39 These things shall you offer to the Lord in your solemnities: besides your vows and voluntary oblations for holo- caust, for sacrifice, for libation, and for victims of peace offerings. CHAPTER 30. Of vows and oaths ; and their obligation. ND Moses told the children of Israel all that the Lord had commanded him : 2 And he said to the princes of the tribes of the children of Israel: This is the word that the Lord hath commanded : 3 If any man make a vow to the Lord, or bind himself by an oath: he shall not make his word void but shall fulfil all that he promised. 4 If a woman vow any thing, and bind herself by an oath, being in her father’s house, and but yet a girl in age: if her father knew the vow that she hath pro- mised, and the oath wherewith she hath bound her soul, and held his peace, she shall be bound by the vow: 5 Whatsoever she promised and swore, she shall fulfil in deed. 6 But if her father, immediately as soon as he heard it, gainsaid it, both her vows and her oaths shall be void, nei- ther shall she be bound to what she pro- mised, because her father hath gainsaid it. 7 If she have a husband, and shall vow any thing, and the word once going out of her mouth shall bind her soul by an oath : 8 The day that her husband shall hear it, and not gainsay it, she shall be bound to the vow, and shall give whatsoever she promised. 9 But if as soon as he heareth he gain- say it, and make her promises and the words wherewith she had bound her soul of no effect : the Lord will forgive her. 10 The widow, and she that is divorced, shall fulfil whatsoever they vow. 11 If the wife in the house of her hus- band, hath bound herself by vow and by oath, 12 If her husband hear, and hold his peace, and doth not disallow the promise, she shall accomplish whatsoever she had promised. 13 But if forthwith he gainsay it, she shall not be bound by the promise : be- cause her husband gainsaid it, and the Lord will be merciful to her. 14 If she vow and bind herself by oath, to afflict her soul by fasting, or abstinence CHAP. 31. from other things, it shall depend on the will of her husband, whether she shall do it, or not do it. 15 Butif the husband hearing it hold his peace, and defer the declaring his mind till another day: whatsoever she had vowed and promised, she shall fulfil : be- cause immediately as he heard it, he held his peace. 16 But if he gainsay it after that he knew it, he shall bear her iniquity. 17 These are the laws which the Lord appointed to Moses between the husband and the wife, between the father and the daughter that is as yet but a girl in age, or that abideth in her father’s house. CHAPTER 31. The Madianites are slain for having drawn the peo- ple of Isvaelinto sin. The dividing of the booty. AXP the Lord spoke to Moses,saying : ¥ 2 Revenge first the children of Is- tael on the Madianites, and so thou shalt be gathered to thy people. 3 And Moses forthwith said: z Arm of you men to fight, who may take the revenge of the Lord on the Madianites. 4 Let a thousand men be chosen out of every tribe of Israel to be sent to the war. 5 And they gave a thousand of every tribe, that is to say, twelve thousand men well appointed for battle. 6 And Moses sent them with Phinees the son of Eleazar the priest, and he de- livered to him the holy vessels, and the trumpets to sound. 7 And when they had fought against the Madianites and had overcome them, they slew all the men. 8 2 And their kings Evi, and Recem, and Sur, and Hur, and Rebe, five princes of the nation : Balaam also the son of Beor they killed with the sword. 9 And they took their women, and their children captives, and all their cattle, and all their goods: and all their posses- sions they plundered : 1o And all their cities, and their vil- lages, and castles, they burned. tz And they carried away the booty, and all that they had taken both of men and of beasts. i y A. M. 2553. Ante C. 1451. z Supra 25. 17. — a@ Jos. 13. 21. Cuap. 31. Ver. 16. The sin of Phogor. The sin committed in the worship of Beelphegor. Ver. 17. Of children. Women and children, ordinarily speaking, were not to be killed in war, Deut. 20. 14. But the great Lord of life and NUMBERS. LT 12 And they brought them to Moses,and Eleazar the priest, and to all the multi- tude of the children of Israel. But the rest of the things for use they carried to the camp on the plains of Moab, beside the Jordan over against Jericho. 13 And Moses and Eleazar the priest and all the princes of the synagogue went forth to meet them without the camp. 14 And Moses being angry with the chief officers of the army, the tribunes, and the centurions that were come from the battle, 15 Said: Why have you saved the women ? 16 % Are not these they, that deceived the children of Israel by the counsel of Balaam, and made you transgress against the Lord by the sin of Phogor, for which also the people was punished ? 17 © Therefore kill all that are of the male sex, even of the children : and put to death the women, that have carnally known men. 18 But the girls, and all the women that are virgins save for yourselves : 19 And stay without the camp seven days. He that hath killed a man, or touched one that is killed, shall be puri- fied the third day and the seventh day. 20 And of all the spoil, every garment, or vessel, or any thing made for use, of the skins, or hair of goats, or of wood, shall be purified. 21 Eleazar also the priest spoke to the men of the army, that had fought, in this manner: This is the ordinance of the law, 4 which the Lord hath commanded Moses : 22 Gold, and silver, and brass, and iron, and lead, and tin, 23 And all that may pass through the fire, shall be purified by fire, but whatso- ever cannot abide the fire, shall be sanc- tified with the water of expiation : 24 And you shall wash your garments the seventh day, and being purified, you shall afterwards enter into the camp. 25 And the Lord said to Moses : 26 Take the sum of the things that were taken both of man and beast, thou and b Supra 25. 18. —c¢ Judges 21. 11. d Lev. 6. 28, and 11. 33, and 15. 11. death was pleased to order it otherwise in the pres- ent case, in detestation of the wickedness of this people, who by the counsel of Balaam, had sent their women among the Israelites on purpose to draw them from God. 178 Eleazar the priest and the princes of the multitude : 27 And thou shalt divide the spoil equally, between them that fought and went out to the war, and between the rest of the multitude. 28 And thou shalt separate a portion to the Lord from them that fought and were in the battle, one soul of five hundred as well of persons as of oxen and asses and sheep. 29 And thou shalt give it to Eleazar the priest, because they are the firstfruits of the Lord. 30 Out of the moiety also of the chil- dren of Israel thou shalt take the fiftieth head of persons, and of oxen, and asses, and sheep, and of all beasts, and thou shalt give them to the Levites that watch in the charge of the tabernacle of the Lord. 31 And Moses and Eleazar did as the Lord had commanded. 32 And the spoil which the army had taken, was six hundred seventy-five thousand sheep, 33 Seventy-two thousand oxen, 34 Sixty-one thousand asses : 35 And thirty-two thousand persons of the female sex, that had not known men. 36 And one half was given to them that had been in the battle, to wit, three hun- dred thirty-seven thousand five hundred sheep : 37 Out of which, for the portion of the Lord, were reckoned six hundred seventy- five sheep. 38 And out of the thirty-six thousand oxen, seventy-two oxen : 39 Out of the thirty thousand five hun- dred asses, sixty-one asses : 40 Out of the sixteen thousand persons, there fell to the portion of the Lord, thirty-two souls. 4t And Moses delivered the number of the firstfruits of the Lord to Eleazar the priest, as had been commanded him, 42 Out of the half of the children of Is- rael, which he had separated for them that had been in the battle. 43 But out of the half that fell to the rest of the multitude, that is to say, out of the three hundred thirty-seven thou- sand five hundred sheep, 44 And out of the thirty-six thousand oxen, 45 And out of the thirty thousand five hundred asses, e Deut. 3. 12. NUMBERS. CHap. 32. 46 And out of the sixteen thousand per- sons, 47 Moses took the fiftieth head, and gave it to the Levites that watched in the tabernacle of the Lord, as the Lord had commanded. 48 And when the commanders of the army, and the tribunes and centurions were come to Moses, said : 49 We thy servants have reckoned up the number of the fighting men, whom we had under our hand, and not so much as one was wanting. 50 Therefore we offer as gifts to the Lord what gold every one of us could find in the booty, in garters and tablets, rings and bracelets, and chains, that thou mayst pray to the Lord for us. 51 And Moses and Eleazar the priest received all the gold in divers kinds, 52 In weight sixteen thousand seven hundred and fifty sicles, from the tri- bunes and from the centurions. 53 For that which every one had taken in the booty was his own. 54 And that which was received they brought into the tabernacle of the testi- mony, for a memorial of the children of Israel before the Lord. CHAPTER 32. The tribes of Ruben and Gad, and half of the tribe of Manasses, receive their inheritance on the east side of Jordan, upon conditions approved of by Moses. ND © the sons of Ruben and Gad had many flocks of cattle, and their sub- stance in beasts was infinite. And when they saw the lands of Jazer and Galaad fit for feeding cattle, 2 f They came to Moses and Eleazar the priest, and the princes of the multitude, and said : 3 Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nemra, Hesebon, and Eleale, and Saban, and Nebo, and Beon, 4 The land, which the Lord hath con- uered in the sight of the children of srael, is a very fertile soil for the feed- ing of beasts : and we thy servants have very much Cattle : 5 And we pray thee, if we have found favour in thy sight, that thou give it to us thy servants in possession, and make us not pass over the Jordan. 6 And Moses answered them: What, shall your brethren go to fight, and will you sit here ? { A. M. 2553- Cuap. 32. NUMBERS. 179 7 Why do ye overturn the minds of the| obtain the countries that you desire, be- children of Israel, that they may not dare} fore the Lord. to pass into the place which the Lord} 23 But if you do not what you say, no hath given them ? |man can doubt but you sin against God : 8 Was it not thus your fathers did, when | and know ye, that your sin shall overtake I sent from Cadesbarne to view the land ?| you. 9 g And when they were come as far as| 24 Build therefore cities for your chil- the valley of the cluster, having viewed| dren, and folds and stalls for your sheep all the country, they overturned the|and beasts, and accomplish what you hearts of the children of Israel, that they | have promised. should not enter into the coasts, which) 25 / And the children of Gad and Ruben the Lord gave them. |said to Moses : We are thy servants, we to # And he swore in his anger, saying :| will do what my lord commandeth. 11 If these men, that came up out of| 26 We will leave our children, and our Egypt, from twenty years old and upward | wives and sheep and cattle, in the cities shall see the land, which I promised with| of Galaad : an oath to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob:| 27 And we thy servants all well ap- because they would not follow me, pointed will march on to the war, as 12 Except Caleb the son of Jephone the| thou, my lord, speakest. Cenezite, and Josue the son of Nun:} 28 Moses therefore commanded Eleazar these have fulfilled my will. | the priest, and Josue the son of Nun, and 13 And the Lord being angry against| the princes of the families of all the tribes Israel, led them about through the desert! of Israel, and said to them : forty years, until the whole generation,| 29 *If the children of Gad, and the that had done evil in his sight, was con-|children of Ruben pass with you over sumed. the Jordan, all armed for war before the 14 And behold, said he, you are risen|Lord, and the land be made subject to up instead of your fathers, the increase} you: give them Galaad in possession. and offspring of sinful men, to augment| 30 But if they will not pass armed with the fury of the Lord against Israel. you into the land of Chanaan, let them 15 For if you will not follow him, he| receive places to dwell in among you. will leave the people in the wilderness,; 31 And the children of Gad, and the and you shall be the cause of the destruc-| children of Ruben answered : As the Lord tion of all. | hath spoken to his servants, so will we 16 But they coming near, said : We will} do: make sheepfolds, and stalls for our cattle,| 32 We will go armed before the Lord and strong cities for our children : |into the land of Chanaan, and we confess 17 And we ourselves will go armed and} that we have already received our pos- ready for battle before the children of|session beyond the Jordan. Israel, until we bring them in unto their| 33 Moses therefore gave to the children places. Our little ones, and all we have,|of Gad and of Ruben, and to the half shall be in walled cities, for fear of the| tribe of Manasses the son of Joseph, the ambushes of the inhabitants. kingdom of Sehon king of the Amor- 18 We will not return into our houses) rhites, and the kingdom of Og king of until the children of Israel possess their} Basan, and their land and the cities inheritance : thereof round about. 19 Neither will we seek any thing be-| 34 And the sons of Gad built Dibon, and yond the Jordan, because we have already | Ataroth, and Aroer, Our possession on the east side thereof, | 35 And Etroth, and Sophan, and Jazer, 20 And Moses said to them : ‘ If you do| and Jegbaa, what you promise, go on well appointed| 36 And Bethnemra, and Betharan, for war before the Lord : fenced cities, and folds for their cattle. 21 And let every fighting man pass over| 37 But the children of Ruben built Hese- the Jordan, until the Lord overthrow his| bon, and Eleale, and Cariathaim, enemies : 38 And Nabo, and Baalmeon (their 22 And all the land be brought under| names being changed) and Sabama : giv- him, then shall you be blameless before|ing names to the cities which they had the Lord and before Israel, and you shall| built. g Supra 13. 24. — h Supra 14. 29. — 7 Jos. 1. 14.|7 Jos. 4.12. — k Deut. 3. 12 ; Jos. 13. 8, and 22. 4. 180 39 ' Moreover the children of Machir, the son of Manasses, went into Galaad, and wasted it, cutting off the Amorrhites, the inhabitants thereof. 40 And Moses gave the land of Galaad to Machir the son of Manasses, and he dwelt in it. 41 And Jair the son of Manasses went, and took the villages thereof, and he called them Havoth Jair, that is to say, the villages of Jair. 42 Nobe also went, and took Canath with the villages thereof: and he called it by his own name, Nobe. CHAPTER 33. The mansions or journeys of the children of Israei towards the land of promise. HESE are the mansions of the chil- dren of Israel, who went out of Egypt by their troops under the conduct of Moses and Aaron, 2 Which Moses wrote down according to the places of their encamping, which they changed by the commandment of the Lord. 3 Now the children of Israel departed from Ramesses the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month, the day after the phase, with a mighty hand, in the sight of all the Egyptians, 4 ™ Who were burying their firstborn, whom the Lord had slain (upon their gods also he had executed vengeance,) 5 And they camped in Soccoth. 6 And from Soccoth they came into Etham, which is in the uttermost borders of the wilderness. 7 "Departing from thence they came over against Phihahiroth, which looketh towards Beelsephon, and they camped before Magdalum. 8 And departing from Phihahiroth, they passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness: ° and having marched three days through the desert of Etham, they camped in Mara. 9 ’ And departing from Mara, they came into Elim, where there were twelve fountains of waters, and seventy palm trees : and there they camped. 10 But departing from thence also, they 1 Gen. 50. 22. — m Ex. 12. 12. — n Ex. 14. 2. o Ex. 15. 22. — p Ex. 15. 27. —q Ex 17.1. CnHaAP. 33. Ver.1. Themansions. These man- sions, or journeys of the children of Israel from Egypt to the land of promise, were figures, accord- ing to the fathers, of the steps and degrees by NUMBERS. CHAP. 33. pitched their tents by the Red Sea. And departing from the Red Sea, 11 They camped in the desert of Sin. 12 And they removed from thence, and came to Daphca. 13 And departing from Daphca, they camped in Alus. 14 Anddeparting from Alus, they pitched their tents in Raphidim, ¢ where the peo- ple wanted water to drink. 15 And departing from Raphidim, they camped in the desert of Sinai. 16 But departing also from the desert rof Sinai, they came to the graves of lust. 17 And departing from the graves of lust, they camped in Haseroth. 18 s And from Haseroth they came to Rethma. 19 And departing from Rethma, they camped in Remmomp 20 And they departed from thence and came to Lebna. 21 Removing from Lebna they camped in Ressa. 22 And departing from Ressa,they came to Ceelatha. 23 And they removed from thence and camped in the mountain Sepher. 24 Departing from the mountain Sepher, they came to Arada. 25 From thence they went and camped in Maceloth. 26 And departing from Maceloth, they came to Thahath. 27 Removing from Thahath they camp- ed in Thare. 28 And they departed from thence, and pitched their tents in Methca. 29 And removing from Methca, they camped in Hesmona. 30 And departing from Hesmona, they came to Moseroth. 31 And removing from Moseroth, they camped in Benejaacan. 32 ‘And departing from Benejaacan, they came to mount Gadgad. 33 From thence they went and camped in Jetebatha. 34 And from Jetebatha they came to Hebrona. 35 And departing from Hebrona, they camped in Asiongaber. r Ex. 19. 2; Supra 11. 34. —s Supra 13. 1. t Deut. ro. 7. which Christians leaving sin are to advance from virtue to virtue, till they come to the heavenly mansions, after this life, to see and enjoy God. CHAP. 34. 36 “ They removed from thence and came into the desert of Sin, which is Cades. 37 And departing from Cades, they camped in mount Hor, in the uttermost borders of the land of Edom. 38 » And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the Lord : and there he died in the fortieth year of the coming forth of the children of Israel out of Egypt, ~ the fifth month, the first day of the month, 39 When he was a hundred and twenty- three years old. 40 And king Arad the Chanaanite, who dwelt towards the south, heard that the children of Israel were come to the land of Chanaan. 41 And they departed from mount Hor. and camped in Salmona. 42 From whence they removed and came to Phunon. NUMBERS. 181 54 And you shall divide it among you by lot. To the more you shall give a larger part, and to the fewer a lesser. To every one as the lot shall fall, so shall the inheritance be given. The posses- sion shall be divided by the tribes and the families. 55 But if you will not kill the inhab- itants of the land: they that remain, shall be unto you as nails in vour eyes, and spears in your sides, and they shall be your adversaries in the land of your habitation. 56 And whatsoever I had thought to do to them, I will do to you. CHAPTER 34. The limits of Chanaan ; wiih the names of the men that make the division of tt. | AND the Lord spoke to Moses, saying : 2 Command the children of an and thou shalt say to them: When you 43 And departing from Phunon, they | are entered into the land of Chanaan, camped in Oboth. ;and it shall be fallen into your possession 44 And from Oboth they came to Ije-|by lot, it shall be bounded by these limits: abarim, which is in the borders of the Moabites. 45 And departing from Ijeabarim they pitched their tents in Dibongab. 46 From thence they went and camped in Helmondeblathaim. 47 And departing from Helmondebla- thaim, they came to the mountains of Abarim over against Nabo. 48 And departing from the mountains of Abarim, they passed to the plains of Moab, by the Jordan, over against Jeri- cho. 49 And there they camped from Bethsi- moth even to Ablesatim in the plains of the Moabites, 50 Where the Lord said to Moses: * 51 Command the children of Israel, and say to them : When you shall have passed over the Jordan, entering into the land of Chanaan, 52 Destroy all the inhabitants of that land: » beat down their pillars, and break in pieces their statues, and waste all their high places, 53 Cleansing the land, and dwelling in it. For I have given it you for a pos- session. u“ Supra 20. I. v Supra 20. 25 ; Deut. 32. 50. w A.M. 2552. Ante C. 1452. 3 2 The south side shall begin from the wilderness of Sin, which is by Edom : and shali have the most salt sea for its fur- thest limits eastward : 4 Which limits shall go round on the south side by the ascent of the Scorpion and so into Senna, and reach toward the south as far as Cadesbarne, from whence the frontiers shall go out to the town called Adar, and shall reach as far as Asemona. 5 And the limits shall fetch a compass from Asemona to the torrent of E and shall end in the shore of the great sea. 6 And the west side shall begin from the great sea, and the same shall be the end thereof. 7 But toward the north side the borders shall begin from the great sea, reaching to the most high mountain, 8 From which they shall cometoEmath, as far as the borders of Sedada : 9 And the limits shall go as far as Ze- phrona, and the village of Enan. These shall be the borders on the north side. 10 From thence they shal! mark out the bounds towards the east side from the village of Enan unto Sephama. x A. M. 2553. y Deut. 7. 5; Judges 2. 2. z A.M. 2553. —a@ Jos. 15.1. CuHap. 34. Ver. 3. The most sali sea. The lake of Sodom otherwise called the Dead Sea. Ver. 4. The Scorpion. A mountain so called from having a great number of scorpions. Ver.5. The greatsea. The Mediterranean. Ver. 7. The most high mountain. Libanus. 182 11 And from Sephama the bounds shall go down to Rebla over against the foun- tain of Daphnis: from thence they shall come eastward to the sea of Cenereth, 12 And shall reach as far as the Jordan, and at the last shall be closed in by the most salt sea. This shall be your land with its borders round about. 13 And Moses commanded the children of Israel, saying : This shall be the land which you shall possess by lot, and which the Lord hath commanded to be given to the nine tribes, and to the half tribe. 14 For the tribe of the children of Ruben by their families, and the tribe of the children of Gad according to the number of their kindreds, and half of the tribe of Manasses, 15 That is, two tribes and a half, have received their portion beyond the Jor- dan over against Jericho at the east side. 16 And the Lord said to Moses : 17 » These are the names of the men, that shall divide the land unto you: Eleazar the priest,and Josue thesonof Nun, 18 And one prince of every tribe, 19 Whose names are these : Of the tribe of Juda, Caleb the son of Jephone. 20 Of the tribe of Simeon, Samuel the son of Ammiud. 21 Of the tribe of Benjamin, Elidad the son of Chaselon. 22 Of the tribe of the children of Dan, Bocci the son of Jogli. 23 Of the children of Joseph of the tribe of Manasses, Hanniel the son of Ephod. 24 Of the tribe of Ephraim, Camuel the son of Sephtan. 25 Of the tribe of Zabulon, Elisaphan the son of Pharnach. 26 Of the tribe of Issachar, Phaltiel the prince, the son of Ozan. 27 Of the tribe of Aser, Ahiud the son of Salomi. 28 Of the tribe of Nephtali: Phedael the son of Ammiud. 29 These are they whom the Lord hath NUMBERS. commanded to divide the land of Cha-! naan to the children of Israel. CHAPTER 35. Cities are appointed for the Levites. Of which six are to be the cities of refuge. ye the Lord spoke these things also to Moses ¢ in the plains of Moab by the Jordan, over against Jericho: b Jos. 14. 1 and 2. —c A. M. 2553. a Jos. 21. 2. CHAP. 35. 2 4Command the children of Israel that they give to the Levites out of their pos- sessions, 3 Cities to dwell in, and their suburbs round about : that they may abide in the towns, and the suburbs may be for their cattle and beasts : 4 Which suburbs shall reach from the walls of the cities outward, a thousand paces on every side : 5 Toward the east shall be two thou- sand cubits: and toward the south in like manner shall be two thousand cubits : toward the sea also, which looketh to the west, shall be the same extent : and the north side shall be bounded with the like limits. And the cities shall be in the midst, and the suburbs without. 6 ¢ And among the cities, which you shall give to the Levites, six shall be ted for refuge to fugitives, that he who hath shed blood may flee to them : and besides these there shall be other forty-two cities, 7 That is, in all forty-eight with their suburbs. 8 And of these cities which shall be given out of the possessions of the chil- dren of Israel, from them that have more, more shall be taken : and from them that have less, fewer. Each shall give towns to the Levites according to the extent of their inheritance. 9 The Lord said to Moses : 10 Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them : When you shall have passed over the Jordan into the land of Chanaan, 11 Determine what cities shall be for the refuge of fugitives, who have shed blood against their will. 12 And when the fugitive shall be in them, the kinsman of him that is slain rnay not have power to kill him, until he stand before the multitude, and his cause be judged. 13 / And of those cities, that are sepa- rated for the refuge of fugitives, 14 Three shall be beyond the Jordan, and three in the land of Chanaan, 15 As well for the children of Israel as for strangers and sojourners, that he may flee to them, who hath shed blood against his will. 16 If any man strike with iron, and he die that was struck : he shall be guilty of murder, and he himself shall die. e Deut. 19. 2 ; Jos. 20. 2. / Deut. 4. 41; Jos. 20. 7 and 8. Ver. 11. Sea of Cenereth. This is the sea of Galilee, illlustrated by the miracles of our Lord. | shall kill the murderer : | CHap. 36. NUMBERS. 183 _ 17 If he throw a stone, and he that is|expiated, but by his blood that hath shed _ struck die: he shall be punished in the same manner. 18 If he that is struck with wood die: he shall be revenged by the blood of him that struck him. 19 The kinsman of him that was slain, as soon as he apprehendeth him, he shall kill him. 20 gli through hatred any one push a man, or fling any thing at him with ill design 21 Or being his enemy, strike him with his hand, and he die: the striker shall be guilty of murder: the kinsman of him that was slain as soon as he findeth him, shall kill him. 22 Butif by chance medley, and without hatred, 23 And enmity, he do any of these things, 24 And this be proved in the hearing of the people, and the cause be debated between him that struck, and the next of kin : 25 The innocent shall be delivered from the hand of the revenger, and shall be brought back by sentence into the city, to which he had fled, and he shall abide there until the death of the high priest, that is anointed with the holy oil. 26 If the murderer be found without the limits of the cities that are appointed for the banished, 27 And be struck by him that is the avenger of blood : he shall not be guilty - that killed him. 28 For the fugitive ought to have stayed in the city until the death of the high priest : and after he is dead, then shall the manslayer return to his own country 29 These things shall be perpetual, and for an ordinance in all your dwellings. 30 The murderer shall be punished by witnesses: none shall be condemned upon the evidence of one man. 31 You shall not take money of him that is guilty of blood, but he shall die forthwith. 32 The banished and fugitives before the death of the high priest may by no means return into their own cities. 33 Defile not the land of yourhabitation, which is stained with the blood of the innocent: neither can it otherwise be g Deut. 19. 11. — A Supra 27. I. CHAP. 35. Ver.25. Until the death, &c. This mystically signified that our deliverance was to be the blood of another. 34 And thus shall your possession be cleansed, myself abiding with you. For I am the Lord that dwell among the children of Israel. CHAPTER 36. That the inheritances may not be alienated from one tribe to another, all are to marry within their own tribes. AXP the princes of the families of Ga- laad, the son of Machir, the son of Manasses, of the stock of the children of Joseph, came and spoke to Moses be- fore the princes of Israel, and said : * 2 The Lord hath commanded thee, my lord, that thou shouldst divide the land by lot to the children of Israel, and that thou shouldst give to the daughters of Salphaad our brother the possession due to their father : 3 Now if men of another tribe take them to wives, their possession will fol- low them, and being transferred to an- other tribe, will be a diminishing of our inheritance. 4 And so it shall come to pass, that when the jubilee, that is, the fiftieth year of remission, is come, the distribu- tion made by the lots shall be con- founded, and the possession of the one shall pass to the others. 5 Moses answered the children of Israel, and said by the command of the Lord : The tribe of the children of Joseph hath spoken rightly. 6 And this is the law promulgated by the Lord touching the daughters of Sal- phaad : * Let them marry to whom they will, only so that it be to men of their own tribe. 7 Lest the possession of the children of Israel be mingled from tribe to tribe. For all men shall marry wives of their own tribe and kindred : 8 And all women shall take husbands of the same tribe: that the inheritance may remain in the families, g And that the tribes be not mingled one with another, but remain so 10 As they were separated by the Lord. And the daughters of Salphaad did as was commanded : iz And Maala, and Thersa, and Hegla, t Tob. 7. 14. effected by the death of Christ, the high priest and the anointed of God. 184 and Melcha, and Noa were married to the sons of their uncle by their father DEUTERONOMY. Cap. 1. 13 These are the commandments and judgments, which the Lord commanded ~ 12 Of the family of Manasses, who was| by the hand of Moses to the children of — the son of Joseph: and the possession | Israel, in the plains of Moab upon the that had been allotted to them, remained | Jordan over against Jericho. in the tribe and family of their father. THE BOOK OF DEUTERONOMY. This Book ts called DEUTERONOMY, which and inculcates the ordinances formerly given on mount Sinai, with other The Hebrews, from the first words in the book, call tt expressed before. DEBARIM. CHAPTER 1. A repetition of what passed at Sinat and Cades- barne ; and of the people’s murmuring and their punishment. HESE are the words, which Moses spoke to all Israel beyond the Jor- dan, in the plain wilderness, over against the Red Sea, between Pharan and Tho- phel and Laban and Haseroth, where there is very much gold : 2 Eleven day’s journey from Horeb by the way of mount Seir to Cadesbarne. 3 7In the fortieth year, the eleventh month, the first day of the month, Mo- ses spoke to the children of Israel all that the Lord had commanded him to say to them: 4 * After that he had slain Sehon king of the Amorrhites, who dwelt in Hese- bon: and Og king of Basan who abode in Astaroth, and in Edrai, 5 Beyond the Jordan in the land of Moab. And Moses began to expound the law, and to say : 6 The Lord our God spoke to us in Horeb, saying: You have stayed long enough in this mountain : 7 Turn you, and come to the mountain of the Amorrhites, and to the other places that are next to it, the plains and the hills and the vales towards the south, and by the sea shore, the land of the Chanaanites, and of Libanus, as far as the great river Euphrates. 8 Behold, said he, I have delivered it to ou: go in and possess it, concerning which the Lord swore to your fathers Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, that he 7 A. M. 2553. Ante C. 1451. —k Num. 2r. 24. 1 Ex. 18. 18. — m John 7. 24. signifies a SECOND LAW, because it repeats precepts not LLE Hap- would give it to them, and to their seed after them. g And I said to you at that time : 10 ! Talone am not able to bear you : for the Lord your God hath multiplied you, and you are this day as the stars of heaven, for multitude. 11 (The Lord God of your fathers add to this number many thousands, and bless you as he hath spoken). 12 I alone am not able to bear your business, and the charge of you and your differences. 13 Let me have from among you wise and understanding men, and such whose conversation is approved among your tribes, that I may appoint them your rulers. 14 Then you answered me: The thing is good which thou meanest to do. 15 And I took out of your tribes men wise and honourable, and appointed them rulers, tribunes, and centurions, and officers over fifties, and over tens, who might teach you all things. 16 And I commanded them, saying : Hear them, and judge that which is just : m whether he be one of your country, or a stranger. 17 ™ There shall be no difference of per- sons, you shall hear the little as well as the great : neither shall you respect any man’s person, because it is the judgment of God. And if any thing seem hard to you, refer it to me, and I will hear it. 18 And I commanded you all things that you were to do. 19 And departing from Horeb, we passed n Lev. 19. 15 ; Infra 16. 19 ; Prov. 24. 23; Eccli. 42. 1; James 2. 1. CwHap. I. through the terrible and vast wilderness, which you saw, by the way of the moun- tain of the Amorrhite, as the Lord our God had commanded us. And when we were come into Cadesbarne, 20 I said to you: You are come to the mountain of the Amorrhite, which the Lord our God will give to us. 21 See the land which the Lord thy God wiveth thee : go up and possess it, as the Lord our God hath spoken to thy fathers : fear not, nor be any way discouraged. 22 ° And you came all to me, and said : Let us send men who may view the land, and bring us word what way we shall go up, and to what cities we shall 0. ooh And because the saying pleased me, I sent of you twelve men, one of every tribe : 24 Who, when they had set forward and had gone up to the mountains, came as far as the valley of the cluster : and hav- ing viewed the land, 25 Taking of the fruits thereof, to shew its fertility, they brought them to us, and said: The land is good, which the Lord our God will give us. 26 And you would not go up, but being incredulous to the word of the Lord our God, 27 You murmured in your tents, and said : The Lord hateth us, and therefore he hath brought us out of the land of Egypt, that he might deliver us into the hand of the Amorrhite, and destroy us. 28 Whither shall we go up ? the mes- sengers have terrified our hearts, saying : The multitude is very great, and taller than we: the cities are great, and walled up to the sky, we have seen the sons of the Enacims there. 29 And I said to you : Fear not, neither be ye afraid of them : 30 The Lord God, who is your leader, himself will fight for you, as he did in Egypt in the sight of all. 31 And in the wilderness (as thou hast seen) the Lord thy God hath carried thee, as a man is wont to carry his little son, all the way that you have come, until you came to this place. 32 And yet for all this you did not be- lieve the Lord your God, 33 & Who went before you in the way, o Num. 13. 3, and 32. 8. b Ex. 13. 21 ; Num. 14. 14. Ver. 28. Walled up to the sky. very CHAP. I. DEUTERONOMY. 185 and marked out the place, wherein you should pitch your tents, in the night shewing you the way by fire, and in the day by the pillar of*a cloud. 34 And when the Lord had heard the voice of your words, he was angry and swore, and said : 35 7 Not one of the men of this wicked generation shall see the good land, which I promised with an oath to your fa- thers : 36 Except Caleb the son of Jephone: for he shall see it, and to him I will give the land that he hath trodden upon, and to his children, because he hath followed the Lord. 37 Neither is his indignation against the people to be wondered at, since the Lord was angry with me also on your account, and said: Neither shalt thou go in thither. 38 But Josue the son of Nun, thy minis- ter, he shall go in for thee: exhort and encourage him, and he shall divide the land by lot to Israel. 39 Your children, of whom you said that they should be led away captives, and your sons who know not this day the difference of good and evil, they shall go in : and to them I will give the land, and they shall possess it. 40 But return you and go into the wil- derness by the way of the Red Sea. 41 * And you answered me: We have sinned against the Lord: we will go up and fight, as the Lord our God hath com- manded. And when you went ready armed unto the mountain, 42 The Lord said to me: Say to them: sGo not up, and fight not, for I am not with you : lest you fall before your ene- mies. 43 I spoke, and you hearkened not : but resisting the commandment of the Lord, and swelling with pride, you went up into the mountain. 44 And the Amorrhite that dwelt in the mountains coming out, and meeting you, chased you, as bees do : and made slaugh- ter of you from Seir as far as Horma. 45 And when you returned and wept before the Lord, he heard you not, nei- ther would he yield to your voice. 46 So you abode in Cadesbarne a long time. q Num. 14. 23 ; Ps. 94. 11. y Num. 14. 40. — s Num. 14. 42. A figurative expression, signifying the walls to be high. 186 CHAPTER 2. They are forbid to fight against the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammowwtes. Their victory over Sehon king of Hesebon. ND departing from thence we came! into the wilderness that leadeth to the Red Sea, as the Lord had spoken to me: and we compassed mount Seir a long time. 2 And the Lord said to me: 3 You have compassed this mountain long enough: go toward the north: 4 And command thou the people, say- ing: You shall pass by the borders of your brethren the children of Esau, who dwell in Seir, and they will be afraid of ou. 5 Take ye then good heed that you stir not against them. For I will not give you of their land so much as the step of one foot can tread upon, because I have given mount Seir to Esau, for a posses- sion. 6 You shall buy meats of them for money and shall eat : you shall draw waters for money, and shall drink. 7 The Lord thy God hath blessed thee in every work of thy hands: the Lord thy God dwelling with thee, knoweth thy journey, how thou hast passed through this great wilderness, for forty years, and thou hast wanted nothing. 8 And when we had passed by our bre- thren the children of Esau, that dwelt in Seir, by the way of the plain from Elath and from Asiongaber, we came to the way that leadeth to the desert of Moab. 9 And the Lord said to me: # Fight not against the Moabites, neither go to battle against them : for I will not give thee any of their land, because I have given Ar to the children of Lot in pos- session. 10 The Emims first were the inhabit- ants thereof, a people great, and strong, and so tall, that like the race of the Enacims, 11 They were esteemed as giants, and were like the son of the Enacims. But the Moabites call them Emims. 12 The Horrhites also formerly dwelt in Seir: who being driven out and de- stroyed, the children of Esau dwelt there, as Israel did in the land of his possession, which the Lord gave him. 13 Then rising up to pass the torrent Zared, we came to it. ¢ Num. 21. 15. —« A. M. 2553. Ante C. rq5r. DEUTERONOMY. Cap. 2. 4 And the time that we journeyed from Gatiesbexina till we Scent over the tor- rent Zared, was thirty-eight years : until all the generation of the men that were fit for war was consumed out of the camp, as the Lord had sworn : 15 For his hand was against them, that they should perish from the midst of the camp. 16 And after all the fighting men were dead, 17 The Lord spoke to me, saying : 18 Thou shalt pass this day the borders of Moab, “ the city named Ar : 19 And when thou comest nigh the fron- tiers of the children of Ammon, take heed thou fight not against them, nor once move to battle: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Am- mon, because I have given it to the chil- dren of Lot for a possession. 20 It was accounted a land of giants: and giants formerly dwelt in it, whom the Ammonites call Zomzommims, 21 A people great and many, and of tall stature, like the Enacims whom the Lord destroyed before their face : and he made them to dwell in their stead, 22 As he had done in favour of the chil- dren of Esau, that dwell in Seir, destroy- ing the Horrhites, and delivering their land to them, which they possess to this day. ‘23 The Hevites also, that dwelt in Ha- serim as far as Gaza, were expelled by the Cappadocians : who came out of Cap- padocia, and destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead. 24 Arise ye, and pass the torrent Ar- non : » Behold I have delivered into thy hand Sehon king of Hesebon the Amor- rhite, and begin thou to possess his land and make war against him. 25 This day will I begin to send the dread and fear of thee upon the nations that dwell under the whole heaven: that when they hear thy name they may fear and tremble, and be in pain like women in travail. 26 ’ So I sent messengers from the wil- derness of Cademoth to Sehon the king of Hesebon with peaceable words, say- ing : 27 We will pass through thy land, we will go along by the highway: we will not turn aside neither to the right hand nor to the left. 28 Sell us meat for money, that we may v A. M. 2553. —w Num. 21. 21. CHAP. 3. eat : give us water for money and so we will drink. We only ask that thou wilt let us pass through, 29 As the children of Esau have done, that dwell in Seir, and the Moabites, that abide in Ar: until we come to the Jor- dan, and pass to the land which the Lord our God will give us. 30 And Sehon the king of Hesebon would not let us pass: because the Lord thy God had hardened his spirit, and fixed his heart, that he might be deliv- ered into thy hands, as now thou seest. 31 And the Lord said to me: * Behold I have begun to deliver unto thee Sehon and his land, begin to possess it. 32 And Sehon came out to meet us with all his people to fight at Jasa. 33 And the Lord our God delivered him to us : and we slew him with his sons and all his people. 34 And we took all his cities at that time, killing the inhabitants of them, men and women and children. We left no- thing of them : 35 Except the cattle which came to the share of them that took them: and the spoils of the cities, which we took : 36 From Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, a town that is situ- ate in a valley, as far as Galaad. There was not a village or city, that escaped our hands: the Lord our God delivered all unto us: 37 Except the land of the children of Ammon, to which we approached not: and all that border upon the torrent Je- boc, and the cities in the mountains, and all the places which the Lord our God forbade us. CHAPTER 3. The victory over Og king of Basan. Ruben, Gad, and half the tribe of Manasses receive their pos- session on the other side of Jordan. HEN y we turned and went by the way DEUTERONOMY. 187 3 2So the Lord our God delivered into our hands, Og also the king of Basan, and all his people: and we utterly de- stroyed them, ; 4 Wasting all his cities at one time, there was not a town that escaped us: sixty cities, all the country of Argob the kingdom of Og in Basan. 5 All the cities were fenced with very high walls, and with gates and bars, be- sides innumerable towns that had no walls. 6 And we utterly destroyed them, as we had done to Sehon the king of Hesebon, destroying every city, men and women and children : 7 But the cattle and the spoils of the cities we took for our prey. 8 And we took at that time the land out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorrhites, that were beyond the Jor- dan: from the torrent Arnon unto the mount Hermon, 9 Which the Sidonians call Sarion, and the Amorrhites Sanir : 4 to All the cities that are situate in the plain, and all the land of Galaad and Basan as far as Selcha and Edrai, cities of the kingdom of Og in Basan. Ir For only Og king of Basan remained of the race of the giants. His bed of iron is shewn, which is in Rabbath of the children of Ammon, being nine cubits long, and four broad after the measure of the cubit of a man’s hand. 12 And we possessed the land at that time from Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, unto the half of mount Galaad: ¢ and I gave the cities thereof to Ruben and Gad. 13 And I delivered the other part of |Galaad, and all Basan the kingdom of Og to the half tribe of Manasses, all the country of Argob : and all Basan is called the land of giants. 14 Jair the son of Manasses possessed of Basan : and Og the king of Basan |all the country of 4 Argob unto the bor- came out to meet us with his people to|ders of Gessuri, and Machati. fight in Edrai. 2 And the Lord said to me: Fear him not: because he is delivered into thy hand, with all his people and his land: and thou shalt do to him as thou hast done to Sehon king of the Amorrhites, that dwelt in Hesebon. x Amos 2. 9.— yA. M. 2553. z Num. 21. 34. —a@ Num. 21. 35. Caar.2. Ver.30. Hardened, &c. That is, in punishment of his past sins he left him to his own And he called Basan by his own name, Havoth Jair, that is to say, the towns of Jair, until this present day. 15 To Machir also I gave Galaad. 16 And to the tribes of Ruben and Gad I gave of the land of Galaad as far as the torrent Arnon, half the torrent, and the 6 Infra 4. 48. —c Num. 32. 29. d Num. 21. 34. stubborn and perserve disposition, which drew hin to his ruin. See the note on Ex. 7. 3. 188 DEUTERONOMY. Cuap. 4 confines even unto the torrent Jeboc, CHAPTER 4. oe: : i eer. Ls the border of the children o Moses axhoriah thé Seaman a ; 17 And the plain of the wilderness, and| MS * particularly to fly idolatry. A the Jordan, hee the borders of Cenereth| {7 “Hes of refuge, om that side of the Jordan. unto the sea of the desert, which is the} A ND now, O Israel, hear the command- most salt sea, to the foot of mount Phasga ments and judgments which I teach eastward. thee : that doing them, thou mayst live. 18 And I commanded you at that time.|and entering in eed yas the land saying : The Lord your God giveth you|which the Lord the of your fathers this land for an inheritance, go ye well| will give you. appointed before your brethren the chil-| 2 You shall not add to the word that I — dren of Israel, all the strong men of|speak to you, neither shall you take away you, }from it: keep the commandments of the ~ 19 Leaving your wives and children and | Lord your God which I command you. _ cattle. For I know you have much cat-| 3 ¢ Your eyes have seen all that the tle, and they must remain in the cities,| Lord hath done against Beelphegor, how which I have delivered to you. he hath destroyed all his worshippers 20 Until the Lord give rest to your|from among you. brethren, as he hath given to you: and| 4 But you that adhere to the Lord your they also possess the land, which he will} God, are all alive until this present day. give them beyond the Jordan: then shall} 5 You know that I have taught you every man return to his possession, which|statutes and justices, as the Lord my I have given you. God hath commanded me: so shall you > 21 ¢I commanded Josue also at that}do them in the land which you shall time, saying: Thy eyes have seen what| possess : the Lord your God hath done to these} 6 And you shall observe, and fulfil them two kings : so will he do to all the king-|in practice. For this is your wisdom, and doms to which thou shalt pass. understanding in the sight of nations, 22 Fear them not: for the Lord your] that hearing all these precepts, they may God will fight for you. say: Behold a wise and understanding 23 And I besought the Lord at that} people, a great nation. time, saying : 7 Neither is there any other nation so 24 Lord God, thou hast begun to shew] great, that hath gods so nigh them, as unto thy servant thy greatness, and most} our God is present to all our petitions. mighty hand, for there is no other God| 8 For what other nation is there so re- either in heaven or earth, that is able to|nowned that hath ceremonies, and just do thy works, or to be compared to thy | judgments, and all the law, which I will strength. set forth this day before your eyes ? 25 I will pass over therefore, and will] 9 Keep thyself therefore, and thy soul see this excellent land beyond the Jor-|carefully. Forget not the words that thy dan, and this goodly mountain, and Liba-|eyes have seen, and let them not go out nus. ' of thy heart all the days of thy life. 26 And the Lord was angry with me on|Thou shalt teach them to thy sons and your account and heard me not, but said| to thy grandsons, to me: It is enough: speak no more to| to From the day in which thou didst me of this matter. stand before the Lord thy God in Horeb. 27 Go up to the top of Phasga, and cast} when the Lord spoke to me, saying : Call thy eyes round about to the west, and to|together the people unto me, that they the north, and to the south, and to the|}may hear my words, and may learn to east, and behold it, / for thou shalt not] fear me all the time that they live on the pass this Jordan. earth, and may teach their children. 28 Command Josue, and encourage and| 11 * And you came to the foot of the strengthen him: for he shall go before|mount, which burned even unto beaven : this people, and shall divide unto them/and there was darkness, and a cloud and the land which thou shalt see. obscurity in it. zg And we abode in the valley over} 12 And the Lord — to you from the against the temple of Phogor. midst of the fire. ou heard the voice e Num. 27. 18. —/ Infra 31. 2, and 34. 4. g Num. 25. 4; Jos. 22. 17. —h Ex. 19. 18: ul of his words, but you saw not any form|sess. f at.all. CHaP. 4. 13 And he shewed you his covenant, which he commanded you to do, and the # ten words that he wrote in two tables of stone. 14 And he commanded me at that time that I should teach vou the ceremonies and judgments which you shall do in the land, that you shall possess. 15 Keep therefore your souls carefully. 7 You saw not any similitude in the day that the Lord God spoke to you in Ho- | reb from the midst of the fire : 16 Lest perhaps being deceived you might make you a graven similitude, or image of male or female, 17 The similitude of any beasts, that are upon the earth, or of birds, that fly under heaven, 18 Or of creeping things, that move on the earth, or of fishes, that abide in the waters under the earth : 1g Lest perhaps lifting up thy eyes to heaven, thou see the sun and the moon, and all the stars of heaven, and being deceived by error thou adore and serve them, which the Lord thy God created for the service of all the nations, that are under heaven. 20 But the Lord hath taken you and brought you out of the iron furnace of Egypt, to make you his people of inher- itance, as it is this present day. 21 * And the Lord was angry with me for your words, and he swore that I should not pass over the Jordan, nor enter into the excellent land, which he will give you. 22 Behold I die in this land, I shall not pass over the Jordan: you shall pass, and possess the goodly land. 23 Beware lest thou ever forget the covenant of the Lord thy God, which he hath made with thee : and make to thy- self a graven likeness of those things which the Lord hath forbid to be made: 24 / Because the Lord thy God is a con- suming fire, a jealous God. 25 If you shall beget sons and grand- sons, and abide in the land, and being deceived, make to yourselves any simili- tude, committing evil before the Lord your God, to provoke him to wrath : 26 I call this day heaven and earth to witness, that you shall quickly perish out of the land, which, when you have passed over the Jordan, you shall pos- t Ex. 20., 21., 22., and 23., cap. —7 Ex. 24. 10. DEUTERONOMY. 189 You shall not dwell therein long, but the Lord will destroy you, 27 And scatter you among all nations, and you shall remain a few among the nations, to which the Lord shall lead you. 28 And there you shall serve gods, that were framed with men’s hands: wood and stone, that neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell. ; 29 And when thou shalt seek there the Lord thy God, thou shalt find him : yet so, if thou seek him with all thy heart, and all the affliction of thy soul. 30 After all the things aforesaid shall find thee, in the latter time thou shalt return to the Lord thy God, and shalt hear his voice. 31 Because the Lord thy God is a mer- ciful God: he will not leave thee, nor altogether destroy thee, nor forget the covenant, by which he swore to thy fathers. 32 Ask of the days of old, that have been before thy time from the day that God created man upon the earth, from one end of heaven to the other end thereof, if ever there was done the like thing, or it hath been known at any time, 33 That a people should hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of fire, as thou hast heard, and lived : 34 If God ever did so as to go, and take to himself a nation out of the midst of nations by temptations, signs, and won- ders, by fight, and a strong hand, and stretched out arm, and horrible visions according to all the things that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt, before thy eyes. 35 That thou mightest know that the Lord he is God, and there is no other besides him. 36 From heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might teach thee. And upon earth he shewed thee his exceed- ing great fire, and thou didst hear his words out of the midst of the fire, 37 Because he loved thy fathers, and chose their seed after them. ™ And he brought thee out of Egypt, going before thee with his great power. 38 To destroy at thy coming very great nations, and stronger than thou art, and to bring thee in, and give thee their land for a possession, as thou seest at this present day. 39 Know therefore this day, and think in thy heart that the Lord he is God in k Supra 1. 37. —/ Heb. 12. 29. — m Ex. 13. 21. 190 heaven above, and in the earth beneath, and there is no other. 40 Keep his precepts and command- ments, which I command thee: that it may be well with thee, and thy children after thee, and thou mayst remain a long time upon the land, which the Lord thy God will give thee. 41 ™ Then Moses set aside three cities beyond the Jordan at the east side, 42 That any one might flee to them who should kill his neighbour unwillingly, and was not his enemy a day or two before, and that he might escape to some one of these cities : 43 ° Bosor in the wilderness, which is situate in the plains of the tribe of Ru- ben : and Ramoth in Galaad, which is in the tribe of Gad: and Golan in Basan, which is in the tribe of Manasses. 44 This is the law, that Moses set before the children of Israel, 45 And these are the testimonies and ceremonies and judgments, which he spoke to the children of Israel, when they came out of Egypt, 46 Beyond the Jordan in the valley over against the temple of Phogor, in the land of Sehon king of the Amor- rhites, that dwelt in Hesebon, whom Mo- ses slew. And the children of Israel coming out of Egypt, 47 Possessed his tink’ and the land of Og king of Basan, of the two kings of the Amorrhites, who were beyond the Jordan towards the rising of the sun: 48 From Aroer, which is situate upon the bank of the torrent Amon, unto mount Sion, which is also called Her- mon, 49 All the plain beyond the Jordan at the east side, unto the sea of the wil- derness, and unto the foot of mount Phasga. CHAPTER 5. The ten commandments are repeated and explained. ND Moses called all Israel, and said to them: ?* Hear, O Israel, the cere- monies and judgments, which I speak in your ears this day : learn them, and ful- fil them in work. 2 The Lord our God made a covenant with us in Horeb. 3 He made not the covenant with our n Num. 35. 14. —o Jos. 20. 3. — p A. M. 2553. g Ex. 20. 2 ; Ley. 26. x ; Ps. 80. rr. —# Ex. 20. 3; Ps. 80. 10. — s Ex. 20. 4; Lev. 26. 1; Ps. 96. 7. # Ex. 34. 14. DEUTERONOMY. CHAP. 5. fathers, but with us, who are now present and living. 4 He spoke to us face to face in the mount out of the midst of fire. 5 I was the mediator and stood between the Lord and you at that time, to shew you his words, for you feared the fire, and went not up into the mountain, and he said : 6 71am the Lord thy God, who brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage 7 ’ Thou shalt not have strange gods in my sight. 8 s Thou shalt not make to thyself a graven thing, nor the likeness of any things, that are in heaven above, or that are in the earth beneath, or that abide in the waters under the earth. 9 ‘ Thou shalt not adore them, and thou shalt not serve them. For I am the Lord thy God, a jealous God, visiting the in- iquity of the fathers upon their children unto the third and fourth generation, to them that hate me, to And shewing mercy unto many thou- sands, to them that love me, and keep my commandments. 11 * Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain: for he shall not be unpunished that taketh his name upon a vain thing. 12 Observe the day of the sabbath, to sanctify it, as the Lord thy God hath commanded thee. 13 Six days shalt thou labour, and shalt do all thy works. 14 ” The seventh is the day of the sab- bath, that is, the rest of the Lord thy God. Thou shalt not do any work there- in, thou nor thy son nor thy daughter, nor thy manservant nor thy maidser- vant, nor thy ox, nor thy ass, nor any of thy beasts, nor the stranger that is within thy gates: that thy manservant and thy maidservant may rest, even as thyself. 15 Remember that thou also didst serve in Egypt, and the Lord thy God brought thee out from thence with a strong hand, and astretched outarm. Therefore hath he commanded thee that thou shouldst observe the sabbath day. 16 # Honour thy father and mother, as the Lord thy God hath commanded thee, that thou mayest live a long time, and it u Ex. 20. 7; Lev. 19. 12 ; Matt. 5. 33. v Gen. 2. 2; Ex. 20. 10; Heb. 4. 4. w Ex. 20, 12 ; Eccli. 3. 9 ; Matt. 15.4; Mark 7. 10; Eph. 6. 2. Cuap. 6. may be well with thee in the land, which the Lord thy God will give thee. 17 Thou shalt not kill. 18 Neither shalt thou commit adultery. tg And thou shalt not steal. 20 Neither shalt thou bear false witness against thy neighbour. 21 * Thou shalt not covet thy neigh- bour’s wife : nor Azs house, nor his field, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor any thing that is his. 22 These words the Lord spoke to all the multitude of you in the mountain, out of the midst of the fire and the cloud, and the darkness, with a loud voice, adding nothing more : and he wrote them in two tables of stone, which he delivered unto me. 23 But you, after you heard the voice out of the midst of the darkness, and saw the mountain burn, came to me, all the princes of the tribes and the elders, and you said : 24 Behold the Lord our God hath shewn | us his majesty and his greatness, we have heard his voice out of the midst of the fire, and have proved this day that God speaking with man, man hath lived. 25 Why shall we die therefore, and why shall this exceeding great fire consume us? For if we hear the voice of the Lord our God any more, we shall die. 26 What is all flesh, that it should hear the voice of the living God, who speak- eth out of the midst of the fire, as we have heard, and be able to live ? 27 Approach thou rather: and hear all things that the Lord our God shall say to thee, and thou shalt speak to us, and we will hear and will do them. 28 And when the Lord had heard this, he said to me: I have heard the voice of the words of this people, which they spoke to thee: they have spoken all things well. 29 Who shall give them to have such a mind, to fear me, and to keep all my commandments at all times, that it may be well with them and with their chil- dren for ever ? 30 Go and say to them: Return into your tents. 31 But stand thou here with me, and I will speak to thee all my commandments, and ceremonies and judgments: which thou shalt teach them, that they may do x Matt. 5. 28 ; Rom. 7. 7. y A. M. 2553. DEUTERONOMY. IgI them in the land, which I will give them for a possession. 32 Keep therefore and do the things which the Lord God hath commanded you: you shall not go aside neither to the right hand, nor to the left. 33 But you shall walk in the way that the Lord your God hath commanded, that you may live, and it may be well with you, and your days may be long in the land of your possession. CHAPTER 6. An exhortation to the love of God, and obedience to his law. eee are the precepts, and ceremo- nies, and judgments, which the Lord your God commanded that I should teach you, and that you should do them in the land into which you pass over to possess rey 2 That thou mayst fear the Lord thy God, and keep all his commandments and precepts, which I command thee, and thy sons, and thy grandsons, all the days of thy life, that thy days may be prolonged. 3 Hear, O Israel, and observe to do the things which the Lord hath commanded thee, that it may be well with thee, and thou mayst be greatly multiplied, as the Lord the God of thy fathers hath pro- mised thee a land flowing with milk and honey. 4 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord. 5 * Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with thy whole heart, and with thy whole soul, and with thy whole strength. 6 And these words which I command thee this day, shall be in thy heart : 7 And thou shalt tell them to thy chil- dren, and thou shalt meditate upon them sitting in thy house, and walking on thy journey, sleeping and rising. 8 And thou shalt bind them as a sign on thy hand, and they shall be and shall move between thy eyes. 9 And thou shalt write them in the entry, and on the doors of thy house. to And when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land, for which he swore to thy fathers Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob: and shall have given thee great and goodly cities, which thou didst not build, tt Houses full of riches, which thou didst not set up, cisterns which thou z Infra 11. 13 ; Matt. 22. 37 ; Mark 12. 30; uke 10. 27. 192 didst not dig, vineyards and oliveyards, which thou didst not plant, full : 13 Take heed diligently lest thou forget the Lord, who brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bond- age. 4 Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and shalt serve him only, and thou shalt swear by his name. 14 You shall not go after the strange gods of all the nations, that are round about you : 15 Because the Lord thy God is a jealous God in the midst of thee : lest at any time the wrath of the Lord thy God be kindled against thee, and take thee away from the face of the earth. 16 > Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God, as thou temptedst him in the place of temptation. 17 Keep the precepts of the Lord thy God, and the testimonies and ceremonies which he hath commanded thee. 18 And do that which is pleasing and good in the sight of the Lord, that it may be well with thee: and going in thou mayst possess the goodly land, concern- ing which the Lord swore to thy fathers, 1g That he would destroy all thy enemies before thee, as he hath spoken. zo And when thy son shall ask thee to morrow, saying : What mean these testi- monies, and ceremonies and judgments, which the Lord our God hath commanded us ? 21 Thou shalt say to him: We were bondmen of Pharao in Egypt, and the Lord brought us out of Egypt with a strong hand. 22 And he wrought signs and wonders great and very grievous in Egypt against Pharao, and all his house, in our sight, 23 And he brought us out from thence, that he might bring us in and give us the land, concerning which he swore to our fathers. 24 And the Lord commanded that we should do all these ordinances, and should fear the Lord our God, that it might be well with us all the days of our life, as it is at this day. 25 And he will be merciful to us, if we keep and do all his precepts before the Lord our God, as he hath commanded us. a Infra ro. 20 ; Matt. 4. 10; Luke 4. 8. b Matt. 4. 7; Luke 4. 12. cA. M. 2553. —d Ex. 23. 23, and 33. 2. DEUTERONOMY. CHaP. 7 CHAPTER 7. No league nor fellowship to be made with the Cha- 12 And thou shalt have eaten and be| aanites : God promiseth his people his blessing and assistance, tf they keep his comma: AEs ¢ the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land, which thou art going in to possess, and shall have destroyed many nations before thee, 4 the Hethite, and the Gergezite, and the Amorrhite, and the Chanaanite, and the Pherezite, and the Hevite, and the Jebu- site, seven nations much more numerous than thou art, and stronger than thou : 2 And the Lord thy God shall have de- livered them to thee, thou shalt utterly destroy them. ¢ Thou shalt make no league with them, nor shew mercy to them : 3 Neither shalt thou make marriages with them. Thou shalt not give daughter to his son, nor take his daugh- ter for thy son: 4 For she will turn away thy son from following me, that he may rather serve strange gods, and the wrath of the Lord will be kindled, and will quickly destroy thee. 5 But thus rather shall you deal with them : / Destroy their altars, and break their statues, and cut down their groves, and burn their graven things. 6 g Because thou art a holy le to the Lord thy God. * The Lord thy God hath chosen thee, to be his peculiar people of all peoples that are upon the earth. 7 Not because you surpass all nations in number, is the Lord joined unto you, and hath chosen you, for you are the fewest of any people: 8 But because the Lord hath loved you, and hath kept his oath, which he swore to your fathers: and hath brought you out with a strong hand, and redeemed you from the house of bondage, out of the hand of Pharao the king of Egypt. g And thou shalt know that the Lord thy God, he is a strong and faithful God, keeping his covenant and mercy to them that love him, and to them that keep his commandments, unto a thousand ga nerations : ro And repaying forthwith them that hate him, so as to destroy them, without further delay immediately rendering to them what they deserve. e Ex. 23. 32, and 34. 15, 16. { Ex 23. 24; Infra 12. 3, and 16. 22. g Infra 14. 2. — A Infra 26. 18. Cuap. 8. tr Keep therefore the precepts and ceremonies and judgments, which I com- mand thee this day to do. 12 If after thou hast heard these judg- ments, thou keep and do them, the Lord thy God will also keep his covenant to thee, and the mercy which he swore to thy fathers : 13 And he will love thee and multiply thee, and will bless the fruit of thy womb, and the fruit of thy land, thy corn, and thy vintage, thy oil, and thy herds, and the flocks of thy sheep upon the land, for which he swore to thy fathers that he would give it thee. 14 Blessed shalt thou be among all peo- ple. #No one shall be barren among you of either sex, neither of men nor cattle. I5 The Lord will take away from thee all sickness : and the grievous infirmities of Egypt, which thou knowest, he will not bring upon thee, but upon thy enemies. 16 Thou shalt consume all the people, which the Lord thy God will deliver to thee. Thy eye shall not spare them, neither shalt thou serve their gods, lest they be thy ruin. 17 If thou say in thy heart: These nations are more than I, how shall I be able to destroy them ? 18 Fear not, but remember what the Lord thy God did to Pharao and to all the Egyptians, 1g The exceeding great plagues, which thy eyes saw, and the signs and wonders, and the strong hand, and the stretched out arm, with which the Lord thy God brought thee out : so will he do to all the people, whom thou fearest. 20 7 Moreover the Lord thy God will send also hornets among them, until he destroy and consume all that have es- caped thee, and could hide themselves. 21 Thou shalt not fear them, because the Lord thy God is in the midst of thee, a God mighty and terrible : 22 He will consume these nations in thy sight by little and little and by degrees. Thou wilt not be able to destroy them altogether: lest perhaps the beasts of DEUTERONOMY. 193 the earth should increase upon thee. 23 But the Lord thy God shall deliver them in thy sight: and shall slay them until they be utterly destroyed. 24 And he shall deliver their kings into thy hands, and thou shalt destroy their names from under Heaven : no man shall be able to resist thee, until thou destroy them. 25 * Their graven things thou shalt burn with fire : thou shalt not covet the silver and gold of which they are made, neither shalt thou take to thee any thing thereof, lest thou offend, because it is an abomi- nation to the Lord thy God. 26 Neither shalt thou bring any thing of the idol into thy house, lest thou become an anathema, like it. Thou shalt detest it as dung, and shalt utterly abhor it as uncleanness and filth, because itis an anathema. CHAPTER 8. The people 1s put in mind of God’s dealings with them, to the end that they may love him and serve him. LL / the commandments, that I com- mand thee this day, take great care to observe : that you may live, and be multiplied and going in may possess the land, for which the Lord swore to your fathers. 2 And thou shalt remember all the way through which the Lord thy God hath brought thee for forty years through the desert, to afflict thee and to prove thee, and that the things that were in thy heart might be made known, whether thou wouldst keep his commandments or no. 3 He afflicted thee with want, and gave thee manna for thy food, which neither thou nor thy fathers knew : to shew that m not in bread alone doth man live, but in every word that proceedeth from the mouth of God. 4 Thy raiment, with which thou wast covered, hath not decayed for age, and thy foot is not worn, lo this is the fortieth year, 5 That thou mayst consider in thy heart, that as a man traineth up his son, iBx123" 26. 7 Ex. 23. 28; Jos. 24. 12. CHap. 7. Ver. 25. Idols, so called by contempt. Ver. 26. Ananathema. That is, a thing devoted to destruction ; and which carries along with it a curse. 7 Graven things. k 2 Mac. 12. 40. —1 A. M. 2553. m Matt. 4. 4; Luke 4. 4. Cuap. 8. Ver.3. Notin bread alone, &c. That is, that God is able to make food of what he pleases for the support of man. HOLY BIBLE 194 so the Lord thy God hath trained thee DEUTERONOMY. Cuap. 9. 19 But if thou forget the Lord thy God, — and follow strange gods, and serve and © up. 6 That thou shouldst keep the com-|adore them: behold now I foretell thee © mandments of the Lord thy God, and walk in his ways, and fear him. 7 For the Lord thy God will bring thee into a good land, of brooks and of waters, and of fountains : in the plains of which and the hills deep rivers break out : 8 A land of wheat, and barley, and vine- vards, wherein fig trees and pomegran- ates, and oliveyards grow: a land of oil and honey. 9 Where without any want thou shalt eat thy bread, and enjoy abundance of all things: where the stones are iron, and out of its hills are dug mines of brass : | 10 That when thou hast eaten, and art| full, thou mayest bless the Lord thy God for the excellent land which he hath given thee. 1r Take heed, and beware lest at any time thou forget the Lord thy God, and neglect his commandments and judg- ments and ceremonies, which I command thee this day : 12 Lest after thou hast eaten and art filled, hast built goodly houses, and dwelt in them, 13 And shalt have herds of oxen and flocks of sheep, and plenty of gold and of silver, and of all things, 14 Thy heart be lifted up, and thou re- member not the Lord thy God, who) brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage : 15 And was thy leader in the great and terrible wilderness, ters at all: out of the hardest rock, 16 ?* And fed thee in the wilderness with | manna which thy fathers knew not. And after he had afflicted and proved thee, at the last he had mercy on thee, 17 Lest thou shouldst say in thy heart : My own might, and the strength of my own hand have achieved all these things for me. 18 But remember the Lord thy God, that he hath given thee strength, that he might fulfil his covenant, concerning which he swore to thy fathers, as this present day sheweth. n Num. 20. 9, and ar. 6. OEX. 3708. € Ver. 15. » wherein there was) the serpent burning with his breath, and) the scorpion and the dipsas, and no wa-| ° who brought forth streams | that thou shalt utterly perish. 20 As the nations, which the Lord de- stroyed at thy entrance, so shall you also perish, if you be disobedient to the voice of the Lord your God. CHAPTER 9. Lest they should impute their victories to their own merits, they are put in mind of their manifold re- bellions and other sins, for which they should have been destroyed, but God spared them for his pro- mise made to Abraham, Isaac, and Ja-ob. peek O Israel: ¢ Thou shalt go over the Jordan this day ; to possess na- tions very great, and stronger than thy- self, cities great, and walled up to the sky, 2 A people great and tall, the sons of the Enacims, whom thou hast seen, and heard of, against whom no man is able to stand. 3 Thou shalt know therefore this day that the Lord thy God himself will pass over before thee, a devouring and con- suming fire, to destroy and extirpate and bring them to nothing before thy face quickly, as he hath spoken to thee. 4 Say not in thy heart, when the Lord thy God shall have destroyed them in thy sight : For my justice hath the Lord brought me in to possess this land, where- as these nations are destroyed for their wickedness. 5 For it is not for thy justices, and the uprightness of thy heart that thou shalt go in to possess their lands : but because they have done wickedly, they are de- stroyed at thy coming in: and that the Lord might accomplish his word, which he promised by oath to thy fathers Abra- ham, Isaac, and Jacob. 6 Know therefore that the Lord thy God giveth thee not this excellent land in possession for thy justices, for thou art a very stiffnecked people. 7 Remember, and forget not how thou provokedst the Lord thy God to wrath in the wilderness. Fra the day that thou camest out of Egypt unto this place, thou hast always strove against the Lord. 8 * For in Horeb also thou didst pro- p Ex. 16. 14. —q A. M. 2553. r Ex. 17. 6, and 19. 3. The Dipsas. A serpent whose bite causeth a violent thirst ; from whence it has its name, for in Greek dipsa (dépa) signifies thirst. CHAP. 10. voke him, and he was angry, and would have destroyed thee, 9 s When I went up into the mount to receive the tables of stone, the tables of the covenant which the Lord made with) you : and I continued in the mount forty days and nights, neither eating bread, | nor drinking water. to # And the Lord gave me two tables! of stone written with the finger of God, | and containing all the words that he spoke to you in the mount from the midst of the fire, when the people were assembled together. rz And when forty days were passed, | and as many nights, the Lord gave me the two tables of stone, the tables of the covenant, 12 And said to me: down from hence quickly : for thy people, which thou hast brought out of Egypt, have quickly forsaken the way that thou hast shewn them, and have made to them- selves a molten zdol. 13 And again the Lord said to me: see that this people is stiffnecked : 14 Let me alone that I may destroy them, and abolish their name from under heaven, and set thee over a nation, that is greater and stronger than this. I DEUTERONOMY. « Arise, and go) 195 into the torrent, which cometh down from the mountain. 22 ¥ At the burning also, and at the place of temptation, and at the graves of lust you provoked the Lord : 23 And when he sent you from Cades- barne, saying: Go up, and possess a jland that I have given you, and slighted the commandment of the Tord your God, and did not believe him, nei- | ther would you hearken to his voice : 24 But were always rebellious from the day that I began to know you. 25 And I lay prostrate before the Lord forty days and nights, in which I humbly besought him, that he would not destrov you as he had threatened : 26 And praying, I said : O Lord God, de- stroy not thy people, and thy inheritance, which thou hast redeemed in thy great- ness, whom thou hast brought out of Egypt with a strong hand. 27 Remember thy servants Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob: look not on the stub- bornness of this people, nor on their wickedness and sin : 28 Lest perhaps the inhabitants of the land, out of which thou hast brought us, say : The Lord could not bring them into the land that he promised them, and he 15 And when I came down from the) hated them: therefore he brought them burning mount, and held the two tables|out, that he might kill them in the wil- of the covenant with both hands, | derness, 16 And saw that you had sinned against | 29 Who are thy people and thy inher- the Lord your God, and had made tojitance, whom thou hast brought out by yourselves a molten calf, and had quickly forsaken his way, which he had shewn ou : 07 I cast the tables out of my hands, and broke them in your sight. 18 And I fell down before the Lord as before, forty days and nights neither eating bread, nor drinking water, for all} your sins, which you had committed against the Lord, and had provoked him to wrath : 19 For I feared his indignation and an- ger, wherewith being moved against you, he would have destroyed you. And the Lord heard me this time also. 20 And he was exceeding angry against thy great strength, and in thy stretched out arm. CHAPTER to. God giveth the second tables of the law: a further exhortation to fear and serve the Lord. T that time ~ the Lord said to me: x Hew thee two tables of stone like the former, and come up to me into the mount: and thou shalt make an ark of wood, 2 And I will write on the tables the words that were in them, which thou brokest before, and thou shalt put them in the ark. 3 And I made an ark of setim wood. Aaron also, and would have destroyed| And when I had hewn two tables of him, and I prayed in like manner for him.| stone like the former, I went up into the 21 And your sin that youhadcommitted,|mount, having them in my hands. that is, the calf, I took, and burned it| 4 And he wrote in the tables, according with fire, and breaking it into pieces,|as he had written before, the ten words, until it was as small as dust, I threw it} which the Lord spoke to you in the v Num. 11. 1, and 16. 35, and 2r. 6. w A. M. 2553. — x Ex. 34. I. Ss Ex. 24. 18. ? Ex. 31. 18, and 32. 15. — u Ex. 32. 4. 196 mount from the midst of the fire, when the people were assembled : and he gave them to me. 5 And returning from the mount, I came down, and put the tables into the ark, that I had made, and they are there till this present, as the Lord commanded me. 6 y And the children of Israel removed their camp from Beroth of the children of Jacan into Mosera, where - Aaron died and was buried, and Eleazar his son suc- ceeded him in the priestly office. 7 From thence they came to Gadgad, from which place they departed, and camped in Jetebatha, in a land of waters and torrents. DEUTERONOMY. Cuap. 11. 17 Because the Lord your God he is the God of gods, and the Lord of lords, a great God and mighty and terrible, ¢ who accepteth no person nor taketh bribes. 18 He doth judgment to the fatherless and the widow, loveth the stranger, and giveth him food and raiment. 19 And do you therefore love strangers, because you also were strangers in the land of Egypt. 20 © Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and serve him only: to him thou shalt adhere, and shalt swear by his name. 21 He is thy praise, and thy God, that hath done for thee these great and terrible things, which thy eyes have seen. 22 In seventy souls thy fathers went 8 At that time he separated the tribe) down into Egypt: and behold now the of Levi, to carry the ark of the covenant of the Lord, and to stand before him in the ministry, and to bless in his name until this present day. g Wherefore Levi hath no part nor pos- session with his brethren: because the Lord himself is his possession, as the Lord thy God promised him. 10 And I stood in the mount, as before, forty days and nights: and the Lord heard me this time also, and would not destroy thee. rz And he said to me: Go, and walk before the people, that they may enter, and possess the land, which I swore to their fathers that I would give them. 12 And now, Israel, what doth the Lord thy God require of thee, but that thou fear the Lord thy God, and walk in his ways, and love him, and serve the Lord thy God, with all thy heart, and with all thy soul : 13 And keep the commandments of the Lord, and his ceremonies, which I com- mand thee this day, that it may be well with thee ? 14 Behold heaven is the Lord’s thy God, and the heaven of heaven, the earth and all things that are therein. i5 And yet the Lord hath been closely joined to thy fathers, and loved them and chose their seed after them, that is to say, you, out of all nations, as this day it is proved. Lord thy God hath multiplied thee as the stars of heaven. CHAPTER 1rt. The love and service of God are still inculcated, with a blessing to them that serve him, and threats of punishment tf they forsake his law. ‘PHERESORE love the Lord thy God and observe his precepts and cere- monies, his judgments and command- ments at all times. ¢ 2 Know this day the things that your children know not, who saw not the chastisements of the Lord your God, his great doings and strong hand, and stretched out arm, 3 The signs and works which he did in the midst of Egypt to king Pharao, and to all his land, 4 And to all the host of the Egyptians, and to their horses and chariots: how the waters of the Red Sea covered them, when they pursued you, and how the Lord destroyed them until this present day : 5 And what he hath done to you in the wilderness, till you came to this place: 6 4 And to Dathan and Abiron the sons of Eliab, who was the son of Ruben: ¢ whom the earth, opening her mouth swallowed up with their households and tents, and all their substance, which they had in the midst of Israel. 7 Your eyes have seen all the great works of the Lord, that he hath done, 16 Circumcise therefore the foreskin of] 8 That you may keep all his command- your heart, and stiffen your neck no more. | ments, which I command you this day, y Num. 33. 31. — z Num. 20. 28 and 29. a2 Par. 19.7; Job 34. 19; a 6.8; Becl, 733: 133 Acts ro. 34; Rom, 2. : Gal. Ver. 6. Mosera. CHAP. 10. By mount Hor, b Supra 6. 13 ; Matt. 4. 10; Luke 4. 8. cA. M. 2553. —d Num. 16. 1. e Num. 16. 32. for there Aaron died, Num. 20. This and the fol- lowing verses seem to be inserted by way of parenthesis. | CHAP: 12. and may go in, and possess the land, to which you are entering, 9 And may live in it along time: which the Lord promised by oath to your fathers, and to their seed, a land which floweth with milk and honey. io For the land, which thou goest to possess, is not like the land of Egypt, from whence thou camest out, where, when the seed is sown, waters are brought in to water it after the manner of gardens. 1r But it is a land of hills and plains, expecting rain from heaven. 12 And the Lord thy God doth always visit it, and his eyes are on it from the beginning of the year unto the end thereof. 13 fIf then you obey my command- ments, which I command you this day, that you love the Lord your God, and serve him with all your heart, and with all your soul : 14 He will give to your land the early rain and the latter rain, that you may gather in your corn, and your wine, and your oil, F 15 And your hay out of the fields to feed your cattle, and that you may eat and be filled. 16 Beware lest perhaps your heart be deceived, and you depart from the Lord, and serve strange gods, and adore them : 17 And the Lord being angry shut up heaven, that the rain come not down, nor the earth yield her fruit, and you perish quickly from the excellent land, which the Lord will give you. 18 ¢ Lay up these my words in your hearts and minds, and hang them for a sign on your hands, and place them be- tween your eyes. 19 Teach your children that they medi- tate on them, when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest on the way, and when thou liest down and risest up. 20 Thou shalt write them upon the posts and the doors of thy house : 21 That thy days may be multiplied, and the days of thy children in the land which the Lord swore to thy fathers, that he would give them as long as the heaven hangeth over the earth. 22 For ifyou keep the commandments which I command you, and do them, to love the Lord your God, and walk in all his ways, cleaving unto him, f Supra 10. 12. — g Supra 6. 6. —h Jos. I. 3. Put the blessing, &c. CHAP. Ir. Ver. 29. DEUTERONOMY. 197 23 The Lord will destroy all these na- tions before your face, and you shall possess them, which are greater and stronger than you. 24 Every place, that your foot shall tread upon, shall be yours. From the desert, and from Libanus, from the great river Euphrates unto the western sea shall be your borders. 25 None shall stand against you: the Lord your God shall lay the dread and fear of you upon ail the land that you shall tread upon, as he hath spoken to you. 26 Behold I set forth in your sight this day a blessing and a curse : 27 A blessing, if you obey the command- ments of the Lord your God, which I command you this day : 28 A curse, if you obey not the com- mandments of the Lord your God, but revolt from the way which now I shew you, and walk after strange gods which you know not. 29 And when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land, whither thou goest to dwell, thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Garizim, the curse upon mount Hebal : 30 Which are beyond the Jordan, behind the way that goeth to the setting of the sun, in the land of the Chanaanite who dwelleth in the plain country over against Galgala, which is near the valley that reacheth and entereth far. 31 For you shall pass over the Jordan, to possess the land, which the Lord your God will give you, that you may have it and possess it. 32 See therefore that you fulfil the cere- monies and judgments, which I shall set this day before you. CHAPTER. 12. All idolatry must be extirpated : sacrifices, tithes, and firstfruits must be offered in one only place: all eating of blood 1s prohibited. so yeEeS are the precepts and judg- ments, that you must do in the land, * which the Lord the God of thy fathers will give thee, to possess it all the days that thou shalt walk upon the earth. 2 Destroy all the places in which the nations, that you shall possess, wor- shipped their gods upon high mountains, and hills, and under every shady tree : 3 7 Overthrow their altars, and break 1 A.M. 2553. — 7 Supra 7. 25; 2 Mac. 12. 40. See Deut. 27. 12: &c. and Josue 8. 33, &c. 198 down their statues, burn their groves with fire, and break their idols in pieces: destroy their names out of those places. 4 You shall not do so to the Lord your God : 5 But you shall come to the place, which the Lord your God shaJ] choose out of all your tribes, to put his name there, and to dwell in it: 6 And you shall offer in that place your holocausts and victims, the tithes and firstfruits of your hands and your vows and gifts, the firstborn of your herds and your sheep. 7 And you shall eat there in the sight of the Lord your God : and you shall rejoice in all things, whereunto you shall put your hand, you and your houses wherein the Lord ycur God hath blessed you. 8 You shall not do there the things we do here this day, every man that which seemeth good to himself. 9 For until this present time you are not come to rest, and to the posses- sion, which the Lord your God will give ou. 2u6 You shall pass over the Jordan, and shall dwell in the land which the Lord your God will give you, that you may have rest from all enemies round about : and may dwell without any fear, 11 In the place, which the Lord your God shall choose, that his name may be therein. Thither shall you bring all the things that I command you, holocausts, and victims, and tithes, and the firstfruits of your hands: and whatsoever is the choicest in the gifts which you shall vow to the Lord. 12 There shall you feast before the Lord your God, you and your sons and your daughters, your menservants and maid- servants, and the Levite that dwelieth in your cities. For he hath no other part and possession among you. 13 Beware lest thou offer thy holocausts in every place that thou shalt see : 14 But in the place which the Lord shall choose in one of thy tribes shalt thou offer sacrifices, and shalt do all that I command thee. 15 But if thou desirest to eat, and the eating of flesh delight thee; kill, and eat according to the blessing ot the Lord thy God, which he hath given thee, in thy cities : whether it be unclean, that is to say, having blemish or defect : or clean, that is to sav, sound and without blemish, DEUTERONOMY. such as may be offered, as the roe, and the hart, shalt thou eat it : 16 Only the blood thou shalt not eat, but thou shalt pour it out upon the earth as water. CHAP. I2. .1ine 19 And he on 8 socie with his ‘oii to Bethsura, which was a strong hold ob: the Jews : but he was repulsed, he failed, he lost his men. isd q 20 Now Judas sent necessaries to them that were within. 21 But Rhodocus, one of the Jews’ army, disclosed the secrets to the enemies, so he was sought out, and taken up, and put in prison. Lig 22 Again the king treated with them that were in Bethsura’ : gave his right hand : took theirs: and went away. 23 He fought with Judas : and was over- come. And when he understood tha Philip, who had been left over the affairs, had rebelled at Antioch, he was in a con- sternation of mind, and entrea Jews, and yielding to them, he swore’ all things that seemed reasonable, being reconciled, offered sacrifices, hon oured the temple, and left gifts. 24 He embraced Machabeus, and m him governor and prince from Ptole unto the Gerrenians. i 25 But when he was come to Ptolemais the men of that city were much displ with the conditions of the , bei angry for fear they should break to the judg. covenant. 26 Then Lysias went u ment seat, and set forth the reason, a appeased the people, and returned Antioch : and thus matters went with gard to the king’s coming and his re CHAPTER 14. Demetrius challenges the kingdom. Alcimus a plies to him to be made high priest : Nicanor sent into Judea: his dealings with Judas : threats. The history of Raztas. Re rafter the space of three ye: Judas, and they that were with hi understood that Demetrius the son Seleucus was come up with a Be pow: and a navy by the haven of Tripolis places proper for his purpose. 2 And had made himself master of t r A.M. 3842. Ante C) 162. Cap. 14. countries against Antiochus, and his gen- eral Lysias. priest, but had wilfully defiled himself in the time of mingling with the heathens, seeing that there was no safety for him, nor access to the altar, _ 4 Came to king Demetrius in the year s one hundred and fifty, presenting unto him a crown of gold, and a palm, and _besides these, some boughs which seemed to belong to the temple. And that day indeed he held his peace. 5 But having gotten a convenient time to further his madness, being called to counsel by Demetrius, and asked what ‘the Jews relied upon, and what were their counsels, _ 6 He answered thereunto: They among the Jews that are called Assideans, of ‘whom Judas Machabeus is captain, nour- ‘ish wars, and raise seditions, and will not suffer the realm to be in peace. 7 For I also being deprived of my an-| try cestors’ glory (I mean of the high priest- hood) am now come hither: 8 Principally indeed out of fidelity to the king’s interests, but in the next place also to provide for the good of my countrymen : for all our nation suffereth much from the evil proceedings of those men. 9 Wherefore, O king, seeing thou know- est all these things, take care, I beseech thee, both of the country, and of our na- tion, according to thy humanity which is known to all men, to For as long as Judas liveth, it is not possible that the state should be quiet. ir Now when this man had spoken to this effect, the rest also of the king’s friends, who were enemies of Judas, in- censed Demetrius against him. 12 And forthwith he sent Nicanor, the commander over the elephants, governor into Judea: 13 Giving him in charge, to take Judas himself: and disperse all them that ere with him, and to make Alcimus the igh priest of the great temple. 14 Then the Gentiles who had fled out = 3 s A. M. 3843. Cxap.14. Ver.3. Now Alcimus, who had been ief priest. This Alcimus was of the stock of laron, but for his apostasy here mentioned was ible of the high priesthood, but king Antio- us Eupator appointed him in place of the high lest, (see above, 1 Mac. chap. 7., ver. 9.) as Mene- had been before him, set up by Antiochus, 34 2 MACHABEES. 1057 of Judea from Judas, came to Nicanor by flocks, thinking the miseries and ca- 3 Now one Alcimus, who had been chief|lamities of the Jews to be the welfare of their affairs. 15 Now when the Jews heard of Nica- nor’s coming, and that the nations were assembled against them, they cast earth upon their heads, and made supplication to him, who chose his people to keep them for ever, and who protected his portion by evident signs. 16 Then at the commandment of their captain, they forthwith removed from the place where they were, and went to the town of Dessau, to meet them. 17 Now Simon the brother of Judas had joined battle with Nicanor, but was frightened with the sudden coming of the adversaries. 18 Nevertheless Nicanor hearing of the valour of Judas’ companions, and the greatness of courage with which they fought for their country, was afraid to the matter by the sword. 19 Wherefore he sent Posidonius, and Theodotius, and Matthias before to pre- sent and receive the right hands. 20 And when there had been a consul- tation thereupon, and the captain had acquainted the multitude with it, they were all of one mind to consent to cov- enants. 21 So they appointed a day upon which they might commune together by them- selves : and seats were brought out, and set for each one. 22 But Judas ordered men to be ready in convenient places, lest some mischief might be suddenly practised by the ene- mies : so they made an agreeable confer- ence. 23 And Nicanor abode in Jerusalem, and did no wrong, but sent away the flocks of the multitudes that had been gathered together. 24 And Judas was always dear to him from the heart, and he was well affected to the man. 25 And he desired him to marry a wife, and to have children. So he married : he lived quietly, and they lived in common. (above, chap. 4.,) yet neither of them were truly high priests ; for the true high priesthood was a- mongst the Machabees, who wee also of the stock of Aaron, and had strictly held their religion, and were ordained according to the rites commanded in the law of Moses.—Ibid. Mingling with the heathens ; that is, in their idolatrous worship. HOLY BIBLE 1058 26 But Alcimus seeing the love they had one to another, and the covenants, came to Demetrius, and told him that Nicanor assented to the foreign interest, for that he meant to make Judas, who was a traitor to the kingdom, his successor. 27 Then the king being in a rage and provoked with this man’s wicked accusa- tions, wrote to Nicanor, signifying, that he was greatly displeased with the cove- nant of friendship: and that he com- manded him nevertheless to send Mach- abeus prisoner in all haste to Antioch. 28 When this was known, Nicanor was in a consternation, and took it grievously that he should make void the articles that were agreed upon, having received no injury from the man. 29 But because he could not oppose the king, he watched an opportunity to com- ply with the orders. 30 But when Machabeus perceived that Nicanor was more stern to him, and that when they met together as usual he be- haved himself in a rough manner: and was sensible that this rough behaviour came not of good, he gathered together a few of his men, and hid himself from Nicanor. 31 But he finding himself notably pre- vented by the man, came to the great and holy temple: and commanded the priests that were offering the accus- tomed sacrifices, to deliver him the man. 32 And when they swore unto him, that they knew not where the man was whom he sought, he stretched out his hand to the temple, 33 And swore, saying: Unless you de- liver Judas prisoner to me, I will lay this temple of God even with the ground, and will beat down the altar, and I will dedicate this temple to Bacchus. 34 And when he had spoken thus he departed. But the priests stretching forth their hands to heaven, called upon him that was ever the defender of their nation, saying in this manner: 35 Thou, O Lord of all things, who want- est nothing, wast pleased that the temple of thy habitation should be amongst us. 36 Therefore now, O Lord the holy of Ver 41. He struck himself, &c. St. Augustine, (Epist. 61, ad Dulcitium, et lib. 2, cap. 23, ad E- pist. 2 Gaud.) discussing this fact of Razias, says, that the holy scripture relates it, but doth not praise it, as to bé admired or imitated, and that 2 MACHABEES. ; Cwap. 15. all holies, keep this house for ever unde- filed which was lately cleansed. ; 37 Now Razias, one of the ancients of Jerusalem, was accused to Nicanor, a man that was a lover of the city, and of good report, who for his affection was called the father of the Jews. 38 This man, for a long time, had held fast his purpose of keeping lf pure in the Jews’ religion, and was ready to expose his body and life, that he might persevere therein. 39 So Nicanor being willing to declare the hatred that he bore the Jews, sent five hundred soldiers to take him. 40 For he thought by insnaring him to hurt the Jews very much. 41 Now as the multitude sought to rush into his house, and to break open the door, and to set fire to it, when he was ready to be taken, he struck himself —_ his sword : 42 Choosing to die nobly rather than to fall into the hands of the wicked, and to suffer abuses unbecoming his noble birth. 43 But whereas through haste he missed of giving himself a sure wound, and the crowd was breaking into the doors, he ran boldly to the wall, and threw himself down to the crowd: , 44 But they quickly making room for his fall, he came upon the midst of the neck. 45 And as he had yet breath in him, being inflamed in a he arose: an while his blood ran down with a grea stream, and he was grievously wounded he ran through the crowd: 46 And standing upon a steep ro when he was now almost without blood grasping his bowels with both hands, he cast them upon the throng, calling upor the Lord of life and spirit, to restore thes to him again: and so he departed this li CHAPTER 15. a Judas encouraged by a vision gains a glorious vic tory over Nicanor. The conclusion. UT when Nicanor understood Judas was in the places of Samaria he purposed to set upon’ him with 2 violence on the sabbath day. t A. M. 3843. Ante C. 161. 1 Mac. 7. 26. either it was not well done by him, or at least r proper in this time of grace. Ver. 44. He came upon the midst of the - Venit per mediam cervicem. In the Greek it | xevedva, Which signifies a void Place; where ere no building. i CHAP. 15. 2 And when the Jews that were con- strained to follow him, said: Do not -act so fiercely and barbarously, but give honour to the day that is sanctified : and reverence him that beholdeth all things : 3 That unhappy man asked, if there were a mighty One in heaven, that had com- manded the sabbath day to be kept. 4 And when they answered: There is the living Lord himself in heaven, the mighty One, that commanded the seventh day to be kept, 5 Then he said : And I am mighty upon the earth, and I command to take arms, and to do the king’s business. Never- theless he prevailed not to accomplish his design. 6 So Nicanor being puffed up with exceeding great pride, thought to set up a public monument of his victory over Judas. 7 But Machabeus ever trusted with all hope that God would help them. 8 And he exhorted his people not to fear the coming of the nations, but to remember the help they had before re- ceived from heaven, and now to hope for victory from the Almighty. 9g And speaking to them out of the law, and the prophets, and withal putting them in mind of the battles they had fought before, he made them more cheer- ful : 1o Then after he had encouraged them, he shewed withal the falsehood of the Gentiles, and their breach of oaths. Ir So he armed every one of them, not with defence of shield and spear, but with very good speeches and exhortations, and told them a dream worthy to be believed, whereby he rejoiced them all. 12 Now the vision was in this manner : Onias who had been high priest, a good and virtuous man, modest in his looks, gentle in his manners, and graceful in his speech, and who from a child was ex- ercised in virtues, holding up his hands, prayed for all the people of the Jews: _ 13 After this there appeared also an- _ other man, admirable for age, and glory, and environed with great beauty and majesty : 14 Then Onias answering, said : This is a lover of his brethren, and of the peo- ple of Israel : this is he that prayeth much for the people, and for all the holy city, Jeremias the prophet of God. _ 15 Whereupon Jeremias stretched forth 2 MACHABEES. 1059 his right hand, and gave to Judas a sword of gold, saying : 16 Take this holy sword a gift from God, wherewith thou shalt overthrow the ad- versaries of my people Israel. 17 Thus being exhorted with the words of Judas, which were very good, and proper to stir up the courage, and strengthen the hearts of the young men, they resolved to fight, and to set upon them manfully : that valour might decide the matter, because the holy city and the temple were in danger. 18 For their concern was less for their wives, and children, and for their bre- thren, and kinsfolks: but their greatest and principal fear was for the holiness of the temple. 19 And they also that were in the city, had no little concern for them that were to be engaged in battle. 20 And now when all expected what judgment would be given, and the ene- mies were at hand, and the army was set in array, the beasts and the horse- men ranged in convenient places, 21 Machabeus considering the coming of the multitude, and the divers prepa- rations of armour, and the fierceness of the beasts, stretching out his hands to heaven, called upon the Lord, that work- eth wonders, who giveth victory to them that are worthy, not according to the power of their arms, but according as it seemeth good to him. 22 And in his prayer he said after this manner : * Thou, O Lord, who didst send thy angel in the time of Ezechias king of Juda, and didst kill a hundred and eighty-five thousand of the army of Sen- nacherib : 23 Send now also, O Lord of heaven, thy good angel before us, for the fear and dread of the greatness of thy arm, 24 That they may be afraid, who come with blasphemy against thy holy people. And thus he concluded his prayer. 25 But Nicanor, and they that were with him came forward, with trumpets and songs. 26 But Judas, and they that were with him, encountered them, calling upon God by prayers : 27 So fighting with their hands, but praying to the Lord with their hearts, they slew no less than five and thirty thousand, being greatly cheered with the presence of God. 4 Supra 8. 1q, 1060 2 MACHABEES. CuHaP. 15. 28 And when the battle was over, and|saying : Blessed be he that hath kept his they were returning with joy, derstood that Nicanor was slain in his armour. 29 Then making a shout, and a great noise, they blessed the almighty Lord in their own language. 30 And Judas, who was altogether ready, in body and mind, to die for his countrymen, commanded that Nicanor’s head, and his hand with the shoulder should be cut off, and carried to Jeru- salem. 31 And when he was come thither, hav- ing called together his countrymen, and the priests to the altar, he sent also for them that were in the castle, 32 And shewing them the head of Nica- nor, and the wicked hand, which he had stretched out, with proud boasts, against the holy house of the almighty God, 33 He commanded also, that the tongue of the wicked Nicanor, should be cut out and given by pieces to birds, and the hand of the furious man to be hanged up over against the temple. 34 Then all blessed the Lord of heaven, CHap. 15. Ver. 39. If not so perfectly, &c. This is not said with regard to the truth of the nar- ration ; but with regard to the style and manner they un-|own place undefiled. 35 And he hung up Nicanor’s head ir the top of the castle, that it might be an evident and manifest sign of the help of God 36 And they all ordained by a common decree, by no means to let this day pass without solemnity : 37 But to celebrate the thirteenth day of the month of Adar, called, in the Syr- ian language, the day before Mardochias’ day. 38 So these things being done with re- lation to Nicanor, and from that time the city being possessed by the Hebrews, I also will here make an end of my narration. 39 Which if I have done well, and as it becometh the history, it is what I de- sired : but if not so perfectly, it must be pardoned me. 40 For as it is hurtful to drink always wine, or always water, but pleasant to use sometimes the one, and sometimes the other: so if the speech be always nicely framed, it will not be grateful to the readers. But here it shall be ended. of writing : which in the sacred is not al- ways the most accurate. See St. Paul, 2 Cor. rr.6. THE END OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. AN | HISTORICAL AND CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX ADEs: TO THE OLD TESTAMENT. The CHRONOLOGY followed here is according to the more general Opinions of Divines and Chronologers. Note. A. M. signifies, Anno Mundi : that is, In the year of the World. Patriarchs. | Sacred History. Adam, the (CREATION of heaven and earth, and all things therein, in six days. Gen. r. first man, of ‘Man last created was made Lord of all living creatures of this lower world, and placed in Para- whom all | dise. Gen. 2. mankind is For transgressing God’s commandment Adam and Eve were cast out of Paradise. But by God’s propagated. | grace, repenting, had promise of a Redeemer. Gen. 3. Cain the firstborn became a husbandman, Abelnext born ashepherd. Gen. 4. Seth born. God respecting Abel’s sacrifice, and not Cain’s, Cain killed Abel. Gen. 4. Enos born. Cain went forth from the face of our Lord ; began a new city opposite to the city of God. Gen.4.16. His generations in the right line to Lamech, are those without notice of the time when they were Cainan. born or died : Enoch, Irad, Maviel, Mathusael, Lamech. Gen. 4. 17. 3 Malaleel. Some declining from God, joining in marriage with Cain's race, begot those monstrous men, huge Jared. ef stature, most wicked and crue), called giants. Gen. 6. 4. Enoch. Seth’s children and other faithful were called the sons of God, to distinguish the true Church from Mathusala. | the wicked city begun by Cain. Gen. 6. Lamech. In the days of Enos began public prayers by many assembling together (besides sacrifice which was before). Gen. 4. 26. Enoch a prophet pleased God in all his ways. None born in the earth like to Enoch. Eccli. 49. 16. Adam died at the age of 930 years. Gen.5.5. To whom Seth succeeded chief patriarch. And so in the rest. Enoch in the year of his age 365, was seen no more : because God took him. Gen. 5.24. Enoch was translated that he should not see death. Heb. 11. 5. Noe born. Seth died in the year of his age 912. Enos died, aged go5. Cainan died, aged gro. Malaleel died, aged 895. Jared died, aged 962. Noe, the preacher of justice, forewarned all men, that except they repented, God would destroy Sem born, | them with a flood. and the next) Noe by God’s commandment built and ark (or ship) wherein himself, and his family, with other liv- two years. ing creatures, were preserved from drowning. Cham, Lamech died (before his father) in the year of his age 777. Japhet. Mathusala died, aged 969, immediately before the flood, as seemeth most probable. The same year of the world, 1656, the 17th day of the second month, Noe with his three sons, his wife and their wives, in all eight persons, and seven pair of every kind of clean living creatures, and two pair of unclean, entered into the ark. And presently it rained forty days and forty nights together. All living creatures on the earth out of the ark were drowned. Gen. 7. All Cain’s race, with other wicked infidels, were utterly destroyed by the flood. Gen. 7. Arphaxad The whole earth being covered with water, Noe with his family, and other living creatures, remain- born, the son | ed in the ark twelve months and ten days ; then coming forth built an altar and offcred sacrifice, of Sem. which God accepting, blessed them for a new generation. Gen. 8. 9. Nemrod the son of Chus, and nephew to Cham, about threescore years after the flood, by force and subtilty drawing many followers, began a new sect of infidels. And afterwards was the principal author of building the tower of Babel. Where the tongues of the builders were confounded, and so they were separated into many nations, about 140 years after the flood. Gen. 11.4, &c. After Nemrod his son Belus reigned in Babylon,about the year of the world, 1871, which was 215 years after the flood. Sale. Heber consented not to the building of Babel. And therefore his family kept still their former Heber. language, which thenceforth, for distinction’s sake, was called the Hebrew tongue. He lived to see Phaleg. Abraham's father. And Noe, Sem, Arphaxad, Phaleg, and other godly men lived some part of Abra- Reu. ham’s time, who were never corrupted in faith nor religion. Sarug. By God’s commandment, Abraham, at the age of 75 years, having been much persecuted for Nachor. religion, went forth of his country Chaldea. Whereupon his father Thare went as far as Haran, in Thare. the confines of Mesopotamia : and Lot went further with him into Chanaan ; which country God Abraham then promised to give him, and to multiply his seed, and therein to bless all nations. Gen. rr. 31, born. and 12. 1, and 7. ~ | ~ By occasion of a famine in Chanaan, Abraham went into Egypt with his wife and with Lot. Gen. I2. 10. 1062 HISTORICAL INDEX. a.M.| Patriarchs. Sacred History. 2085 42093 2107 | 2108 | Isaac born. 2135 2148 2150, Jacob and Esau born. 2168 2183 2253 Ruben, 2254 | Simeon, 2255 | Levi, Judas, 2256| Dan, Nephthali, Gad, Aser, Issachar, Zabulon, 2259 | Joseph born. 2274| Benjamin 2276) born. 2296 2297 | Caath. 2298 2315 | Amram. They returned into Chanaan, became very rich, and God renewed his one Renin tp, Beebe. | Gen, 13. Lot (among others) being taken captive, Abraham with three hundred and diguteea tak; rescurd them all. Whereupon Melchisedech offered sacrifice in bread and wine: blessed Abraham, received tithes of him. Gen. 14 Sarai, long barren, persuaded fAtcaherd to take her handmaid Agar per po | Agar conceived and brought forth a son, who was named Ismael. Gen. 1 Circumcision was instituted that Abraham, and his sons, and all the men ry his family might be distinguished from others. Gen. 17. Sarai conceived and bore ason called Isaac. Gen. 21. . Abraham by God's commandment was sees, t2 offer Isaac in sacrifice, but was stayed by an angel, And former promises were renew en. 22. Sitka and Comaria with other cities were burnt with brimstone. From whence Lot was | delivered by angels. Gen. 19. | Isaac married Rebecca the ierahaier of Bathuel, son of Nachor, Abraham's brother. Gen. 24. After the death of Sarai, Abraham married Cetura, by whom ‘he had six sons. Gen. 25. : Ismael attempting to corrupt Isaacin morals, (which St. Paul calleth persecution, Gal. 4.,) was cast | out of Abraham's house together with his mother. Gen. 21. 14. And nevertheless had twelve sons, all dukes, before Isaac had any issue, which St. Paul | 1 Cor. 15. 46. First. that which is natural, afterwards that which is | Esau also had much issue, and prospered in the world. But his progeny, as also Ismael’s, eth Abraham's offspring by his last wife Cetura, were excluded from the promised inheritance and o blessings. Gen. 25. | Abraham died at the age of 175 years. Gen. 25. | Isaac blessed Jacob thinking him to be Esau. Gen. 27. | Jacob going into Mesopotamia to fly the danger of his brother’s threats, saw in his reaching from the earth to heaven. Gen. 28. And being there he served his uncle e years for his younger daughter Rachel, received Lia the elder ; and served other seven for Rachel. And six more for certain fruit of the flocks. Gen. 29. 30. Jacob returning from Mesopotamia, wrestled with an angel, and was called Israel Gen. 32. Rachel died, and was buried in Bethlehem. Gen. 35. 18 and 19. Joseph was sold and carried into Egypt ; and shortly after cast into prison, where he interprete | the dreams of two eunuchs. Gen. 37. Isaac died at the age of 180 years. | Joseph, interpreting king Pharao’s dreams, and giving wise counsel to pie & for the scarcity come, was made ruler of Egypt. He then married and had two sons, Manasses and Ephraim, in th seven years of plenty. Gen. 41. | Jacob sent his ten sons into Egypt to buy corn. Where they were threatened as suspected sp | and one was kept in prison, till they should bring their brother Benjamin. Gen. 42. | They returning into Egypt with Benjamin in their company, J oseph first terrified them, afte: manifested himself unto them. And sending for his father, and whole kindred, they all went int Egypt. Gen. 43., 44., 45., 46. | Jacob blessed and adopted the two sons of Joseph, preferring Ephraim the younger before : |ses. Gen. 48., prophesied of all his twelve sons, and in Judas of Christ. Gen. 49. 10. And tl he died. Joseph buried his father in Chanaan, and nourished his brethren with their families as their patro ‘and superior. Gen. 50. 13. He died at the age of tro years. Gen. 50. Sacred History, After his death the superiority of the children of Israel descended not to his son but to his brethren, and rested in Levi, the third brother, living longest of all th twelve, to the age of 137 years, Ex. 6. 16, whose genealogy is there declared, to sh the descent of Aaron and Moses. Moses, an infant of three months, was put in a basket on the water and taken the by Pharao’s daughter, nursed by his own mother and brought up in Pharao’s co EX. 2. At the age of forty years he went to his brethren to comfort them. Where, k an Egyptian that oppressed an Israelite, he was forced to fly into Madian. Bx a. After other forty years God appeared to Moses in a bush burning and not co : Sent him into Egypt with power to work miracles” and to'bring the children of out of that bondage. Pharao and the Egyptians resisting were plagued with sundry afflictions. At I the Israelites were delivered, and Pharao with all his army drowned. Ex. 3 to I5. The law was given in mount Sinai, the fiftieth day after their going out of Egyz Ex. 19. 20. In the absence of Moses the people forcing Aaron to consent, made and ado od golden calf for God. Ex. 32. The tabemmacle, with ali thines pertaining seen! Wilk in the first year, : erected the first day of the second year of their abode in the Ex. 40. In the same second year Aaron was consecrated high priest, and his sons p ests, op REY, SPA Moses remaining superior extraordinary during his v, 8. Nadab and Abiu offered strange fire in sacrifice, and were burnt to death, Lev. 1 HISTORICAL INDEX. 1063 A.M. 2552 2553 High Priests. Eleazar. Phinees. Abisue. Bocei,.” Ozi. Line of Judas. Naason. Salmon. Obed. Sacred History . Chore, Dathan, and Abiron, with many others, murmuring and rebelling against Moses and Aaron, were partly swallowed alive into the earth, others burnt with fire from heaven. Num. 16, Balaam a sorcerer, hired by Balac king of Moab to curse the Israelites, was forced by God’s power to prophesy good things of them. Num. 22., 23., 24. Job, either of the progeny of Nachor, or as seemeth more probable, of Esau, lived at the same time in which the children of Israel were oppressed with servitude in Egypt. Job wrote the history of his affliction in the Arabian tongue, which Moses translated into Hebrew. Moses and Aaron doubting that God would not give water out of a rock to the mur- muring people, were foretold that they should die in the desert, and should not enter into the promised land. Num. 20. Sacred History. Aaron died in the mount Hor, and his son Eleazar was made high priest. Num. 20. Moses repeated the law, commending it earnestly to the people. Then died, and was secretly buried by angels in the valley of Moab. Deut. 34. To whom Josue succeeded in temporal government, the spiritual remaining with the high priest. Num. 17. 20. All the children of Israel that came forth of Egypt above the age of twenty years, died in the desert except two, Josue and Caleb. Num. 26. 64, 65. Presently after Moses’s death Josue brought the people over Jordan into Chanaan. Jos. 3. And in the space of seven years conquered the land. Jos. 6., &c. And divided the same amongst the tribes. Jos. 13. The tribes of Ruben, Gad, and half of Manasses, having received inheritance on the other side of Jordan, Num. 32. 33, and now returning thither, made an altar by the river side, which the other tribes suspecting to be for sacrifice, and so to make a schism, prepared to fight against them ; but they answering that it was only for a monument, all were satisfied. Jos. 22. Josue, at the age of one hundred and ten years, died. Jos. 24. 29. And had no proper successor. Eleazar the high priest died the same year. Jos. 24. 33. And his son Phinees suc- ceeded. After the death of Josue the people were afflicted by foreign nations, God so per- mitting for their sins; but they repenting, he raised up certain captains, who were called judges, of divers tribes without ordinary succession, to deliver and defend the country from invasions. These were in all fourteen in the space of near three hun- dred years. Othoniel the first judge, of the tribe of Juda, delivered the Israelites from the molestation of the king of Syria. He governed (comprehending also the intermission) forty years. Judges 3. rr. Aod, of the tribe of Benjamin, the second judge, killed Eglon king of Moab, and so delivered Israel, and slew ten thousand Moabites. Judges 3. Samgar, a husbandman, the third judge, killing six hundred Philistines with the coulter of a plough, defended Israel. Judges3.31. He with Aod, and the times want- ing judges, governed seventy-five years. Barach, by direction of Debora a prophetess, fighting against Sisara, chief captain of Jabin king of Asor, Jahil a stout woman slew the same captain, striking a nail in his head. Judges4. They governed thirty-eight years. Gedeon, confirmed by miracles that he was sent of God, overthrew the Madianites and delivered Israel, governing forty years. Judges 6., 7., 8. Abimelech, the base son of Gedeon, unjustly usurping authority, killed his seventy brethren, one only escaping, but within three years was hated of his followers, and slain bya woman. Judges 9. | Thola defended the country from invasion of enemies twenty-three years, and died. | Judges ro, 2. Jair, a powerful nobleman, defended the people twenty-two years. Judges ro. 3. Jephte, first rejected, but afterwards entreated by the ancients of the people, fought for them and overthrew the enemies. And made an indiscreet vow to offer his daugh- ter in sacrifice. Judges 11. : He killed in civil war forty-two thousand Ephraimites, and governed six years. Judges 12. I Abesan, a fortunate good man, ruled in peace seven years. Judges 12. The people in this time of peace fell again into idoiatry. For which God suffered Philistines to afflict them. Judges 13. The tribe of Dan set upidolatry. Judges 18. About this time Booz, of the tribe of Juda, married Ruth a Moabite : by whom the right line of Judas descended by Phares to David. Ruth 4. 18., &c. Ahialon governed likewise in peace ten years. Judges 12. 11. Abdon, another nobleman, governed eight years. Judges 12. 13. Samson, from his birth a Nazarite of admirable strength, did many heroical acts, killed many Philistines in his life, and more by his own death. He governed twenty years. Judges 13. 5, and 16. 31. HISTORICAL INDEX. A heinous crime being committed in the tribe of Benjamin and not punished, he other Israelites made battle against them, and being themselves also great sinne lost many men in two conflicts, but in the third the tribe of Benjamin was destroyed. Judges 19. 20. Heli, of the stock of Aaron, by the line of Ithamar, was high priest, and g Israel forty years. 1 Kings 4. 18. Jesse. Samuel (whose mother being long barren had presented him an infant in the temple, 2889 Maraioth. | according to her vow) was a Nazarite and a prophet from achild. 1 Kings 1. and 3. And after the death of Heli, governed the le of Israel before Saul twenty years. And with him twenty years more, and died. 25.1%. Achimelech By the importunity of the people to have by king, God appointed Samuel to anoint 2909 | or Amarias Saul, 1 Kings. 10., who at first governed well, but afterwards declining from God, was deposed, and David anointed by the same prophet Samuel. 1 Kings 16. Yet Saul was *i actually deprived of the sceptre so long as he lived. 1 Kings 31. Slain. 1 Par. ro. David David king and inte. tuled his kingdom as a true pattern to all good kings ; made king. | author of the book of Psalms which are full of divine knowledge, prepared means fo building the temple, ordained divers sorts of musicians, and reigned forty years. 2 Kings, tot. 2 Par. 23., &c. Solomon. Solomon, excelling’ in wisdom, prospered in this world. 3 Kings 3., &c. Solomon. He built the temple and adorned the same with all excellent furniture requisite for God's service ; disposing all in order, as David had ordained. The temple being finished, was then dedicated most solemnly, with exceeding tion of the king and all the people, with abundance of sacrifices. } And afterwards the same king Solomon wrote three sapiential books. The Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and the Canticle of Canticles. But in his old age fell from God, and it is uncertain whether he died penitent or no He reigned forty years. 3Kings11. Died. 2 Par. 9. 31. 2949 2957 Abiathar or Achitob. 2988 2992 | Sadoc. 3001 High Kings of | ala Priests. Judea. | Sacred History. 3029 Roboam. King Roboam leaving the advice of ancients, and following young counsellors, o Achimaas. | fended the people : and his servant Jeroboam was condebinaemeaae ten tribes : only Jud and Benjamin remaining tohim. He reigned seventeen years. 3 Kings r4. 21. 3046 Abiam. His son Abiam reigned wickedly three years. 3 Kings 15. 2. 3049 | Azarias. Asa. Asa, a good king, destroyed idolatry, and reigned forty-one years. 3 Kings 15. 3090 Josaphat. Josaphat governed the kingdom well twenty-five years. 3 Kings 22. 42 and 43, Johanan. saving that he joined affinity with Achab king of Israel, and with Jezabel. 2 Par. | 18, 1. 3115 Joram. Joram reigned wickedly eight years. 4 Kings 8.17 and 18; 2 Par. 2r. 5 and 6. Joiada, three next are omitted by St. Matthew. 3119 Ochozias. | By the evil counsel of his mother Athalia, Ochozias governed wickedly one year, ai : pererncts tie, together with Joram king of Israel. 4 Kings 8. 27, and 9. 27; 2 F | 22. 3 an 3120 Queen Athalia murdering the children of her own son, the late king, usurped th kingdom six years. 4 Kings 11. 1. The youngest son of Ochozias, called Joas,being saved from the slaughter, was m king by means of Joiada the high priest, and Athalia slain, 4 Kings 11.4. He g Zacharias. erned well during the life of Joiada ; but afterwards fell into idolatry, and anid caused 2 | charias the high priest, and son of Joiada, to be slain. 2 Par. 24. 22. —— Sadoe, or | ter, the same king was treacherously slain when he had reigned forty-one Joathan. 4 Kings 12. 20, and 2 Par. 24. 25. 3165 | Sellum. Amasias. Amasias beginning well, did some good things. 4 Kings 14.3. But after the spoil c Helcias. |the ee he worshipped their idols. 2 Par. 24. 14. And reigned twenty-nin | years.— Ibi 3194 Ozias, or Ozias some time reigned well, 4 Kings 15. 3, but afterwards presuming to offer i Azarias. cense on the altar, was repelled by the high priest, and presently struck with lepro Azarias. and cast out of the temple and city. He lived after he was king fifty-two years. Par. 26. 16. 3246 Joathan. Joathan, a godly king, governed a great part of his father’s time, and after his deat! sixteen years. 4 Kings 15. ; 2 Par. 27. 3262 | Urias. Achaz. Achaz, a wicked king, after many benefits received from God, fell into idolatry reigning sixteen years, destroyed holy things, shut up the temple, and perverted man; of the people. 4 Kings 16, ; 2 Par. 28. 3277 Ezechias. Ezechias, a most godly king advanced true religion, which was much decayed. recovered health, being mortally sick, which was confirmed by miracle in the sun's turning back : and made a canticle of praise with thanks to God, and reigned twen: nine years. 4 Kings 18. ; 2 Par. 29., 30., 31., 32. 3126 Joas. 3395 Kings of Israel. Jeroboam. Nadab. Baasa. Ela. Zamiri. _ Achab. Ochozias. HISTORICAL INDEX. 1065 Sacred History. Jeroboam first king of the ten tribes, made a wicked schism, setting up two golden calves in Bethel and Dan : which most of the people worshipped as their gods. He reigned twenty-two years. 3 Kings 12. After him were these kings of divers families of the same ten tribes. Nadab, son of Jeroboam, reigned two years. 3 Kings 14. Baasa, of the tribe of Issachar, reigned twenty-four years. 3 Kings 15. Ela, two years. 3 Kings 16. Zambri, but seven days. 3 Kings 16. 15. Ami twelve years, whereof Tnebni reigned in civil wars against him three years. ver. 22. Achab married Jezabel, a Sidonian, and served Baal, reigning twenty- one years. 3 Kings ro, &c. Ochozias reigned two years. 3 Kings 22. 52. Joram twelve years. 4 Kings 3. Jehu killed Joram and Jezabel, destroying the whole house of Achab, reigned eight years. 4 Kings 9, and ro. Joachaz reigned seventeen ~ears. 4 Kings 13. Joas reigned sixteen years. 4 Kings 13. 10. Jeroboam forty-one years. 4 Kings 14. 23. Zacharias reigned but six months. 4 Kings 15. 8. Sellum but one month. 4 Kings 15. 15. Mahanem reigned ten years. 4 Kings 15. Phaceia two years. 4 Kings 15. 21. Phacee reigned twenty years. 4 Kings 15. 27. Osee reigned nine years. 4 Kings 17. The kingdom of Israel having stood above two hundred and fifty years, was subdued by the Assyrians, and much people carried captive into Assyria. 4 Kings 17. 6. The Grecians every fourth year set forth interludes in honour of Jupiter Olympius, whereof began reck- oning by Olympiads, about the year of the world 3417. And after six Olympiads, that is, twenty-four years, Rome was built. New inhabitants being sent from Assyria into Judea, mixed their Paganism with the Israelites’ religion, made many wicked and detestable sects. 4 Kings 17. 29. High Priests Kings of Judea. Sacred History. Manasses, for his great sins, was carried captive into Babylon, where he repented and was restored to his kingdom : he reigned and lived in captivity fifty-five years. 4 Kings 21. ;2 Par. 31. Judith killed Holofernes, either about this time, or in the days of Manasses, before the captivity. Pref. Judith. Amon. Amon reigned evil two years. 4 Kings 21. 18 ; 2 Par. 33. Josias. Josias, a very good king, purged the church of idolatry ; repaired the temple, cele- fe brated a most solemn pasch, was slain in battle by the king of Egypt, (which all the peo- ple much lamented, especially Jeremias the prophet,) when he had reigned thirty-one years. 4 Kings 22. 23. ; 2 Par. 34. 35. Joachaz, or Joachaz, otherwise called Jechonias, reigning but three months, was cafried into Jechonias. Egypt, (where he afterwards died. 4 Kings 23. 34,) and Eliakim otherwise called Joa- kim, his brother, was made king : who, in the third year of his reign, was carried into Babylon. 4 Kings 23. 34; 2 Par. 36. 4, 5, and with him Daniel, and the other three children. Dan. 1. Shortly after which time happened the history of Susanna. Dan. 13. And the same Joakim, after his reign of three years, lived other eight years in captiv- ity. 4 Kings 24.1; 2 Par. 36.4 and 5. Joachin, or Joachin, called also Jechonias, son of the former Jechonias, or Joachaz, reigned but Jechonias. three months, and was carried into Babylon, and with him Ezechiel the prophet and Sedecias. others. And his uncle Mathanias, otherwise named Sedecias, was made king, who reigned eleven years. 4 Kings 24. ; 2 Par. 36. In the eleventh year of Sedecias, when king Jechonias the younger was prisoner in Babylon Jerusalem was taken, the temple destroyed. and the people carried captive into Babylon. 4 Kings 25. ; 2 Par. 36. 3416 | Josedech. In the mean time Daniel was in singular great estimation, both with the faithful peo- ple, and pagans, and was advanced to authority, as also by his means the other chil- dren, for which they were envied and persecuted, but were miraculously protected. Dan. 1., &c., to 7. and 13., 14. Acertain captain, picking a quarrel, apprehended Jeremias, and by consent of princi- pal men, cast him into a dungeon, the king not knowing thereof. 4 Kings 25. ; Jer. 37., 38. Ismael killed Godolias the governor, and others. 4 Kings 25. ; Jer. 41. Many Jews fled into Egypt, and fell into idolatry, resisting and contemning Jere- mias’ admonitions to the contrary. Jer. 42., 43., 44. 1066 HISTORICAL INDEX. From the cnx captivity the (aide Jews had no ; , kings: but the line of 3442 | Jesus, son of | David con- Evilmerodach delivered J echonias (or J oachin) from att mene poe kien adtél Josedech. tinued in prince. 4 Kings 25. 27. 3468 these per- Baltasar being slain, Darius, king of the Medes and Persians, possessed Babylon : sons from and Cyrus succeeded Darius, re eased the J ews from captivity, and gave license to Zoro- Jechonias babel and Jesus to bring back the people into Judea. 2 Par. 36.22;2 Esd 1. 3469 to Christ. The Jews being returned into Jerusalem set up an altar and offered sacrifice. 1 Esd. Salathiel. 3.2. 3470 Zorobabel. The next year they began to build the temple. 1 Esd. 3. 8. 3473 | Joachin. Abiud. Artaxerxes (otherwise called Cambyses, > so Assuerus) forbade to perfect the temple. 3477 And Jesus the high priest returned into Babylon. 1 Esd. 4. 7. Daniel understood by a vision that Christ should come within seventy weeks, which make 490 years from the perfecting of the temple, and the wallsof J 3485 | Eliasib. Aggeus and Zacharias the prophets exhorted to build the temple. 1 Esd.5. 3494 In the captivity, by diligence of the prophets, many Jews had great zeal in true reli- gion. And about the twenty-fourth year of the captivity, Assuerus, otherwise called — Astyages, made Esther queen, and wicked Aman, secking to bases fr all the Jews in those parts, was himself hanged on the gallows which he had prepared for Mardocheus. Esther 7., &c. Eliacim. The temple being perfected, Malachias (who is supposed to be Esdras), exhorted to offer sacrifice with sincerity. Mal. 1. and 2. 3550 And Nehemias brought the king's edict for the reparation of Jerusalem. 2 Esd. 2. Esdras, Nehemias, and others, laboured in repairing Jerusalem, but were often in- | terrupted. 2 Esd. 3 3550 | Joiada. Azor. About this time the city was well repaired with three walls. 2Esd. 3-and7 And so | by the judgment of some Divines, the reckoning of seventy weeks began, according to — the prophecy of Daniel 9. 26. Jonathan. Sadoc. Nehemias returning from Persia (or Chaldea) into Judea, found thick water, for the Jaddus. fire which Jeremias had hid in a deep cave. 2 Mach. 1. 20 and 23. 3668 Alexander the Great honoured J addus the high priest. Joseph. lib. 1. c.8, Antig. 3727 Eliud. The seventy-two interpreters being sent by Eleazarus high priest to Ptolemeus Phi- ladelphus king of Egypt, translated the Hebrew Scriptures into Greek. 3829 | Onias. Achim. Onias, a most zealous godly high priest, 2 Mach. 4. was persecuted by Simon, a Simon. church warden, slain by Adronicus, a courtly mioion, ver. 34. And at his death Eleazar. Jesus, the Son of Sirach, wrote the book of Ecclesiasticus in the time of this Simon high priest, as seemeth. 50. 24, and 25 Another Jesus (nephew of the former) trafelated Ecclesiasticus into Greek. Prolog. Priscus. | prayed for all the people. 15. 12. Manasses an | | Joseph. After whom Cassius also spoiled the temple. S. Aug. lib. 18. c. 45, de Civit. Apostate. Eccli. Onias. | Eleazar. Philo, the elder, wrote the book of Wisdom in Greek. St. Jerome in pref. 3834 | Simon. Antiochus Epiphanes persecuted the church most cruelly, like as Antichrist will do Onias. near the end of the world. 1 Mach. 1. rz, and 2 Mach. 5., 6., 7. | 3838 | Mathathias. | Mathan. In defence of the church, Mathathias and his sons with others made war, killed and ; Judas. overthrew all their enemies, advanced religion, cleansed the temple, and delivered Machabeus. people from persecution. Died, 1 Mach. 2. 70. 3861 | Jonathan. Jacob. After the wars, the Jews in Jerusalem wrote to the Jews in Egypt, exhorting them Simon. keep the feasts, and other rites, as they were observed in Judea. 2 Mach. 1. and 2. 3897 | Joannes. } Pompeius the Great, taking Jerusalem, subdued the Jews to the Romans. He Hyrcanus. | tered into the holy place, called Sancta Sanctorum, there profaned holy things, 3898 | Aristobulus. | away Aristobulus (who had been high priest) prisoner, and confirmed Hyrcanus 3934 | Alexander. his place. Hyrcanus. | | The, Order of the Books of the OLD TESTAMENT, with the Number of their Chapters. ri Chap. Ch Genesis) Is ct een eete SO TPO ROMS te, tie, a Ure Pen eee Daniel. -Jioeh ol eee h is SO Pe Cree rae Judith. . sink cei te ako Ones’. 5% eee 5 Deans. ) a ee ek ee eee Se ee ee ee Se Joel . S OR, eek -s ES SS ee ek gee ee NOD Oe tera, wae Ses ee nee Amos 0. Spel Fer wereeeey Denteronomy*.' .* ose Fae Pode . Pee ep et tt a ee Abdias . « eta & ‘ eet 6 eee tS ae Proverps’ fhe Oa! Foe aay Jouns. .

), Reeohiel soo - »« » 42 e@iachsben = 2 Esdras, alias Nehemias . . é «pp \ STORED 73a nated > Of —s — ~~ ont auet so . * lam & 2 » « vale no ’ ] Haminy ReEGORD Husband Soo 200) se wren map RaaaE rarer ta Son of | if i | aid pide Sie “NCE DY, Se Bee Ay OR ae ee ‘Wife | Sorn on Ci een. Daughter of | | an Married on in (GHILDREN Meee eee m DHF Waid v4 | (MARRIAGES DEATHS ee THE NEW TESTAMENT OF OUR LORD AND SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST EPRANSLATED FROM THE LATIN VULGATE DILIGENTLY COMPARED WITH THE ORIGINAL GREEK AND FIRST PUBLISHED BY THE ENGLISH COLLEGE AT RHEIMS, A. D. 1582 WITH ANNOTATIONS AND REFERENCES sy Dr. CHALLONER anp Dr. H. J. GANSS AN HISTORICAL AND CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX AND MANY ILLUSTRATIONS PUBLISHED WITH THE IMPRIMATUR AND APPROBATION OF HIS EMINENCE JOHN CARDINAL FARLEY ARCHBISHOP OF NEW YORK Ribil Obstat REMIGIUS LAFORT, 8.1. L. Censor. imprimatur * JOHN CARDINAL FARLEY Archbishop of New York New York, December 4, 1911 Umprimatur ek E. F. PRENDERGAST Archbishop of Philadelphia PHILADELPHIA, SEPTEMBER 27, 1911 Imprimatur: MARIANOPOLI, DIE 3. DECEMBRIS IgI2 ™ PAULUS. arcH. MARIANOPOLITANUS. PRAYER BEFORE READING THE HOLY SCRIPTURES. O, King of Glory, Lord of Hosts, who didst triumphant- ly ascend the heavens, leave us not as orphans, but send us the Promised of the Father, the Spirit of Truth. We implore Thee, O Lord, that the Consoler, who proceedeth from Thee, will enlighten our souls and infuse into them all truth, as Thy Son hath promised. O God, Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, vouchsafe to grant us, according to the riches of Thy glory, that Christ, by faith may dwell in our hearts, which rooted and grounded in charity, may acknowledge the love of Christ, surpassing all knowledge. Through the same Christ our Lord. Amen.—(4pz. ///., XIV., XVIL., XIX.) Prayer After Reading the Holy Scriptures. (Prayer of St. Bede the Venerable. Died 735.) Let me not, O Lord, be puffed up with worldly wisdom, which passes away, but grant me that love which never abates, that I may not choose to know anything among men but Jesus,and Him crucified.—(J Cor. XIII., 8; IT., 2.) I beg Thee, dear Jesus, that he upon whom Thou hast _ graciously bestowed the sweet savor of the words of Thy Knowledge, may also possess Thee, Fount of all Wisdom, and shine forever before Thy countenance. Amen. INDULGENCES. An indulgence of 300 days is granted to all the Faithful who read the Holy Gospels at least a quarter of an hour. A Plenary Indulgence under the usual conditions is granted once a month for the daily reading. — Leo X///,, 13 December, 1898. 10138 AAYAHD Jio xa, © | Sqi3 bdsd2b vu 2rnowt odd om 1olqm: 9¥/ # (liabssa01q ls rod? Ojrt s'il bow O THE NAMES AND ORDER OOn els IMs “7 mm dict val Matthew Mark . Luke John The Acts of the Apostles. CHAP’S. 28 16 THE EPISTLES. Paul to the Romans . 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians Galatians . Ephesians . Philippians Colossians. é 1 Thessalonians . OF ALL THE BOOKS OF THE NEW TESTAMENT fore biol and a CHAP’S. PAGE. 2 Thessalonians . ... 3 : Timothy“ ®YSIE > 9 ae 2, timothy, . . 2 “Litus”-. <> 3 4. or | Philemon. .. . : To the Hebrews . in gn 39,0 am The Eppile of Eagar maid na 1 Peter : 25g q Nae 6 2 are ; tel. +) | 27; I y - @ ey es Z| L 2 | nee 3 John son] x - ° | he . The Apocalypse of St. John JOISTS the Apostle. ’ oP l yon ol snide bagi iMiecengive THE NEW TESTAMENT is the Covenant, which God the Father, through the media- tion of His Son, closed with the human race, inasmuch as He promised that all who would believe in Him, would possess His Kingdom on earth and eternal happiness hereafter. In the same manner, as not alone the Covenant made with the Israelites, | but also the records of that Covenant — the holy books of the Law and Prophets — were already called the Old Testament in Primitive Christianity, so also under the designa- tion of New Testament, we understand the records, in which the Word of God, in books _ of history, instruction, admonition and prophecies was handed down by the disciples of Christ under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, and as such was acknowledged and attest- ed by an infallible Church. DIViSION OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. I. The New Testament is divided into books of historical import : (a) The four holy Gospels according to Matthew (Matth.), Mark (Mark), Luke _ (Luke) and John (John). (b) The Acts of the Apostles by St. Luke (Acts). _ II. Books of instruction and admonition, in the form of epistles written to individ- uals or churches, in part also without a specific address as circulars to a greater num- ber of churches. _ (a) The 14 letters of St. Paul —1 to the Galatians (Gal. ), 2 to the Corinthians (I. and II. Cor.), 1 to the Phillipians (Phil.), t to the Colossians (Colos.), 2 to the Thessalo- nians (I. and II. Thes.), 2 to Timothy (I. and II. Tim.), r to Titus (Tit.), 1 to Phile- mon (Ph.), 1 to the Hebrews (Heb.). (b) 1 letter of St. James the Minor (Jam.), 2 of St. Peter (I. and II. Pet.), 3 of St. John (I1., I. and III. John), 1 of St. Jude (Jud). These letters are called Catholic Epistles, because they are mostly addressed to the universal church. (c) The prophetic writing ; the Apocalypse or Revelations of St. John (Revel.). CANON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. _ Inasmuch as the Church has embodied these 27 writings in the Canon, that is, the catalogue of books composing the New Testament written by the Apostles and Disci- ples under the inspiration of the Holy Ghost, she warns the Faithful against the use of writings of a doubtful origin, the so-called Apocryphal Books. These, dwelling on the life and doctrines of our Lord, in primitive times were in wide circulation, much to the spread of heresy. The Church also stands committed to the full inte- _grity of the historical, as well as the instructive and doctrinal contents of the canon- ical books in their relation to infallibility, attested by the constant presence of our Lord (Matth. XX., 20) and the assistance of the Holy Ghost (John XIV., 26; ‘XVI., 13). _Itis 2 that during the first three centuries there prevailed conflicting opinions concerning the scope of the New Testament, inasmuch that with individual national churches some of the writings were unknown or questioned (Heb. II., Pet. II., IIT; John, Jam., and Revel.), while the same were acknowledged by others, and some books of edification, notably the Epistles of the Apostolic Fathers, the so-called Shep- d of Hermas, were permitted to be read during divine service. However, this un- certainty disappeared in the second half of the Fourth Century. The 39 Festal Let- ters of St. Athanasius, written in the year 367 to preserve the Faithful of the large ecclesiastical province of Alexandria from error, contains the enumeration of only those writings now found in the New Testament. It was in all probability about the year 374 that a Roman synod during the pontificate of Pope Damasus proclaimed ~ what writings the Catholic Church accepts and rejects, and established our present Canon, which was enforced in the jurisdiction of the Roman province. A Synod of Hippo in 393, issued a similar decree for the Latin speaking African church province. Also the Oriental Syrian Church, at this time added the translation of the seven dis- Bete books. Thus we find a complete uniformity in all the Eastern and Western churches about the year 400. _ When in the Sixteenth Century these seven books were again called into question by ee Reformation, the Council of Trent, in its Fourth Session, April 8, 1546, by a sol- 6 THE NEW TESTAMENT. oar Way eee emn decree, reaffirmed by the Vatican Council, in its session, April 24, 1870, reiterated the old decree of the Fourth Century. i nt seers THE ORIGINAL LANGUAGE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT AND ITS LAT TRANSLATION. ay Salles vine All books of the New Testament were in the first instance handed down to us in th Greek language. Only one, the first Gospel of St. Matthew, was according to the e idence of primitive authorities, originally written in Hebrew. This Hebrew was ne the Hebrew of the Old Testament, but the colloquial tongue then spoken in the Hol Land. Later it was translated into Greek. Since at that time Greek was a commo! language spoken in most parts of the Roman Empire, even at Rome itself, the Gree New Testament met with a rapid circulation. r 4 The first traces of a distinctive Latin translation, the so-called Afra, we find in writings of St. Cyprian, and in all probability in the Roman province of Africa, abo the years 210-240. St. Augustin alludes to a translation, not of African origin, with which he no doubt became familiar when with St. Ambrose at Milan, and claims fo it greater clearness and fidelity. He calls it the Jiala. Both translations in the cours of time showing many divergencies in their manuscript state, St. Jerome receivec the commission from Pope Damasus to correct and amend the Itala on the basis the best Greek manuscripts. This he did in the year 383 for the New Testament an¢ the Psalter. His work is the extant edition of the Latin Bible called Vulgate (‘‘uni versally used”). The Council of Trent in the Session above alluded to declared i authentic, reliable and free from error in all that pertains to faith and morals. the instance of Pope Sixtus V. and Pope Clement VIII., it was republished in Rom 1592, and became from that date the customary and official text of the Latin Bible TRUSTWORTHINESS OF TRANSMISSION: The trustworthiness of transmission in regard to the New Testament is muc better and reliable than that of any ancient writing. The oldest preserved Gree manuscripts are traced to the Fourth Century, and accordingly are pel = three hundre years younger than the original. In this period the Latin translation is absorbed ii the critical revision of St. Jerome. The evidence of New Testament quotations bi writers goes back still further. In the works of the so-called Apostolic Fathe written about forty years after the books of the New Testament originated, and al most contemporary with the Evangelist St. John, we already find numerous verba or memorized quotation-allusions, as well as by St. Justin in his ‘‘Defense of the Chri: tians,’’ where he designated the Gospels as ‘‘Memorials of the Apostles.” The bishop and martyr, St. Irenzus of Lyons, who as a youth was instructed by St. Px lycarp in Smyrna (died about 155) — St. Polycarp himself had a personal acquaintance with St. John and suffered martyrdom in 202—in his ‘“‘Exposure and Refutation ¢ the Falsely called Gnosis,” gives explicit account of the origin of single holy book He also gives many and exhaustive passages from all books of the New Testament with the exception of the short Epistle to Philemon, which was in the nature of a pe sonal character, and therefore not calculated to be of any service in the refutation | heresy. His evidence is all the more striking because from personal observation he alike familiar with the traditions of the church in Asia Minor and Rome. Even tt heretics of the first centuries add their evidence for the holy books, inasmuch as whe exigencies demand they belittle or mutilate them, and this against the protest of tl universal church, which champions their integrity. We are accordingly compelled thank the Providence of God, that has so markedly guarded these holy records z allowed them to come down to us in so unimpaired a purity, and to acknowledge tha the Word of God and the Spirit of God, according to the promises of the Savion continue to dwell in the church. THE HOLY GOSPELS. ; The Greek word Evangelion, with the Latin termination Evangelium, properly sign fied glad tidings, and is primarily employed in the sense of messengers’ reward. the New Testament, as we see (Mark I., 1), it signifies the preaching of salvation b THE NEW TESTAMENT. F Christ, which took its beginning in St. John the Baptist’s sermon on penance, then the full proclamation of Christ’s teaching, and finally the holy books in which the life and doctrines of Christ areannounced. The change of meaning conforms to the historical development of events in which Cnrist first preaches by mouth to the Apostles, then the Apostles select properly accredited men as helpers in the office of preaching (Evangelists: Acts XXI., 8; Eph. IV., 11; II Tim., IV., 5). It was only an after- thought to perpetuate for future generations the spoken word by writing it down. The announcement of salvation after the death of our Lord and the descent of the Holy Ghost, followed in quick succession by St. Peter’s sermon on Pentecost and the healing of the lame man at the Beautiful Gate of the Temple, gathered a large number of the Faithful about the Apostles. The holy Apostles Peter and Paul as leaders, followed the injunction of the Lord, not to enter the path that led to the Gentiles, but that which would bring about the reclamation of the lost sheep of the House of Israel. They remained in Jerusalem, preached in the Temple and private houses (Acts V., 42), where they also broke bread, gave witness of the resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ (Acts I., 2; III., 15; IV., 20, 33), and in accordance with our Lord’s commission preached penance and baptism (Acts II., 38). They were imbued with the duty of the ministry of the word and continued prayer (Acts VI., 2, 4). The ministry of the word consisted altogether in publishing that, which they themselves saw and heard in the company of Jesus. He was really the Testimony. Thus their testimony was confirmed by the sermon of Philip in Samaria (Acts VIII., 25) ; Peter calls himself and his fellow apostles in the house of Cornelius, the divinely commissioned witnesses of the Lord’s resurrection (Acts X., 41), with the authority to give testimony of Him, that the Risen Lord is destined to be the judge of the living and the dead. In the same manner St. John, in his first Epistle, written as an introduction to his Gospel, makes it his message, to write what he himself saw and heard in the company of the Word of Life. Since the preaching of the Apostles was originally confined to the Jews in Palestine, its scope and purport was not extensive. The life and works of our Lord were en- acted in the eyes of the Jews (John XVIII., 21),and they who had witnessed His mi- racles could certainly be counted by the thousands. To search for witnesses of His Passion would also be an unnecessary task. Accordingly St. Peter, after the descent of the Holy Ghost, on that first Pentecost morning could address as he did, the vast multitude gathered in the direct terms in the house of Cornelius when he appealed to the knowledge of his hearers. (Acts II., 22; X., 32). However the Risen Lord was ‘seen only by the few. The resurrection of Christ was, however, the main proof that He was the promised Messiah. It was for this reason and this reason alone, that ‘witness was given of it. Therefore the election of a disciple as apostle, to take the place of the Traitor, was conditioned upon the fact that he would be selected from the mumber of those who, since the preaching of St. John the Baptist, were at the side of Jesus, that he might in common with the other apostles give testimony of His resur- rection. (Acts I., 22.) For this reason also, the first apostolic sermon is preceded with the designation-testimony of the resurrection of the Lord. (Acts IV., 33.) For ‘no other reason does St. Paul place all emphasis on it, and ascribe his authority and ‘duty to preach the divine word, on the fact that he, like the other apostles saw the Risen Lord. (1. Cor., IX., 1.) The record of the resurrection is, therefore, the most ancient and most original gospel. _ Naturally this scope had to be enlarged in proportion to the increase of the number of hearers, when the populace to whom the life and activity and suffering of the Lord were unknown, heard the sermons of the Apostles. In connection with the prophecy of Isaiah (LIII., 7), the deacon Philip told the chamberlain of the Ethiopian Queen Candace, of the sufferings of the Lord ; how He preached the Kingdom of Heaven, the life and teachings of the Lord to the Samaritans (Acts VIII.). The sermon of St. Paul in the synagogue at Antioch also gave a brief summary of the life and works of Jesus, covering the ground from the mission of St. John the Baptist to the resur- rection, and added the comment, that the prophets, and finally St. John proclaimed ‘Him as the Messiah (Acts XIII., 17). In Rome the Apostle of the Gentiles, the ap- pellation he now goes under, preaches all that concerned the Lord Jesus Christ ars XXVIIL., 31). ; Localities in which the first Apostolic sermons were delivered, the Temple of Jeru- 8 THE NEW TESTAMENT. salem, the more capacious private homes of the Faithful, and particularly the syn gogues, fall under our observation. It was in these that the Jews of the Di ic estranged of the Palestinian national dialect, but speaking Greek, were accustomed to assemble for common prayer, reading of the Holy Scriptures and listening to edify: ing discourses. It was to these the Apostles invariably turned their attention firs After reading the Scriptures, those in attendance had the privilege of making com- ments on what was read, and thus obtained an opportunity to dwell upon the pro phecies concerning Christ. From these incidents we obtain a clear understanding of the purport of the firs: Apostolic sermons, the conversion of the Jews who had a personal acquaintance with our Lord, by proclaiming His resurrection ; furthermore the special application that He was the promised Son of David, the Messiah ; by the instruction of those more remote from the scene, on the life, works and suffering of Jesus ; His teaching and exalted morality, on His prophecies in the hours of sorrow and persecution > by admonition, on warnings against a resistance to the preached means of grace and the threat of also His doctrinal pronouncements, in crisp sentences ; sharp, trenchant antitheses, modeled in the sententious form of proverbs and apothegms, could be readily grasped and firmly retained. This was especially noticeable since they contradicted the opin- ions of the Scribes, who at that time held an almost undisputed sway, possessing at the same time an element so strikingly daring and thought-provoking, that they found a deep lodgment in the hearts of the first hearers. As long as the Apostles themselves could be heard or questioned, there was little need of a written form. The living word was of prime importance and bore the warrant of credibility within itself. The want of a written record was first felt, when the Apostles in their mission de parted from a more or less populous congregation. Then the written word, in a man- ner became the substitute and vehicle of the spoken word. Thus arose the three first Gospels, which bear all the evidences of being originally sermons, and which in spite of many variations, in the selection of subject and manner of development, all the same have a number of common characteristics which we found in the spoken sermon. Since they, in a great measure, deal with the same subject-matter, they can easily be reduced to one summary (synopsis) and for this reason are called the Synoptic Gospels and their authors the Synoptics. Approximating the original sermon mos is the Gospel according to Mark. It recounts the acts of our Lord from the preach ing of penance by St. John the Baptist to His ascension into heaven. Matthew and Luke give a detailed account of the childhood and youth of Jesus; the former in dwelling upon the fact that Jesus is the promised Son of David and Saviour—the latter, on enlarging upon the salutary design and with special predilection bringing into prominence such traits of our Lord and His constant associates, as would be an example of impressiveness to the moral uplift of the Faithful. On the other hand other phases, such as the temporal consequences of the words and works of our are treated with manifest indifference by the Holy Gospels, an evidence that it was their sole object to preserve the apostolic sermons about Jesus in writing, for circles which were remote in time and space, and hand them down to posterity. According to tradition the Synoptic Gospels were already in complete form, wher the threatened judgment fell upon the obdurate Jerusalem. Thus even from a human point of view these holy books deserve our deepest rever ence and unconditional faith, but infinitely more so when we reflect that they w written under the inspiration of the Holy Ghost, that they have been preserved inta from all error, and that they lead us unfailingly to truth. It is true the fleshly man does not grasp what is of the Spirit ; but if with the grace of God we endeavor tc live the life according to the maxims laid down in the Gospels, then we will be con: scious of the Spirit of God abiding init. ‘If any man will do the will of Him, he shal know of the doctrine whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself.’’ (John VIII., 17.) THE HOLY GOSPEL OF JESUS CHRIST, ACCORDING TO ST. MATTHEW. Our first Gospel has always borne the appellation ‘according to St. Matthew,” an appella- tion that in nowise calls in question the authorship of Matthew. The same argument applies to the tiiles of the remaining Gospels, and is a customary Greek method of design- ation, even in other respects. It simply means the Gospel containing the glad tidings of salvation through Jesus Christ after the narrative of Matthew. Thus in the very title of the holy Gospels the mere assumption ts set aside, as tf the named messenger had a special individual gospel. The Matthew alluded to in the first Gospel was at first a publican at the toll station at Capernaum—that ts, a receiver or farmer of tolls and taxes, which he himself collected, but the total amounts of which he, as a deputy paid to his superior officer, or forwarded directly to Rome. At the Lord’s invitation he promptly joined Him (Matth. IX., 9). Thts calling of Levt, the son of Alpheus, is also mentioned by Mark (Mark II., 14), as well as by Luke (Luke V.. 27), that we may fairly assume the rest of the Apostles ad- visedly refrained from calling him by his usual name. The publicans, on account of theiy many acts of injustice and extortion, weve looked upon as the greatest of sinners by the Jews. Matthew himself by his humble confession gratefully acknowledged the gracious condescension of the Lord to sinners. In the enumeration of the Apostles (Matth. X., 2; Mark III., 16; Luke VI., 14) he ts simply called Matthew, and this Matthew gives himself in his report the additional name—the publican. According to the Acts (1., 13) he was in constant attendance with our Lord and his fellow Apos- tles, experienced the same adventures as they did, until the final separation. Clement of Alexandria (died about 215) states that he absiained from the use of fleshmeat, which would lead us to conclude that he belonged to the more rigid Jewish-Christian tendency of his time. (Rom. XIV., 2). Of his subsequent activity, as well as death, nothing has been handed down to us. The most ancient witness for this first, as well as the other Gospels, is Bishop Paptas, of Hieropolis in Phrygia, who was a disciple of St. John. His words are : ‘Matthew wrote down the preaching in Hebrew (no doubt in the colloquial tongue spoken in Pa- __ lestine at the time, not the Hebrew of the Old Testament) ; it was, however, translated ___ (into Greek) by every one, as best he could.” As the place of tts composition, St. Atha- _ nasius in one of his writings names Jerusalem. Following him, though independent of him, St. Ireneus writes : ‘‘Matthew likewise gave out the Scriptures to the Hebrews ; 1t was thus that in apostolic times, the Jewish writ- ings were called in thety own tongue, while Peter and Paul were preaching and founding the Churchin Rome.” On these two witnesses, quoted by Eusebius in his Ecclesiastical History, almost all subsequent information hinges. Only that we obtain the cor- voborative information that Panienus, the princtpal of the catechetical school at Alex- andria, found a copy of the Hebrew gospel of St. Matthew after the year 150 in India, as Arabia was called at that time. This was in the possession of St. Bartholomew. From personal observation St. Jerome tells us that the Hebrew gospel was used in tts day by the so-called Nazarenes ; that it was written in the commonly spoken language of the country, but writien in old Hebrew script ; thai tt could be found in the library estab- lished in Cesarea by Pamphilus ; and that a copy of tt was loaned him for transcrip- tion by the Jud@o-Christians of Beroea in Syria. Moreover he gives a number of casual extracts from tt. Eusebius, already alluded to, must be taken tnto considera- tion, when he writes in his Ecclesiastical History (III., 25) : ‘After Matthew had first preached to the Hebrews, when on the point of his departure for a new field, he gave them his Gospel, written in the vernacular of the country, and thus left the gospel as an amends for his absence.” 10 ST. MATTHEW. CHAP. 1. In the year 62 or 63 the Apostle James, son of Alpheus, kinsman of the Lord, who dwelt with the Apostles for the longest time in Jerusalem, to guide and by his ] shield the Church, fell a victim to an insurrection of the populace under the high priest Ananias the Younger. Moreover, the rebellion of the Pharasaic party against the Romans, which took its vise in 66, and was fostered by the mutinous Jews, forced the Christians then living in Palestine to flee. Therefore tradition proves that the compo- sition of the first Gospel in the Palestinian vernacular occurred in the year 65. Shortly afterward it was translated into Greek, and became the common property of the church. The original Hebrew copy, however, that St. Jerome was enabled to examine and com- pare, has been lost. It fell into more and more neglect, the further the young church separated from the doctrines and practices of the Church, and thus finally disappeared. The scope and object of the first Gospel 1s all the same clear. After the increasing blind- ness and obduracy of the Jews repudiated the oral teaching of the Apostle, he ssed _a last word of admonition and rebuke to his unhappy compatriots, that at least in the last hour, before the impending judgment, before the total rejection, before the diversion of God’s favor to the Gentiles, they might acknowledge Jesus as the promised Messiah, and renounce the cause of the hypocritical seducers, the Scribes and Pharisees. CHAPTER t. 1o gAnd Ezechias begot Manasses. ‘And Manasses begot Amon. s And Amon begot Josias. 1r # And Josias begot Jechonias and _— book of the generation of Jesus|his brethren in the transmigration of Christ, the son of # David, the son} Babylon. of Abraham : 12 And after the transmigration of 2 6 Abraham begot Isaac. ¢ And Isaac} Babylon, Jechonias begot Salathiel. And begot Jacob. 4 And Jacob begot Judas/Salathiel begot Zorobabel. and his brethren. 13 And Zorobabel begot Abiud. And 3 ¢And Judas begot Phares and Zara} Abiud begot Eliacim. And Eliacim be- of Thamar. / And Phares begot Esron.| got Azor. And Esron begot Aram. 14 And Azor begot Sadoc. And Sadoc 4 And Aram begot Aminadab. ¢ And}|begot Achim. And Achim begot Eliud. Aminadab begot Naasson. And Naasson}| 15 And Eliud begot Eleazar. And Elea- The genealogy of Christ : he ts conceived and born of a virgin. begot Salmon. zar begot Mathan. And Mathan begot 5 And Salmon begot Booz of Rahab.| Jacob. SS k And Booz begot Obed of Ruth. And| 16 And Jacob begot Joseph the husband Obed begot Jesse. of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who 6 #And Jesse begot David the king.|is called Christ. i And David the king begot Solomon, of| 17 So all the generations from Abraham her that had been the wife of Urias. |to David, are fourteen generations. And 7 * And Solomon begot Roboam. / And/|from David to the transmigration of Roboam begot Abia. ™ And Abia begot| Babylon, are fourteen generations : and Asa. from the transmigration of Babylon to 8 And Asa begot Josaphat. And Josa-|Christ are fourteen generations. phat begot Joram. And Joram begot| 18 Now the. generation of Christ was Ozias. in this wise. ™ When as his mother Mary g And Ozias begot Joatham. ° And/|was espoused to Joseph, before they came Joatham begot Achaz. #And Achaz/| together, she was found with child, of begot Ezechias. bes Ghost. . a Luke 3. 31. — b Gen. 21. 3. — c Gen. 25. 25. m3 Kings 15. 8. d Gen. 29. 35. — eGen. 38. 29; 1 Par. 2. 4. | 2 Par. 26. 23.—o 2 Par. 27. 9.— p 2 Par. 28. 27. f Ruth 4..18; 1 Par. 2.5. — g Num. 7. r2. q 2 Par. 32.33.— 7 2 Par. 33. 25.—s 2 Par. 33. 25. h Ruth 4.22.— 1 1 Kings 16.1.— 7 2 Kings 12. 24. | t 2 Par. 36. 2. k3 Kings 11. 43. — /3 Kings 14. 31. | u Luke 1. 27. Cuap. 1. Ver. 16. The husband of Mary. The ealogies took no notice of women; but as they wi Evangelist gives us rather the pedigree of St. Jo- 'near akin, the pedigree of the one sheweth th seph, than that of the blessed Virgin, to conform! of the other. to the custom of the Hebrews, who in their gen- } CHAP. 2. 19 Whereupon Joseph her husband, be- ing a just man, and not willing publicly to expose her, was minded to put her away privately. 20 But while he thought on these things, behold the Angel of the Lord appeared to him in his sleep, saying: Joseph, son of David, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife, for that which is conceived in her, is of the Holy Ghost. 21 And she shall bring forth a son: vand thou shalt call his name Jesus. For he shall save his people from their sins. 22 Now all this was done that it might be fulfilled which the Lord spoke by the prophet, saying : 23 & Behold a virgin shall be with child, and bring forth a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel, which being inter- preted is, God with us. 24 And Joseph rising up from sleep, did as the angel of the Lord had commanded him, and took unto him his wife. 25 And he knew her not till she brought forth her first born son: and he called his name Jesus. CHAPTER 2. The offerings of the wise men : the flight into Egypt : the massacre of the Innocents. HEN # Jesus therefore was born in Bethlehem of Juda, in the days of king Herod, behold, there came wise men from the East to Jerusalem, 2 Saying : Where is he that is born king of the Jews ? For we have seen his star in the East, and are come to adore him. 3 And king Herod hearing this, was trou- bled, and all Jerusalem with him. 4 And assembling together all the chief priests and the scribes of the people, he inquired of them where Christ should be born. v Luke 1. 31; Acts 4. 12. ~ w Isaias 7. 14. x A. M. 4000. Being four years before the com- s Ver. 25. Till she bvought forth her first-born son. From these words Helvidius and other heretics most impiously inferred that the blessed Virgin Mary had other children besides Christ : but St. Jerome shows, by divers examples, that this ex- pression of the Evangelist was a manner of speak- ing usual among the Hebrews, to denote by the word until, only what is done, without any regard to the future. Thus it is said, Gen. chap. viii. ver 6. and 7. That Noe sent forth a raven, which went forth, and did not return TILL the waters were dried up on the earth. That is, did not return any more. Also Jsaias, chap. xlvi. vers 4. God says: IT am Tit you grow old. Who dare infer that God should then cease to be? Also in the first book of ST. MATTHEW. II 5 But they said to him: In Bethlehem of Juda. For so it is written by the pro- phet : 6 ¥ And thou Bethlehem the land of Juda art not the least among the princes of Juda : for out of thee shall come forth the captain that shall rule my people Israel. 7 Then Herod, privately calling the wise men learned diligently of them the time of the star which appeared to them ; 8 And sending them into Bethlehem, said: Go and diligently inquire after the child, and when you have found him, bring me word again, that I also may come and adore him. 9 Who having heard the king, went their way ; and behold the star which they had seen in the East, went before them, until it came and stood over where the child was. 10 And seeing the star they rejoiced with exceeding great joy. ir And entering into the house, they found the child with Mary his mother, and falling down they adored him : 2 and opening their treasures, they offered him gifts ; gold, frankincense, and myrrh. 1z2 And having received an answer in sleep that they should not return to Her- od, they went back another way into their country. 13 And after they were departed, behold an angel of the Lord appeared in sleep to Joseph, saying : Arise, and take the child and his mother, and fly into Egypt: and be there until I shall tell thee. For it will come to pass that Herod will seek the child to destroy him. 14 Who arose, and took the child and his mother by night, and retired into Egypt: and he was there until the death of Herod : 15 That it might be fulfilled which the mon account called Anno Domini. Luke 2. 7. y Mich. 5. 2; John. 7, 42. — z Ps. 71: to. Machabees, chap. v. ver. 54. And they went up to. mount Sion with joy and gladness, and offered holocausts, because not one of them was slain till they had returned in peace. ‘That is, not one was slain before or after they had returned. God saith to his divine Son : Sit on my right hand TiLu I make thy enemies thy footstool. Shall he sit no longer after his enemies are subdued ? Yea and for all eternity. St. Jerome also proves by Scripture examples, that an only begotten son, was also called first born, or first-begotten : because accord- ing to the law, the first born males were to be con- secrated to God : Sanctify unto me, saith the Lord, every first born that openeth the womb among the children of Israel, etc. Exod. chap. xiii. vers. 2. 12 Lord spoke by the prophet, saying : ¢ Out of Egypt have I called my son. 16 Then Herod perceiving that he was deluded by the wise men, was exceeding an : and sending killed all the men- children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the borders thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently inquired of the wise men. 17 Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremias the prophet, saying : 18 6 A voice in Rama was heard, lamen- tation and great mourning ; Rachel bewail- ing her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not. 19 But when Herod was dead, behold an angel of the Lord appeared in sleep to Joseph in Egypt, 20 Saying: Arise, and take the child and his.mother, and go into the land of Israel. For they are dead that sought the life of the child. = 21 Who arose, and took the child and his mother, and came into the land of Israel. 22 But hearing that Archelaus reigned in Judea in the room of Herod his father, he was afraid to go thither: and being warned in sleep retired into the quarters of Galilee. 23 And coming he dwelt in a city called Nazareth : that it might be fulfilled which was said by the prophets : That he shall be called a Nazarene. CHAPTER 3. The preaching of John : Christ is baptized. AD ¢in those days cometh John the Baptist preaching in the desert of Judea. 2 And saying: ¢4Do penance: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. 3 For this is he that was spoken of by Isaias the prophet, saying: ¢ A voice of one crying in the desert, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight his paths. 4 And the same John had his garment of camel’s hair, and a leathern girdle about a Osee 11. 1. — b Jer. 31. 15. cA. D. 28. —d Mark 1. 4; Luke 3. 3. e Isaias 40. 3 ; Mark r. 3; Luke 3. 4. —/ Markr. 5. g Luke 3. 7. CuHap. 3. Ver. 2. Do penance. Pcenitentiam agite, setaveecrs. Which word, according to the use of the scriptures and the holy fathers, does not only signify repentance and amendment of life, but also punishing past sins by fasting, and such like penitential exercises. ST. MATTHEW. CHAP. 3. his loins : and his meat was locusts and wild honey. 5 / Then went out to him Jerusalem and all Judea, and all the country about Jordan : } 6 And were baptized by him in the Jor- dan, confessing their sins. 7 And seeing many of the Pharisees and Sadducees ¢ coming to his baptism, he said to them : Ye brood of vi , who > hath shewed you to flee from the wrath to come ? 8 Bring forth therefore fruit worthy of penance. g And think not to say within yourselves, h We have Abraham for our Settler For I tell you that God is able of these stones to raise up children to Abraham. 10 For now the axe is laid to the root of the trees. Every tree therefore that doth not yield good fruit, shall be cut down, and cast into the fire. 11 # Iindeed baptize you in water unto penance, but he that shall come after me, is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: he shall baptize you in the Holy Ghost and fire. 12 Whose fan is in his hand, and he will thoroughly cleanse his floor and ga- ther his wheat into the barn; but the chaff he will burn with unquenchable fire. / 13 Then j/cometh Jesus from Galilee to the Jordan, unto John, to be baptized by him. 14 * But John stayed him, saying: I ought to be baptized by thee, and comest thou to me ? } 15 And Jesus answering, said to him : Suffer it to be so now. For so it becom- eth us to fulfil all justice. Then he suf- fered him. 16 And Jesus being baptized, forthwith came out of the water : and lo, the heavens were opened to him: and he saw the i Spirit of God descending as a dove, and coming upon him. 17 ™ And behold a voice from heaven, saying : This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. h John 8. 39. ; i Mark 1. 8; Luke 3. 16; John 1. 26; Acts 1. 5. 7 Mark 1. 9.—k A. D. 30.— 1 Luke 3. 22. m Mark 1. 11; Luke 9. 35; 2 Pet. 1. 17. Ver. 7. Pharisees and Sadducees. These were two sects among the Jews: of which the former were for the most part notorious hypocrites ; latter a kind of free thinkers in matters of gion. ae CHAP. 5. CHAPTER 4. Christ's fast of forty days : He is tempted. He be- ’ gins to preach, to call disciples to him, and to work miracles. peal n Jesus was led by the spirit into the desert, to be tempted by the devil. 2 And when he had fasted forty days and forty nights, afterwards he was hungry. 3 And the tempter coming said to him : If thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread. 4 Who answered and said : It is written, o Not in bread alone doth man live ; but tn every word that proceedeth from the mouth of God. 5 Then the devil took him up into the holy city, and set him upon the pinnacle of the temple, 6 And said to him : If thou be the Son of God, cast thyself down, for it is written: & That he hath given his angels charge over thee, and in thety hands shall they bear thee up, lest perhaps thou dash thy foot against @ stone. 7 Jesus said to him : It is written again : s Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. 8 Again the devil took him up into a very high mountain, and shewed him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them, 9 And said to him : All these will I give _ thee, if falling down thou wilt adore me. Io Then Jesus saith to him: Begone, Satan : for it is written: * The Lord thy _ God shalt thou adore, and him only shalt thou serve. Ir Then the devil left him; and behold angels came and ministered to him. 12 And when Jesus had heard that John was delivered up, £ he retired into Gali- ielee : 13 And leaving the city Nazareth, he came and dwelt in Capharnaum on the sea coast, in the borders of Zabulon and of Nephthalim ; 14 That it might be fulfilled which was said by Isaias the prophet : 15 * Land of Zabulon and land of Neph- thalim, the way of the sea beyond the Jor- dan, Galilee of the Gentiles : n A. D. 30. Luke 4. 1. —o Deut. 8. 3; Luke 4. 4. Pp Ps. 90.11. — g Deut. 6. 16. — 7 Deut. 6. 13. s Mark r. 14; Luke 4. 14; John 4. 43. tIsaias 9. 1. — u Mark 1. 1I5. Cuap. 4. Ver. 8. Shewed him, etc. That is, pointed out to him where each kingdom lay; and set forth in words what was most glorious and admirable in each of them. Or alsoset before ST MATTHEW. 13 16 The people that sat in darkness, hath seen great light: and to them that sat in the region of the shadow of death, light ts sprung up. 17 * From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say: Do penance, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. 18 And Jesus walking by the sea of Galilee, ? saw two brethren, Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea (for they were fishers). 1g And he saith to them : Come ye after me, and I will make you to be fisher of men. up 20 And they immediately leaving their nets, followed him. 21 And going on from thence, he saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets : and he called them. 22 And they forthwith left their nets and father, and followed him. 23 And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preach- ing the gospel of the kingdom : and heal- ing all manner of sickness and every in- firmity, among tne people. 24 And his fame went throughout all Syria, and they presented to him all sick people that were taken with divers dis- eases and torments, and such as were possessed by devils, and lunatics, and those that had the palsy, and he cured them : 25 And much people followed him from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond the Jordan. CHAPTER 5. Christ's sermon upon the mount. The eight beatt- tudes. ANS x seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain, and when he was set down, his disciples came unto him. 2 And opening his mouth he taught them, saying : 3 ¥ Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. v Mark 1. 16; Luke 5. 2. w Mark 3. 7; Luke 6. 17. ZA. D.31. y Luke 6. 20. his eyes, as it were in a large map, a lively repre- sentation of all those kingdoms. Cuap.5. Ver.3. The poor in spirit. That is, the humble ; and they whose spirit is not set upon riches. 14 4 * Blessed are the meek : for they shall possess the land. 2 Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted. 6 Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after justice: for they shall have their 7 Blessed are the merciful ; for they shall obtain mercy. 8 ® Blessed are the clean of heart: for they shall see God. 9 Blessed are the peacemakers : for they shall be called the children of God. ro ¢ Blessed are they that suffer perse- cution for justice’ sake : for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 11 Blessed are ye when they shall revile you, and persecute you, and speak all that is evil against you, untruly, for my sake : 12 Be glad and rejoice for your reward is very great in heaven. For so they persecuted the prophets that were before you. 13 You are the salt of the earth. 4 But if the salt lose its savour, wherewith shall it be salted? It is good for nothing any- more but to be cast out, and to be trodden on by men. 14 You are the light of the world. A city seated on a mountain cannot be hid. 15 ¢ Neither do men light a candle and put it under a bushel, but upon a candle- stick, that it may shine to all that are in the house. 16 So let your light shine before men, f that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father who is in heaven. 17 Do not think that I am come to de- z Ps. 36. 11. —a Isaias 61. 2. b Ps. 23. 4.—c1 Pet. 2. 20, and 3. 14, and 4. 14. d Mark 9. 49 ; Luke 14. 34. e Mark 4. 21; Luke 8. 16, and 11. 33. Ver. 17. To fulfil. By accomplishing all the figures and prophecies ; and perfecting all that was imperfect. Ver. 18. Amen. That is, assuredly of a truth. This Hebrew word, amen, is here retained by the example and authority of all the four evangelists. It is used by our Lord as a strong asseveration, and affirmation of the truth. Ver. 20. The Scribes and Pharisees. The Scribes were the doctors of the law of Moses: the Pharisees were a precise set of men, making pro- fession of a more exact observance of the law : and upon that account greatly esteemed among the people. Ver. 21. Shall be in danger of the judgment, That is, shall deserve to be punished by that. ST. MATTHEW. CHAP. 5 stroy the law, or the prophets. I am ne come to destroy, ae to fulfil. 18 s For amen I say unto you, till hea- ven and earth pass, one jot, or one ti shall not pass of the law, till all be ful filled. 19 * He therefore that shall uredic one these least commandments, and shall so teach men shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven. But he that shall do and teach, he shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. 20 For I tell you, that unless your justice abound ‘more than that of the scribes and Pharisees, you shall not carr into the kingdom of heaven. 21 You have heard that it was said to them of old : # Thou shalt not kill. And whosoever shall kill, shall be in danger of the judgment. 22 But I say to you, that whosoever angry with his brother, shall be in danger — of the judgment. And whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall bein Mane of the council. And whosoever shall s Thou fool, shall be in danger of bell fire. 23 If therefore thou offer thy gift at the altar, and there thou remember that thy brother hath anything against thee; 24 Leave there thy offering before the altar, and go first to be reconciled to th brother, and then coming thou shal offer thy gift. B 25 * Be at agreement with thy adver- sary betimes, whilst thou art in the way with him: lest perhaps the adversary deliver thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, and thou be cast into prison. 4 26 Amen I say to — thou _— no’ / x Pet. 2. x2: g Luke 16. 17.—h Jas. 2. 10. ¢ Luke rr. 39. — 7 Exod. 20. a —_ k Luke r2. 58. , lesser tribunal among the Jews, called the J ment, which took cognizance of such crimes. ~ Ver. 22. Raca: A word perenne great. in. dignation or contempt.—Shall be in danger of council. That is, shall deserve to be punished by the highest court of Judicature, called the Coun cil, or Sanhedrim, consisting of seventy-two pe sons, where the highest causes were tried and judg ed, which was at Jerusalem.—lIbid. Thou fool. This was then looked upon as a heinous injury, when uttered with contempt, spite, or malice and therefore is here so. severely condemned. | be in danger of hell fire. — jiterally,: ing t the Greek, shall. deserve to be cast into t Gehenna of fire. Which words our Saviour made use of to express the fire and punishments of hell. Cap. 6. go out from thence till thou repay the Jast farthing. 27 You have heard that it was said to them of old: ? Thou shalt not commit adultery. 28 But I say to you, that whosoever shall look on a woman to lust after her, hath already committed adultery with her in his heart. 29 ™ And if thy right eye scandalize thee, pluck it out and cast it from thee. For it is expedient for thee that one of thy members should perish, rather than thy whole body be cast into hell. 30 And if thy right hand scandalize thee, cut it off, and cast it from thee: for it is expedient for thee that one of thy mem- bers should perish, rather than that thy whole body go into hell. 31 And it hath been said, * Whosoever shall put away his wife, iet him give her a bill of divorce. 32 But I say to you, 9 that whosoever shall put away his wife, excepting the cause of fornication, maketh her to com- mit adultery : and he that shall marry her that is put away, committeth adultery. 33 Again you have heard that it was said to them of old, @ thou shalt not for- swear thyself: but thou shalt perform thy oaths to the Lord. 34 But I Say to you not to swear at all, neither by heaven for it is the throne of God : 35 Nor by the earth, for it is his footstool: nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great king: 36 Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, because thou canst not make one hair white or black. 37 7 But let_your speech be yea, yea no, no ; and that which is over and above these, is of evil. 1 Exod. 20. 14.— m Mark 9. 46; Infra 18. 9. n Deut. 24.1; Infra 19. 7.—o0 Mark ro. 11; Luke 16.18; 1 Cor. 7. 10.— p Exod. 20. 7; Lev. 19. 12; Deut. 5. 11 ; Jas. 5- 12. — q Jas. 5. I2. Ver. 29. Scandalize thee. That is, if it bea stumbling-block, or occasion of sin, to thee. By which we are taught to fly the immediate occasions of sin though they be as dear to us or as necessary as a hand or an eye. Ver. 34. - Not to swear ai all. _’T is not forbid to swear in truth, justice, and judgment; to the honour of God, or our own or neighbour’s just de- fence : but only to swear rashly, or profanely, in common discourse, and without necessity. Ver. 39. Not to resist evil, etc. What is here commanded is aChristian patience under injuries and affronts, and to be willing even to suffer still more, rather than to indulge the desire of revenge : ST. MATTHEW. I5 38 You have heard that it hath been said : An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth. 39 But I say to you not to resist evil: s but if one strike thee on thy right cheek, turn to him also-the-other : 40 # And if a man will contend with thee in judgment, and take away thy coat, let go thy cloak also unto him. 41 And whosoever will force thee one mile, go with him other two. 42 * Give to him that asketh of thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn not away. 43 You have heard that it hath been said, * Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thy enemy. x do good to them that hate you: ¥ and pray for them that persecute-and calum- niate you : 45 That you may be the children of your Father who is in heaven, who maketh his sun to rise upon the good, and bad, and raineth upon the just and the unjust. 46 For if you love them that love you, what reward shall you have? do not even the publicans this ? 47 And if you salute your brethren only, what do you more? do not also the heathens this ? 48 Be you therefore perfect, as also your heavenly Father is perfect. CHAPTER 6. A continuation of the sermon on the mount. ipA SE heed that you do not your jus- tice before men, to be seen by them : otherwise you shall not have a reward of your Father who is in heaven. 2 Therefore when thou dostanalms-deed, sound not a trumpet before thee, as the vy Exod. 21. 24 ; Lev. 24. 20; Deut. 19. 21. s Luke 6. 29. — #1 Cor. 6. 7. u Deut. 15. 8. — v Lev. 19. 18. —w Luke 6. 27. x Rom. 12. 20.— y Luke 23. 34 ; Acts 7. 59. but what is further added does not strictly oblige according to the letter, for neither did Christ nor St. Paul turn the other cheek. St. John xviii, and Acts xxiii. Ver. 46. The Publicans. These were the gath- erers of the public taxes:a set of men, odious and infamous among the Jews, for their extortions and injustice. Cuap. 6. Ver. 1. Your justice. That is, works of justice ; viz., fasting, prayer, and alms- deeds ; which ought to be performed not out of ostentation, or a view to please men, but solely to please God, 16 hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may be honoured by men. Amen I say to you, they have received their reward. 3 But when thou dost alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doth. 4 That thy alms may be in secret, and thy Father who seeth in secret will repay thee. 5 And when ye pray, you shall not be as the hypocrites, that love to stand and pray in the synagogues and corners of the streets, that they may be seen by men: Amen I say to you, they have re- ceived their reward. 6 But thou when thou shalt pray, enter into thy chamber, and having shut the door, pray to thy Father in secret, and thy father who seeth in secret will repay thee. 7 And when you are praying, speak not much, as the heathens. For they think that in their much speaking they may be heard. 8 Be not you therefore like to them, for your Father knoweth what is need- ful for you, before you ask him. 9 Thus therefore shall you pray : s Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy name. ro Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven. 11 Give us this day our supersubstantial bread. 12 And forgive us our debts, as we also forgive our debtors. 13 And lead us not into temptation. But deliver us from evil. Amen. 14 @For if you will forgive men their offences, your heavenly Father will for- give you also your offences. 15 But if you will not forgive men, nei- ther will your Father forgive you your offences. 16 And when you fast, be not as the hypocrites, sad. For they disfigure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast. Amen I say to you, they have received their reward. 17 But thou, when thou fastest anoint thy head, and wash thy face ; z Luke rr. 2. a Eccli. 28.3, 4,and5; Infra 18. 35 ; Mark rr. 25. 6 Luke 12. 33 ; « Tim. 6. ro. Ver. 11. Supersubstantial bread. In St. Luke the same word is rendered daily bread. It is un- derstood of the bread of life which we receive in the Blessed Sacrament. ST. MATTHEW. 18 That thou appear not to men to fast, but to thy Father who is in secret : and thy Father who seeth in secret, will re- pay thee. 19 = not up to yourselves treasures on earth : where the rust, and moth con~- sume, and where thieves break through, and steal. 20 & But lay up to yourselves treasures in heaven: where neither the rust nor moth doth consume, and where thieves do not break through, nor steal. 21 For where thy treasure is, there is thy heart also. 22 € The light of thy body is thy eye. If thy eye be shige? thy whole Bolly shall be lightsome. 23 But if thy eye be evil thy who! body shall be darksome. If then light that is in thee, be darkness: th darkness itself how great shall it be! 24 @No man can serve two masters. For either he will hate the one, and lov the other: or he will sustain the one, and despise the other. You cannot God and mammon. 25 ¢ Therefore I say to you, be not soli citous for your life, what you shall eat nor for your body, what you shall put on Is not the life more than the meat: an the body more than the raiment ? 26 Behold the birds of the air, for the neither sow, nor do they reap, nor gath- er into barns : and your heavenly Fath feedeth them. Are not you of muc more value than they ? 27_And which of you by taking thought can add to his stature one cubit ? 28 And for raiment why are you solici tous ? Consider the lilies of the field, h they grow: they labour not, neither d they spin. 29 But I say to you, that not even Sol omon in all his glory was arrayed one of these. 30 And if the grass of the field, whi is to day, and to morrow is cast into oven, God doth so clothe: how mu more you, O ye of little faith ? 31 Be not solicitous therefore, sayi What shall we eat: or what drink, or wherewith shall we be clothed ec Luke rr. 34. d Luke 16. 13. — @Ps. 54. 23; Luke 12. 22 ; Phil. 4.6; 1 Tim. 6. 7; r Pet. 5. 7. Ver. 13. Lead us not into temptation. That i suffer us not to be overcome by temptation. Ver. 24. Mammon. That is, riches, worldl interest. CuHaP. 7. 32 For after all these things do the hea- thens seek. For your Father knoweth that you have need of all these things. 33 Seek ye therefore first the kingdom of God, and his justice, and all these things shall be added unto you. 34 Be not therefore solicitous for to morrow ; for the morrow will be solici- tous for itself. Sufficient for the day is the evil thereof. CHAPTER 7. The third part of the sermon on the mount. UDGE f/f not, that you may not be judged. 2 For with what judgment you judge, you shall be ¢ judged: and with what measure you mete, it shall be measured to you again. -3 And why seest thou the mote that is im thy brother’s eye; and seest not the beam that is in thy own eye ? +4 Or how sayest thou to thy brother : Let me cast the mote out of thy eye; and behold a beam is in thy own eye ? 5 Thou hypocrite, cast out first the ‘beam out of thy own eye, and then shalt thou see to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye. 6 Give not that which is holy to dogs ; neither cast ye your pearls before swine, lest perhaps they trample them under their feet, and turning upon you, they tear you. 7 * Ask, and it shall be given you : seek, and you shall find: knock, and it shall be opened to you. 8 For every one that asketh, receiveth : and he that seeketh, findeth: and to him that knocketh, it shall be opened. 9 # Or what man is there among you, of whom if his son shall ask bread, will he Teach him a stone ? “to Or if he shall ask him a fish, will he Teach him a serpent ? a1 If you then being evil, know how to sive good gifts to your children: how much more will your Father who is in heaven, give good things to them that ask him ? 127 All things therefore whatsoever you would that men should do to you, do you also to them. For this is the law and the prophets. Pike 6. 37; Rom. 2. 1. — g Mark 4. 24. h Infra 21. 22; Mark 11. 24; Luke 11. 9; John ras ah as. 1..6- | #Luke 41. 11.—7 Tobias 4. 16; Luke 6. 31. | k Luke 13. 24. 1 ST. MATTHEW. ay 13 * Enter ye in at the narrow gate : for wide is the gate, and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction, and many there are who go in thereat. 14 How narrow is the gate, and strait is the way that leadeth to life: and few there are that finditt 15 Beware of false prophets, who come to you in the clothing of sheep, but in-, wardly they are ravening wolves. 16 By their fruits you shall know them. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles ? 17 Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit, and the evil tree bring- eth forth evil fruit. 18 A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can an evil tree bring forth good fruit. 19 / Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit, shall be cut down, and shall be cast into the fire. 20 Wherefore by their fruits you shall know them. 21 ™ Notevery one that saith to me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven: but he that doth the will of my Father who is in heaven, he shall enter into the kingdom of heaven. 22 Many will say to me in that day: Lord, Lord, have not we prophesied in thy name, * and cast out devils in thy name, and done many miracles in thy name ? 23 And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: ° depart from me, you that work iniquity. 24 ’ Every one therefore that heareth these my words, and doth them, shall be likened to a wise man that built his house upon a rock, 25 And the rain fell, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and they beat upon that house, and it fell not, for it was founded on a rock. 26 And every one that heareth these my words, and doth them not, shall be like a foolish man that built his house upon the sand, 27 And the rain fell, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and they beat upon that house, and it fell, and great was the fall thereof. 28 And it came to pass when Jesus had 1 Supra 3. ro. m Infra 25. 11 ; Luke 6. 46. n Acts 19. 13. o Ps. 6. 9; Infra 25. 41 ; Luke 13. 27. Pp Luke 6. 48 ; Rom. 2. 13 ; Jas. 1. 22, 18 fully ended these words, the people were in admiration at his doctrine. 29 7 For he was teaching them as one having power, and not as the scribes and Pharisees. CHAPTER 8. Christ cleanses the leper, heals the centurion’s ser- vant, Peter’s mother-in-law, and many others : he stills the storm at sea, drives the devils out of two men possessed, and suffers them to go into the swine. ND r when he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes fol- lowed him : 2 s And behold a leper came and adored him, saying: Lord, if thou wilt, thou canst make me clean. 3 And Jesus stretching forth his hand, touched him, saying: I will, be thou made clean. And forthwith his leprosy was cleansed. 4 And Jesus saith to him : See thou tell no man: but go, # shew thyself to the priest, and offer the gift which Moses commanded, for a testimony unto them. 5 “ And when he had entered into Ca- pharnaum, there came to him a centu- rion, beseeching him, 6 And saying, Lord, my servant lieth at home sick of the palsy, and is grievously tormented. 7 And Jesus saith to him: I will come and heal him. 8 And the centurion, making answer, said : » Lord, I am not worthy that thou shouldst enter under my roof; but only say the word, and my servant shall be healed. 9 For I also am a man subject to author- ity, having under me soldiers ; and I say to this, Go, and he goeth, and to another, Come, and he cometh, and to my servant, Do this, and he doeth it. ro And Jesus hearing this, marvelled ; and said to them that followed him : Amen I say to you, I have not found so great faith in Israel. 11 And 1 say to you that many shall come from the # east and the west, and shall sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven : 12 But the children of the kingdom shall be cast out into the exterior darkness : pe 3 shall be weeping and gnashing of tee q Mark 1. 22; Luke 4. 32. — r A. D. 31. s Mark 1. 40; Luke 5. 12. —? Lev. 14. 2. # Luke 7. 1. — v Luke 7, 6. — w Mal. r. rr. ST. MATTHEW. his head. CHAP. 13 And Jesus said to the centurion Go, and as thou hast believed, so be i done to thee. And the servant w healed at the same hour. 14 And when Jesus was come in Peter’s house, he saw his wife’s mo’ lying, and sick of a fever ; 15 And he touched her hand, and the fever left her, and she arose and minis- tered to them. F 16 And when evening was come, oct brought to him many that were eae with devils : and he cast out the spirits with his word : and all that were sick he healed : 17 That it might be fulfilled, which was spoken by the prophet » Isaias, saying: He took our infirmities, and bore our “ eases. 18 And Jesus seeing great multitudes about him, gave orders to pass Over see water. 19 And a certain scribe came and said to him : Master, I will follow thee whi ersoever thou shalt go: 20 And Jesus saith to him: * ‘The fo have holes, and the birds of the air 1 nests but the Son of man hath not where to la 21 And another of his said him : Lord, suffer me first to go and my father. 22 But Jesus said to him: Follow m and let the dead bury their dead. 23 2And when he entered into boat, his disciples followed him > 24 And behold a great tempest arose i the sea, so that the boat was cove with waves, but he was asl 25 And they came to him, and awak him, saying : Lord, save us, we peri 26 And Jesus saith to them: you fearful, O ye of little faith ? rising up, he commanded the winds, the sea, and there came a great calm 27 But the men wondered, saying : manner of man is this, for the winds the sea obey him ? 28 6 And Se re eee ie wld aoe side of the water, into the country of Gerasens, there met him two that w possessed with devils, coming out of sepulchres, exceeding fierce, so that no’ could pass by that way. | 29 And behold they cried out, sayi What have we to do with thee, Jes x Mark 1. 32. — y Isaias 53. 4 hia Pet. 2. 24. z Lukeg. 58. —a bah yp Luke 8. 22. 6 Mark 5. 1 ; Luke 8. ‘26. CHAP. 9. Son of God? art thou come hither to torment us before the time ? _ 30 ¢ And there was, not far from them, a herd of many swine feeding. __31 And the devils besought him, saying : If thou cast us out hence, send us into the herd of swine. 32 And he said to them: Go. But they going out went into the swine, and be- hold the whole herd ran violently down a steep place into the sea : and they per- ished in the waters. 33 And they that kept them fied : and coming into the city, told every thing, and concerning them that had been pos- sessed by the devils. _ 34 And behold the whole city went out to meet Jesus, 4 and when they saw him, they besought him that he would depart from their coast. CHAPTER 0. Christ heals one sick of the palsy: calls Matthew : : cures the issue of blood : raises to life the daughter | of Jairus : gives sight to two blind men : and heals a dumb man possessed by the devil. | AND entering into a boat, he passed | over the water and came into his own city. _ 2 ¢ And behold they brought to him one ‘sick of the palsy lying in a bed. And Jesus, seeing their faith, said to the man sick of the palsy : Be of good heart, son, thy sins are forgiven thee. _ 3 And behold some of the scribes said within themselves : He blasphemeth. : 4 And Jesus seeing their thoughts, said : Why do you think evil in your hearts ? 5 Whether is easier, to say, Thy sins are forgiven thee : or to say, Arise, and walk?- 6 But that you may know that the Son bes man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (then said he to the man sick of the palsy,) Arise, take up thy bed, and go into thy house. 7 And he arose, and went into his house. 8 And the multitude seeing it, feared, and glorified God that gave such power to men. 9 #And when Jesus passed on. from thence, he saw a man sitting in the cus- 2m house, named Matthew ; and he saith c Mark 5. 11 ; Luke 8. 32. d Mark 5.17; Luke 8. 37. e Mark 2. 3; Luke 5. 18. f Mark 2. 14 ; Luke 5. 27. ST. MATTHEW. 19 to him: Follow me. And he arose up and followed him. to And it came to pass as he was sitting at meat in the house, behold many pub- licams and sinners came, and sat down with Jesus and his disciples. 11 And the Pharisees seeing it, said to his disciples : Why doth your master eat with publicans and sinners ? 12 But Jesus hearing it, said : They that are in health need not a physician, but they that are ill. 13 Go then and learn what this meaneth, &I will have mercy and not sacrifice. For I am not come to call the just, * but sin- ners. 14 Then came to him the disciples of John, saying : * Why do we and the Pha- risees, fast often, but thy disciples do not fast ? 15 And Jesus said to them: Can the children of the bridegroom mourn, as long as the bridegroom is with them ? But the days will come, when the bride- groom shall be taken away from them, and then they shall fast. 16 And nobody putteth a piece of raw cloth unto an old garment. For it tak- eth away the fulness thereof from the garment, and there is made a greater rent. 17 Neither do they put new wine into old bottles. Otherwise the bottles break, and the wine runneth out, and the bot- tles perish. But new wine they put into new bottles: and both are preserved. 18 7 As he was speaking these things unto them, behold a certain ruler came up, and adored him, saying: Lord, my daughter is even now dead; but come, lay thy hand upon her, and she shall live. 19 And Jesus rising up followed him, with his disciples. 20 & And behold a woman who was trou- bled with an issue of blood twelve years, came behind him, and touched the hem of his garment. 21 For she said within herself : If I shall touch only his garment, I shall be healed. 22 But Jesus turning and seeing her, said: Be of good heart, daughter, thy faith hath made thee whole. And the woman was made whole from that hour. g Osee 6. 6 ; Infra 12. 7. —h 1 Tim. 1. 15. t Mark 2. 18; Luke 5. 33. j Mark 5. 23; Luke 8. 41. k Mark 5. 25; Luke 8. 43. _Cwap.g. Ver.15. Canthe children of the bridegroom. This, by a Hebraism, signifies the friends or companions of the bridegroom. 20 23 And when Jesus was come into the house of the ruler, and saw the minstrels and the multitude making a rout, 24 He said: Give place, for the girl is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laugh- ed him to scorn. 25 And when the multitude was put forth, he went in, and took her by the hand. And the maid arose. 26 And the fame hereof went abroad into all that country. 27 And as Jesus passed from thence, there followed him two blind men crying out and saying, Have mercy on us, O Son of David. 28 And when he was come to the house, the blind men came to him. And Jesus saith to them, Do you believe, that I can do this unto you ? They say to him, Yea, Lord. 29 Then he touched their eyes, saying, According to your faith, be it done unto ou. 30 And their eyes were opened, and Jesus strictly charged them, saying, See that no man know this. 31 But they going out, spread his fame abroad in all that country. 32 And when they were gone out, ? be- hold they brought him a dumb man, pos- sessed with a devil. 33 And after the devil was cast out, the dumb man spoke, and the multitudes wondered, saying, Never was the like seen in Israel. 34 But the Pharisees said, By the prince of devils he casteth out devils. 35 ™ And Jesus went about all the cities and towns, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the king- dom, and healing every disease, and every infirmity. 36 And seeing the multitudes, he had compassion on them : because they were distressed, and lying like sheep that have no shepherd. » 37 Then he saith to his disciples, * The harvest indeed is great, but the labour- ers are few. 38 Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he send forth labourers into his harvest. CHAPTER to. Christ sends out his twelve apostles, with the power of miracles. The lessons he gives them. l Infra 12. 22 ; Luke rr. 14. m Mark 6. 6. — n Luke ro. 2. — 0 Mark 3. 13; Luke 6. 13, and 9. 1. Cuap. 10. Ver. 16. Simple. That is, ST. MATTHEW. harmless, plain, sincere, and without guile. CHAP. ro. ND chaving called his twelve disci ples together, he gave them over unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of diseases, and all manner of infirmities. 2 And the names of the twelve Apostl are these : The first, Simon who is call Peter, and Andrew his brother, 3 James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, Philip and Bartholomew, Thomas and Matthew the publican, and James the son of Alpheus, and Thaddeus, 4 Simon the Cananean, and Judas Is- cariot, who also betrayed him. 5 These twelve Jesus sent : command- ing them, saying: mol not into the way of the Gentiles, into the city o the Samaritans enter ye not. 6 But go ye rather ? to the lost of the house of Israel. ( 7 And going, preach, saying : The king- dom of heaven is at hand. the lepers, cast out devils: freely have you received, freely give. 9 7 Do not possess gold, nor silver, nor money in your purses : 10 Nor scrip for your journey, nor coats, nor shoes, nor a staff; for workman is worthy of his meat. | 11 And into whatsoever city or town you shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy, and there abide till you ¢g thence. 12 And when you come into the house, salute it, saying : Peace be to this house. 13 And if that house be worthy, your peace shall come upon it; but if it be not worthy, your peace shall return to you. 14 And whosoever shall not receive you, nor hear your words: going fo out of that house or city shake off dust from your feet. 15 Amen I say to you, it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and morrha in the day of judgment, than for that city. 16 * Behold I send you as sheep in midst of wolves. Be ye therefore wis as serpents and simple as doves. 17 But beware of men. For they wi deliver you up in councils, and they v scourge you in their s gues. 18 And you shall be brought befo p Acts 13. 46. q Mark 6. 8; Luke 9. 3, and ro. 4. 7 Luke ro. 3. Cwap. It. governors, and before kings for my sake, for a testimony to them and to the Gen- tiles : 19 But when they shall deliver you up, stake no thought how or what to speak : for it shall be given you in that hour what to speak. 20 For it is not you that speak, but the Spirit of your Father that speaketh in ou. a The brother also shall deliver up the brother to death, and the father the son ; and the children shall rise up against their parents, and shall put them to death. 22 And you shall be hated by all men ‘for my name’s sake: but he that shall persevere unto the end, he shall be saved. 23 And when they shall persecute you in this city, flee into another. Amen I say to you, you shall not finish all the cities of Israel, till the Son of man come. 24 t The disciple is not above the mas- ter, nor the servant above his lord. 25 It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master, and the servant as his lord. If they have called the good man of the house Beelzebub, how much more them of his household ? 26 Therefore fear them not. * For no- thing is covered that shall not be re- vealed : nor hid, that shall not be known. 27 That which I tell you in the dark, speak ye in the light: and that which you hear in the ear, preach ye upon the housetops. 28 And fear ye not them that kill the body, and are not able to kill the soul: but rather fear him that can destroy both soul and body in hell. 29 » Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing ? and not one of them shall fall on the ground without your Father. 30 But the very hairs of your head are all numbered. 31 Fear not therefore: better are you than many sparrows. 32 * Every one therefore that shall con- s Luke 12. I1. t Luke 6. 40; John 13. 16, and 15. 20. u Mark 4. 22; Luke 8. 17, and 12. 2. v 2 Kings 14. IT. w Mark 8. 38; Luke 9. 26, and 12. 8; 2 Tim. 2. 12. x Luke 12. 51. Ver. 35. I came to set a man at variance, &c. ST. MATTHEW. 21 fess me before men, I will also confess him before my Father who is in heaven. 33 But he that shall deny me before men, I will also deny him before my Father who is in heaven. 34 * Do not think that I came to send peace upon earth : I came not to send peace, but the sword. 35 For I came to set a man at variance against his father, and the daughter against her mother, and the daughter in law against her mother in law. 36 » And a man’s enemies shall be they of his own household. 37 *He that loveth father or mother more than me, is not worthy of me; and he that loveth son or daughter more than me, is not worthy of me. 38 And he that taketh not up his cross, and followeth me, is not worthy of me. : 39 He that findeth his life, shall lose it: 6 and he that shall lose his life for me, shall find it. 40 © He that receiveth you, receiveth me: and he that receiveth me, receiveth him that sent me. 41 He that receiveth a prophet in the mame of a prophet, shall receive the re- ward of a prophet : and he that receiveth a just man in the name of a just man, shall receive the reward of a just man. 42 4 And whosoever shall give to drink to one of these little ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a disciple, amen I say to you, he shall not lose his reward. CHAPTER It. John sends hts disciples to Christ, who upbratds the Jews with thetr incredulity, and calls to him such as are sensible of their burdens. i ig it came to pass, when Jesus had made an end of commanding his twelve disciples, he passed from thence, to teach and preach in their cities. 2 € Now when John had heard in prison the works of Christ: sending two of his disciples he said to him : y Mich. 7. 6. — z Luke 14. 26. a Infra 16. 24; Mark 8. 34; Luke 14. 27. b Luke go. 24, and 17. 33 ; John 12. 25. c Luke to. 16; John 13. 20. d Mark 9. 40. é Luke 7. 18. obstinate resistance that many would make, and Not that this was the end or design of the coming] of their persecuting all such as should adhere to of our Saviour; but that his coming and his| him. doctrine would have this effect, by reason of the 35 HOLY BIBLE 3 Art thou he that art to come, or look we for another ? 4 And Jesus making answer said to them : Go and relate to John what you have heard and seen. 5 / The blind see, the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the dead rise again, ¢ the poor have the gos- pel preached to them. 6 And blessed is he that shall not be scandalized in me. 7 4 And when they went their way, Jesus began to say to the multitudes concerning John: What went you out into the desert to see ? a reed shaken with the wind ? 8 But what went you out to see ? a man clothed in soft garments ? Behold they that are clothed in soft garments, are in the houses of kings. 9 But what went you out to see ? a pro- phet ? yea I tell you, and more than a prophet. to For this is he of whom it is written : * Behold I send my angel before thy face, whe shall prepare thy way before thee. 11 Amen I say to you, there hath not risen among them that are born of wo- men a greater than John the Baptist : yet he that is the lesser in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. 12 And from the days of John the Bap- tist until now, the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent bear it away. 13 For all the prophets and the law pro- phesied until John: 14 And if you will receive it, 7 he is Elias that is to come. 15 He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. 16 But whereunto shall I esteem this generation to be like ? It is like to chil- dren sitting in the market place. 17 Who crying to their companions say : We have piped to you, and you have not danced : we have lamented, and you have not mourned. 18 For John came neither eating nor drinking ; and they say : He hath a devil. 19 The Son of man came eating and f Isaias 35. 5. — g Isaias 61. 1. — A Luke 7. 24. # Mal. 3. 1; Mark r. 2; Luke 7. 27. 7 Mal. 4. 5. — k Luke ro. 13. CuHap. 11. Ver. 6. Scandalized in me. That is, who shall not take occasion of scandal or offence from my humility, and the disgraceful death of the cross which I shall endure. Ver. 12. Suffereth violence, &c. It is not to be ST, MATTHEW. CuapP. 12. drinking, and they say: Behold a man that is a glutton and a wine drinker, a friend of publicans and sinners. And wisdom is justified by her children. 20 Then began he to upbraid the cities wherein were done the most of his mira- cles, for that they had not done penance. 21 kWoeto thee, Corozain, wo to thee, Bethsaida : for if in Tyre and Sidon had been wrought the miracles that have been wrought in you, they had long ago done penance in sackcloth and ashes. 22 But I say unto you, it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment, than for you. 23 And thou Capharnaum, shalt thou be exalted up to heaven ? thou shalt go down ~ even unto hell. For if in Sodom had been wrought the miracles that have been wrought in thee, perhaps it had remained unto this day. 24 But I say unto you, that it shail be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee. — 25 At that time Jesus answered and said : I confess to thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them to little ones. 26 Yea, Father; for so hath it seemed good in thy sight. 27 All things are delivered to me by my Father. / And no one knoweth the Son, but the Father: neither doth any one know the Father, but the Son, and he to whom it shall please the Son to reveal him. 28 Come to me, all you that labour, and are burdened, and I will refresh you. 29 Take up my yoke upon you, and learn of me, because I am meek, and humble of heart: And you shall find rest to your souls. 30 » For my yoke is sweet and my bur- den light. CHAPTER 12. Christ reproves the blindness of the Pharisees, and confutes their attributing his miracles to Satan. At ° that time Jesus went through the corn on the sabbath: and his disci- 1 John 6. 46; 7. 28; 8. r9, and 10. 15. m Jer. 6. 16.—-m John 5. 3. o Mark 2. 23; Luke 6, 1. obtained but by main force, by using violence upon ourselves, by mortification and penance, and resisting our perverse inclinations. ‘ Ver. 14. Heis Elias, &c. Not in person, but in spirit.—Luke 1. 17. o i CuHap. 12. ples being hungry, began to pluck the ears, and to eat. 2 And the Pharisees seeing them, said to him: Behold thy disciples do that which is not lawfu! to do on the sabbath days. 3 But he saic to them: Have you not read # what David did when he was hun- gry, and they that were with him : 4 How he entered into the house of God, and did eat the loaves of proposition, which it was not lawful for him to eat, nor for them that were with him, ¢ but for the priests only ? 5 Or have ye not read in the law, * that on the sabbath days the priests in the temple break the sabbath, and are with- out blame ? 6 But I tell you that there is here a greater than the temple. And if you knew what this meaneth : s I will have mercy, and not sacrifice : you would never have condemned the inno- cent. 8 For the Son of man is Lord even of the sabbath. 9 And when he had passed from thence, he came into their synagogues. to ¢ And behold there was a man who had a withered hand, and they asked him, saying: Is it lawful to heal on the sab- bath days ? that they might accuse him. Ir But he said to them: * What man shall there be among you, that hath one sheep : and if the same fall into a pit on the sabbath day, will he not take hold on it and lift it up ? 12 How much better is a man than a sheep ? Therefore it is lawful to do a good deed on the sabbath days. 13 Then he saith to the man: Stretch forth thy hand ; and he stretched it forth, and it was restored to health even as the other. 14 And the Pharisees going out made a consultation against him, how they might destroy him. 15 But Jesus knowing it, retired from pi Kings 2r. 6. q Lev. 24.9.—7 Num. 28. 9.—s 1 Kings 15. 22; Eccle. 4. 17 ; Osee 6. 6 ; Supra 9. 13. t Mark 3. 1; Luke 6. 6. — wu Deut. 22. ¢. CHap. 12. Ver. 4. The loaves of proposition. _ So were called the twelve loaves, which were plac- ed before the sanctuary in the temple of God. Ver. 31. The blasphemy of the Spirit. The sin here spoken of is that blasphemy, by which the Pharisees attributed the miracles of Christ, wrought by the Spirit of God, to Beelzebub the prince of devils. Now, this kind of sin is usually ST. MATTHEW. 23 thence : and many followed him, and he healed them all. 16 And he charged them that they should not make him known. 17 That it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Isaias the prophet, saying : 18 ¥ Behold my servant whom I have cho- sen, my beloved in whom my soul hath been well pleased. I will put my spint upon him, and he shall shew judgment to the Gentiles. 19 He shall not contend, nor cry out, net- ther shall any man hear his voice in the streets. 20 The bruised veed he shall not break : and smoking flax he shall not extinguish : till he send forth judgment unto victory. 21 And in his name the Gentiles shall hope. 22 Then was offered to nim one pos- sessed with a devil, blind and dumb: and he healed him, so that he spoke and saw. 23 And all the multitudes were amazed, and said : Is not this the son of David ? 24 But the Pharisees hearing it, said : This man casteth not out devils but by Beelzebub the prince of the devils. 25 And Jesus knowing their thoughts, said to them: * Every kingdom divided against itself shall be made desolate : and every city or house divided against itself shall not stand. 26 And if Satan cast out Satan, he is divided against himself: how then shall his kingdom stand ? 27 And if I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by whom do your children cast them out ? Therefore they shall be your judges. 28 But if I by the Spirit of God cast out devils, then is the kingdom of God come upon you. 29 Or how can any one enter into the house of the strong, and rifle his goods, unless he first bind the strong ? and then he will rifle his house. 30 He that is not with me, is against me: and he that gathereth not with me, scattereth. 31 yv Therefore I say to you: Every sin v Isaias 42. I. w Supra 9. 34; Mark 3. 22; Luke rr. 15. a Luke rt. 17. y Mark 3. 28 and 29; Luke 12. Io. accompanied with so much obstinacy, and such wilful opposing the Spirit of God, and the known truth, that men who are guilty of it, are seldom or never converted: and therefore are never for- given, because they will not repent. Otherwise there is no sin, which God cannot or will not for- give to such as sincerely repent, and have recourse to the keys of the church. 24 and ploapbemy shall be forgiven men, but the blasphemy of the Spirit shall not be forgiven. 32 And whosoever shall speak a word against the Son of man, it shall be for- given him : but he that shall speak against the Holy Ghost, it shall not be forgiven him neither in this world, nor in the world to come. 33 Either make the tree good and its fruit good : or make the tree evil, and its fruit evil. For by the fruit the tree is known. 34 O generation of vipers, how can you speak good things, whereas you are evil ? + for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh. 5 A good man out of a good treasure bringeth forth good things: and an evil man out of an evil treasure bringeth forth evil things. 36 But I say unto you, that every idle word that men shall speak, they shall render an account for it in the day of judgment. 37 For by thy words thou shalt be jus- tified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned. 38 Then some of the scribes and Phari- sees answered him, saying: Master, we would see a sign from thee. 39 Who answering said to them: # An evil and adulterous generation seeketh a sign: and a sign shall not be given it, » but the sign of Jonas the prophet. 40 For as Jonas was in the whale’s belly three days and three nights : so shall the Son of man be in the heart of the earth three days and three nights. 41 ¢ The men of Ninive shall rise in judg- ment with this generation, and shall con- demn it : because they did penance at the preaching of Jonas. And behold a greater than sham. (GRAS RET. cagrinrt qiitaltty liv oj here. ae se en ee a Infra 16. 4; Luke rr. 3 r Gor x. nis